NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: Pandemic

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Speaking notes for the Honourable Marc Miller, Minister of Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship: Government of Canada reduces immigration

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Speech

    Immigration is essential for our country’s economy and accounts for almost 100% of Canada’s labour force growth. In response to the global pandemic and labour shortages, we brought in temporary measures to attract some of the world’s best and brightest to study and work in Canada, which supported the urgent needs of businesses.

    Check against delivery. This speech has been translated in accordance with the Government of Canada’s official languages policy and edited for posting and distribution in accordance with its communications policy.

    Speech was delivered on October 24, 2024 in Ottawa, Ontario.

    Bonjour tout le monde. Good morning. Thank you for being here today.

    I’ll begin by acknowledging that we are gathering on the traditional and unceded territory of the Algonquin Anishinaabeg People.

    I’d like to acknowledge the Prime Minister, and my colleagues for being here today.

    Immigration is essential for our country’s economy and accounts for almost 100% of Canada’s labour force growth. In response to the global pandemic and labour shortages, we brought in temporary measures to attract some of the world’s best and brightest to study and work in Canada, which supported the urgent needs of businesses.

    The plan worked by helping our economy navigate a challenging period and recover more quickly.

    Since then, our economy and the world have changed. While we see signs of improvement, families and communities across the country continue to face challenges.

    The pressures on housing and social services require a more sustainable approach to welcoming newcomers. It is also clear that Canadians want the federal government to better manage the immigration system.

    For the first time, the Immigration Levels Plan includes targets for temporary residents, such as international students and temporary foreign workers, as well as for permanent residents. This more comprehensive approach to welcoming newcomers will help preserve the integrity of our immigration system, respond to the needs and challenges of communities, and set up newcomers for success by having adequate resources to support them.

    Temporary Resident Programs

    Over the last two years, 60% of all newcomers were temporary residents, including international students, temporary workers, and some arriving through humanitarian programs.

    This fast growth resulted in Canadians and newcomers facing challenges and integrity issues that we have already begun to address.

    Today’s plan fulfills the commitment I made earlier this year: to reduce volumes of temporary residents coming and staying in Canada.

    This brings temporary resident planning in line with permanent resident programs, providing greater predictability and transparency to our immigration system.

    For international students, we worked with partners to

    • implement a cap on international students
    • tighten controls on study permits, including the requirement for provincial attestation letters
    • limit access to work permits for graduates – including private-public partnerships that were driving up program admissions

    The changes have worked: in the first nine months of the year, we had fewer international students coming to Canada – down 43% compared to 2023. The result is that local communities face lower rental prices in parts of the country that saw large numbers of students in recent years, and international students are receiving better services and support. For example, in Vancouver, one- and two-bedroom apartment rental prices are down more than 10%, and Toronto over 8%.

    With my colleague, Minister Boissonnault, the government ended temporary pandemic measures regarding the Temporary Foreign Worker Program by bringing in restrictions and controls to limit access for companies employing low-wage workers.

    These changes will help our partners, including provinces, territories and municipalities, align their capacities and allow populations to grow at a more sustainable pace as we encourage institutions to do their part in better welcoming newcomers.

    Our plan reaffirms the government’s commitment to reduce non‑permanent resident volumes to 5% of Canada’s population by the end of 2026.

    With these reduction measures, Canada’s temporary population will decrease over the next few years as significantly more temporary residents will transition to permanent residents or leave Canada compared to new ones arriving. Specifically, compared to each previous year, we will see Canada’s temporary population decline by

    • 445,901 in 2025
    • 445,662 in 2026
    • a modest increase of 17,439 in 2027

    Our actions to-date and levels plan for 2025 will mean that the number of newcomers will decrease over the next few years because significantly more temporary residents will leave Canada compared to those new arrivals.

    Permanent Resident Programs

    It’s clear that our country still needs newcomers to help grow our economy, fill skills and labour gaps, and address challenges like building new homes and providing quality health care.

    With our aging population and people living longer, we need more workers to support important social programs like health care, public pensions and infrastructure.

    But we see the pressures facing our country and are adapting our policies so that Canadians and newcomers alike have access to the quality jobs, homes, and support they need to thrive.

    We have listened to Canadians. That is why we are adjusting the plan and reducing our permanent resident targets. The plan focuses on attracting skilled workers, helping reunite families, and resettling refugees.

    Canada will reduce its permanent immigration targets to align with our economic needs

    • from 500,000 down to 395,000 in 2025;
    • from 500,000 to 380,000 in 2026; and
    • setting a target of 365,000 in 2027.

    These lower permanent resident targets are expected to reduce the housing supply gap by about 670,000 units by the end of 2027.

    We will prioritize permanent resident spots for temporary residents like international students or temporary workers who are already in Canada, by facilitating their transition.

    This means over 40% of permanent residents will come from temporary residents that are already in Canada. These skilled, educated newcomers can continue to support the workforce and economy, without placing additional demands on our social services. Newcomers with experience in Canada show greater long-term success.

    Adjustments will be made to our economic immigration streams to prioritize the transition of workers already here to permanent residence and to be responsive to labour market needs – our In‑Canada Focus. We will put emphasis on our federal economic priorities in programs including provincial nominee programs, the Canadian Experience Class, and regional immigration programs to attract the workers we need such as those in health care and trades occupations.

    Canadians are proud of our country’s reputation as a leader in refugee resettlement. While our refugee resettlement targets are reduced as a result of overall reductions, our commitment to some of the world’s most vulnerable people remains.

    We also understand the importance of reuniting families and loved ones, including spouses, children, parents, and grandparents. That’s why we are continuing to allocate almost 24% of our overall permanent resident admissions to family immigration in 2025.

    And we continue to strengthen Francophone communities outside Quebec. We will target nearly 30,000 French-speaking newcomers in 2025, representing over 8.5% of total admissions, rising to 9.5% in 2026, and 10% of newcomers in 2027.

    This means that despite the decrease in overall PR targets, the number of Francophone newcomers that we hope to settle outside Quebec will continue to increase year over year. This will help support our plan to restore the demographic weight of Francophone communities outside of Quebec.

    Regularization

    Regarding undocumented individuals in Canada, we have been clear that a broad program would not be pursued. However, we will set a small number of admissions for individuals that would be regularized through an initiative focused on those that worked in essential service industries.

    Conclusion

    I want Canadians to know we are listening. We’re aware of our country’s current challenges and are stepping up to address Canada’s evolving needs.

    Our immigration plan will support our economy while responding to the pressures that families and communities are facing today.

    Canada’s immigration plan for the next three years will pause our population growth in the short term to maintain well‑managed and sustainable growth for the long term.

    Our changes over the last year are working. Today’s plan will build on our support for communities and employers while upholding our humanitarian commitments and Canadian values.

    We will pause growth from immigration for two years. It will allow us to get back on pre-pandemic population growth trajectory by 2027 so that over the long term we can continue to grow our economic and social prosperity through immigration.

    We are making immigration work and leveraging our existing programs so that everyone has access to the quality jobs, homes, and supports they need. We are supporting newcomers’ integration and giving them a fair shot in Canada.

    Thank you.

    MIL OSI Canada News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of Press Briefing: Asia and Pacific Department Regional Economic Outlook October 24

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 24, 2024

    Speakers:

    KRISHNA SRINIVASAN, Director of the Asia and Pacific Department, International Monetary Fund

    THOMAS HELBLING, Deputy Director, Asia and Pacific Department, International Monetary Fund

    Moderator:

    RANDA ELNAGAR, Senior Communications Officer, International Monetary Fund

    *  *  *  *  *

    MS. ELNAGAR:  Good morning and welcome to our attendees here in the room and those joining us online and virtually.  This is the Press Briefing on the Regional Economic Outlook  for the Asia Pacific Department.  I am Randa Elnagar of the IMF’s Communications Department.  Joining me today is Krishna Srinivasan, Director of the Asia Pacific Department, and Thomas Helbling, Deputy Director of the Asia Pacific Department.  To kickstart our briefing, Krishna is going to give some opening remarks and then we’re going to take your questions.  Thank you. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you, Randa.  Good morning to everyone here in Washington, D.C.  Good evening to everyone in Asia.  Welcome to our Press Briefing for Asia and the Pacific.  Allow me to make a few opening remarks. 

              Let me start with growth.  In the first half of this year, Asia’s economies grew stronger than we had expected.  As a result, we have upgraded our regional forecast to 4.6 percent in 2024 and to 4.4 percent in 2025.  With this, Asia remains the world’s engine of growth.  It generates 60 percent of global growth, far more than its share in global GDP of about 40 percent. 

              Going forward, we expect domestic demand to strengthen in advanced Asia as the impact of past monetary tightening fades.  Growth in India and China would remain resilient, even though in both economies it would slow slightly in 2025.  For emerging markets outside China and India, we expect robust and broad based growth. 

            Inflation.  Asia has also brought inflation down to low and stable rates faster than other regions.  In Emerging Asia, the disinflation process is essentially complete.  There are a few exceptions in advanced Asia, notably Australia and New Zealand, where wage pressures have kept services inflation elevated.  But we expect these pressures to fade as well within the next 12 months or so. 

              This means that most Asian central banks now have room to cut interest rates earlier in the year.  Some central banks may have been reluctant to ease before the Federal Reserve, fearing that this could put their currencies under pressure.  But as the Fed has now started its own easing cycle, such concerns should have dissipated.

              Let me add a little bit more detail on the China outlook.  As you can see on the left hand side, activity has decelerated since the first quarter.  As a result, we have marked down growth to 4.8 percent in 2024 compared to 5 percent in our July WEO update.  In particular, the property sector has continued to deteriorate and weigh on investment, while private consumption has also weakened amid low consumer confidence.  This forecast incorporates the monetary and financial sector policies that were announced in September. 

              Weak Chinese demand is triggering into continued disinflationary pressures as shown on the right-hand side core inflation fell to 0.1 percent year-on-year in September.  Several developments have taken place since we finalized our China forecast.  Q3 data came out marginally weaker than we expected.  At the same time, the authorities announced additional fiscal and housing measures which could provide some upside potential to our growth projection, especially in 2025 when the policy measures are likely to take effect. 

              The external environment remains tough.  Going back to the broader region, the environment in which Asian policymakers act has become tougher.  Risks to the outlook are now tilted to the downside.  For example, there are tentative signs that global demand could weaken, including from the United States, which would be bad news for an export dependent region like Asia.  China’s domestic demand weakness also continues to weigh on the wider region. 

              Moreover, countries across the globe continue to implement trade restrictions at a rapid pace.  We see already how trade flows are adjusting:  China, for example, exports relatively more to emerging markets and less to advanced economies than five years ago.  The ASEAN economies export more to China and the U.S. as trade targeted by U.S. and Chinese startups get channeled through third countries.  In economic terms, this is a costly detour.  As we stressed before, no one really wins from trade fragmentation.  We all pay for this with slower global growth.  And Asia has more to lose than others given its tight integration into global supply chains. 

              Now, how should Asian policymakers navigate this environment?  I talked already about monetary policy where welcome policy space has emerged.  Unfortunately, the same is not true for fiscal policy.  Public debt increased sharply during the Pandemic in Pacific Island countries.  Debt ratios almost doubled, but debt has hardly come down since then.  This drives up debt service costs and leaves governments with little spending power to address unforeseen events. 

              In some economies, weak private demand may justify somewhat larger fiscal deficits in the near-term.  Again, the emphasis is on the near-term.  But for most Asian countries, it’s time to start budget reconsolidation in earnest, both to build buffers against downside risks and to preserve spending power for addressing longer term challenges such as climate change and population aging. 

              Let me spend a few words on another long-term issue, structural transformation and the future of Asian growth.  Asia’s traditional development model has been based on moving workers from agriculture into manufacturing and on selling the manufactured goods in the global market.  The success has been spectacular.  It unleashed the maybe greatest development success in story of human history.  In recent decades, Asian economies have shifted more into services rather than manufacturing, however.  This has been good for growth as modern services are often more productive than manufacturing.  This trend is likely to continue as many Asian economies have reached income levels where the demand for manufactured goods typically declines and the demand for services tends to increase. 

              Moreover, digital technology is making some services, such as business and finance, tradable in global markets.  A global market for services holds large growth opportunities, but harvesting them will require reforms.  In particular, education and training will be important.  It will need to equip workers with the skills to provide modern services.  And Asia should open up its services sectors to trade and investment.  They remain relatively closed now, different from manufacturing. 

              Finally, let me note, we will publish the Regional Economic Outlook  November 1 in Tokyo, together with an analytical piece about the future of Asia’s growth model. 

              With this, Thomas and I will be happy to take your questions.  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you, Krishna.  Please raise your hand and identify yourself and your news organization. 

    QUESTIONER:  Thank you, Randa, for taking my question.  I’m Maoling Xiong with Xinhua News Agency.  So, Krishna, I talked about fragmentation in your opening remarks.  I wonder whether you could elaborate a little bit on the economic impact of economic fragmentation on Asia, especially it’s so integrated into the global system.  Thank you. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you for the question, Maoling.  As you know, there is evidence that global supply chains have been rewiring in recent years.  Now this goes for the time before the Pandemic and into the context of U.S. China trade tensions.  Now we have done some work in our Regional Economic Outlook which is forthcoming, which looks at the impact of the trade tension between U.S and China on Asian economies. 

              What we find is that many Asian economies, notably those in the ASEAN, have increased their market shares of both Chinese and U.S. imports in both gross and value added terms, in what we call as connected countries.  Now we also find that these third-party Asian countries, exports of targeted goods, of the goods which are targeted for tariffs by U.S. and China, they’ve also increased.  And what we find particularly the case is for some countries like Thailand, Korea and Singapore, these effects are particularly strong.  In other words, the sectors which are targeted by tariffs have seen ASEAN countries exporting more. 

              Now again, I was talking about the targeted sectors.  If you look at the aggregate growth, aggregate export growth, the question is whether these increase in targeted exports show up in the aggregate exports.  And there the picture is mixed.  Some countries have done better.  For instance, Vietnam has done better both in terms of targeted exports and aggregate exports. 

              But the point I’d like to leave with you here is in the short run we see these trade patterns changing.  The question, of course, is whether this is temporary, whether it’s permanent.  It’s only time will tell.  But our analysis, you know, has shown that in the long run everyone hurts from trade fragmentation, from fragmentation and that’s because global demand comes down.  When global demand comes on, everyone hurts.  So this is the message I would like to leave with that there have been shifting trade patterns because of fragmentation.  But the point here is over the long run, everybody will lose.  And so we all have to collectively fight against these forces of fragmentation. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you, Krishna.  Lady in the pink jacket.

    QUESTIONER:  Hi, my name is Ray Zho, financial journalist at 21st Century Rui Zhou,China.  So I have two questions.  First is about Asia Pacific.  The IMF report has indicated a somewhat positive growth outlook for Asia Pacific region, especially in emerging markets compared to other regions.  So can you elaborate on the key factors contributing to this relative strength?  And the second question is about China.  So China’s recent economic stimulus measures could create potential opportunities for stronger growth in the future.  So can you elaborate on these measures and the potential long-term benefits for China’s economic structure?  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  Do we have any other questions on China?  Okay, the lady here. 

    QUESTIONER:  Thank you.  My name is Xu Tao from China Central Television, and I have two questions.  The first is how do you evaluate China’s role in the development of the world economy?  And the second is about the trade tension between the U.S. and China.  As you mentioned, the trade and the trade tension between U.S. and China will affect the Asian growth.  So if more traverse, if more tariffs are imposed on the Chinas by an incoming U.S.  administration, how will that affect Asian growth?  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: One more on China.  The gentleman. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hi, good morning.  My question is for Krishna.  Thank you so much.  You said in your presentation that the growth in India and China will slow down in 2025.  Can you please elaborate reasons as to why the growth will slow down.  And also about the South Asian countries, the growth in like Nepal, Bangladesh, if you could elaborate as that as well.  Thank you. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Okay, thank you for those questions on China.  So let me – let me start by saying that we have revised on our growth forecast for China for 2024 to 4.8 percent, and that is coming down from 5 percent we had in the Article IV Consultations and during the July WEO update.  

              The question is why have we revised down?  Now if you look at growth in China, domestic demand has been very weak since the first quarter.  So numbers coming out from China since Q1 have been pretty weak.  Now that is offset somewhat by the measures announced in September, the monetary and financial measures.  Again, we have to break up these measures into two sets.  One is the monetary and financial sector policies, which were announced in September, and the fiscal policy measures, which were announced in October.  So the first set of measures were already internalized in our baseline forecast.  And that — so you had Q1, activity since Q1 being very weak, offset by some support measures.  So we mark it down to 4.8 percent.  Now support since then could provide some upside potential. 

              The question you asked also is:  how do we see the impact of these measures now?  Most of these measures, which were announced in September on the monetary and financial sector side, were consistent with what we had elaborated on in our Article IV reports in July.  So we welcome those measures.  And on the fiscal measures, we’re still awaiting further details, including how big it is, how – how will it retarget?  We know the broad areas of targeting.  They’re trying to reduce the debt for local governments and trying to alleviate the problems in the property sector.  But we still don’t know all the details.  

              Now, going beyond this, what are we saying is that to address the – the issue of weak domestic demand and to put the economy back on a more sustainable trajectory, there needs to be — more needs to be done to help rehabilitate the property sector.  And we provided these numbers estimates.  We think central government support both to, you know, finish these pre-sold housing is important.  It’s important to resolve the unviable developers.  So all that will take some fiscal costs.  And we are very clear that in the near-term China could use some of the fiscal resources to address the problem in the property sector.  But beyond the near-term, over the medium term, given rising debt levels, China will need to embark on consolidation.  

              We also talk about refocusing expenditures to boost social safety nets and do pension reform, which will allow China to save more going forward.  So right now China saves a lot.  So if you have these measures addressing Social Security and pensions, that will allow Chinese to save less, and that will also provide a boost to domestic demand, rebalance the economy, and also lead to lower imbalances going forward.  

              Now there are other questions on why Asia is doing better.  Emerging markets in Asia doing well.  See, in Asia you had a huge labor force, which is more — which is cheaper than other parts of the world.  Productivity has been high in many parts of Asia, and this is a region which is really integrated well into global supply chains and the global economy, and so on.  So that lends inherent dynamism to the region, and that we expect to continue going forward.  However, you do see some problems going forward in terms of populations aging in some parts of the world, some parts of Asia, notably in China, Korea.  It’s already happening in Japan and so on.  So you have population aging, you have AI coming into play, you have climate change.  All these are factors which could affect, you know, prospects going forward.  But that’s where you need reforms which address these challenges going forward.  

              Now, there were some questions on –

    MS. ELNAGAR: We can stick to China now and then go to other questions.

    MS. SRINIVASAN: We’ll come back to other questions.  So those are the questions.  Response on China. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Okay, next.  Okay, we go to this side.  Gentleman.

    QUESTIONER:  thank you very much.  Thank you very much, Randa.  Shu Tataoka from JiJi Press.  I have a question on Japanese economy.  In the latest WEO, you have revised up the BOJ neutral rate to 1.5 percent.  And what is the implication of such drastically revised up, especially given Japanese high debt level?  And another question is on Japanese yen.  Japanese yen has depreciated recently again.  And what is your view on that – that development?  Can you describe it as excessive movement which we should pay attention?  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Any other questions on Japan? 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Okay.  Thank you for the question.  Let me, you have — you have a number of questions.  One question — so let me answer one by one.  We welcomed the Bank of Japan’s decision to increase the policy rate in July, which will help anchor inflation and inflation expectations at around the 2 percent target.  Now, given balanced risks of inflation, further hikes in policy rates should proceed at a gradual pace.  Now, nominal neutral rate estimates for Japan range from 1 to 2 percent based on different methodologies and we now expect the policy rate to reach 1.5 percent in 2027. 

              Now, in terms of what does – what do rising interest rates in Japan mean for the rest of the world?  Now, from a very global perspective, an increase in interest rates in Japan could have output spillovers to other sovereign debt markets where Japanese investors hold large positions.  But that said, so far we’ve seen these growth spillovers to be pretty muted because the BOJ decisions have been well communicated and they’ve been very gradual.  So it’s been — markets have been given the time to both internalize these changes and what comes next.  So in that sense, the spillovers have been limited. 

              Now you ask the question what does also mean for the rest of the world?  I think rising interest rates gives support.  Gives, I mean, it’s in line with, you know, improving prospects in Japan.  Though when Japan’s economy grows, it’s good for both the region and – and for the global economy. 

              Now, in terms of the exchange rate.  The Japanese authorities are fully committed to a flexible exchange rate regime.  So we’ve seen exchange rate depreciation and appreciation over the past one year.  So it’s been pretty flexible.  Now that said, the yen has been used as a funding currency for carry trade.  And that means that over the past year or so, sometimes the changes in the yen can be magnified because of the unwinding of carry trade.  And we saw that on August 5th, not just because of what happened in terms of the BOJ increasing rates, but also because in response to how the labor market of this came out, the reaction was magnified because of the unwinding of carry trade.  So that’s been an issue.  But other than that, what we feel are the authorities are fully committed to the flexible exchange rate regime.  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you, Krishna.  Can we move to the India question?  And then I have another India question that came in online from Informist Media, Siddharth Upasani.  The IMF sees India growth declining to 6.5 percent in FY26.  This is lower than Reserve Bank of India forecast 7 percent.  The RBI, in fact, is far more bullish about India’s growth in general, with Deputy Governor Michael Patra saying in New York on Monday that there is a strong possibility of India’s GDP growth returning to an 8 percent trend after FY26.  Does the IMF share this view?  If not, do you think Indian authorities are being overly optimistic?

              Any other questions on India or you ready to discuss?  

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Yeah, thank you for those two questions.  I’ll have my colleague Thomas answer the question. 

    MR. HELBLING: On India.  So on India and on growth, I think it’s important with the general point, we see India as the strongest growing major emerging market economy this year, but also in the coming years.  Point number one.  Point number two, this year we have revised up growth for the current fiscal year in year 7 percent, reflecting stronger — the expectation of stronger private consumption after a favorable monsoon season that will strengthen in particular rural demand. 

    In terms of the growth trajectory, India had 8 percent last year.  This year we project 7 and then to 6.5 percent.  For us, it’s a return back to potential after the Pandemic, after government’s recent infrastructure push and after the rebound after some financial stresses.  India has benefited from strong cyclical growth, and we now expect a return back to potential over the next two years, six and a half percent.  I would note that potential growth for India had been revised upward last year, and there is scope for even higher potential with adequate more structural reforms.  Our India team has noted in particular labor market reforms, some fiscal reforms, and maybe an increased infrastructure push, and also if there were reforms to education and skilling the labor force.  So there is scope for even higher growth.  But at the moment we see policies consistent or our current policies, we see six and a half percent potential growth which is high. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: If I could just add, you know, we have in the REO chapter we have an analytical note on structural transformation where countries will move towards more services led growth.  I think in that context there’s a lot of potential for India to benefit from that kind of growth.  However, to benefit from that kind of growth, significant amount of investment has to take place in education and scaling of labor which as Thomas mentioned.  So we want to look at that note when it comes out next week. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  I think he also asked about Nepal so we can move because we have I think a Webex question on Nepal.  So Sharad, if you can please put on your screen camera and turn on the audio.  Sharad? 

    QUESTIONER:  Good afternoon.  Sorry, good evening.  Am I audible? 

    MS. ELNAGAR: We can hear you.  Yes. 

    QUESTIONER:  Okay, I will ask two questions.  One, IMF, has sent Nepal’s county rep between ECF agreement, why did the Fund send country representatives in between the agreements?  And second, some individuals argue that Nepal have not carried out required fiscal and monetary reform as promised under ECF.  How do you access Nepal’s progress regarding ECF commitments?  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you. 

    MR. HELBLING: On Nepal, we have regular changes in our staff, as you know, we have staff mobility, regular changes in assignments.  So we have a transition in resident representatives as we also have in other countries.  Point number two on the ECF.  Nepal has an ECF.  The arrangement started in 2022.  So far we have completed four reviews under the program.  Discussions for the fifth review are underway.  There was a change in government in August, so the discussions are continuing with the new government.  And as to my knowledge, performance on the quantitative performance criteria is strong.  There is some discussion ongoing about whether some requirements on the structural benchmarks have been met and or whether there need be a recalibration of some of the structural benchmarks.  These are ongoing discussions, and the Nepal team will soon go back into the field. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you, Thomas.  Questions from the room.  The lady in the third row. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hello, my name is Sanghoon Lee.  I’m from the Korea Economic Daily newspaper.  I got a question for Krishna Srinivasan.  Since after  the United States presidential election, it is likely the economics conflict between the United States and China will escalate even further.  So I believe this kind of a situation is highly likely to constrain the economic growth of countries like South Korea.  So my question is, I’m curious to what extent this scenario is reflected to your outlook.  And also, I would like to hear how much impact do you expect it to have on Korea’s economic growth afterwards.  Thank you. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you.  You asked me that question, but Thomas could answer. 

    QUESTIONER:  Yeah.  And I will add one more question that came online from Korea from Ahn Taeho, Hankyoreh.  She said, could you provide a brief evaluation of the current state and outlook of South Korean economy.  Specifically, while exports seem to be recovering, domestic demand remains sluggish.  What does the IMF see the main reasons behind the weak domestic consumption and what is the forecast for its recovery? 

    MR. HELBLING: So, for Korea, our forecast for this year is 2.5 percent and then growth will slow towards potential to 2 percent next year.  As you mentioned, growth in first half of this year was stronger than expected.  Very strong growth.  In particular on the external side, domestic demand was weaker than in the external sector or the export sector.  This weakness in domestic demand reflected in particular the loss or the erosion of purchasing power.  With the rise, the surge inflation globally and then the monetary policy tightening which affected domestic demand in particular through the relatively high private debt burden, increasing debt service payments.  This situation is about to change.  As the Bank of Korea has started the monetary policy easing cycle, inflation has declined.  So, with the similar nominal compensation and income increases, real purchasing power will increase, and we expect domestic demand to strengthen. 

    Indeed, in the Q3 release that was just released last night, Washington time, domestic demand in Korea has strengthened in Q3 as expected.  As for trade tensions, these are not — our baseline does not incorporate a further increase in trade tensions.  As noted in the release of the World Economic Outlook and as also noted or will be noted down in our Regional Economic Outlook, an increase in trade tensions is a major downside risk.  Korea is very strongly integrated in global supply chains into global markets and exposed, strongly exposed both to China and the United States. 

            So as previous regional economics outlooks have highlighted, Korea will be relatively more affected negatively if there were a further increase in the trade tensions between the United States and China.  I cannot say much more because if there were an increase in trade tensions, much would depend on details on measures, the extent of the increase in tensions so far.  And so there’s no point in going further at this point.  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  We can take question from the gentleman. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hi.  Thank you for the opportunity, I’m with Idika from Economy Next from Sri Lanka.  I have two questions.  Now that the debt restructuring process is largely completed, what are the key fiscal or structural benchmark does Sri Lanka need to meet in order to unlock the fourth transfer of funding?  And how does the recent change in government impact the timeline or the likelihood of achieving these targets? 

              The second question is that there are talks that the new government is sort of contemplating dropping the imputed rental tax that is supposed to come next year.  Has this been discussed with the IMF so far?  Also, what’s IMF position on Sri Lanka continuing with the vehicle suspension? 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Any other question on Sri Lanka? 

    QUESTIONER:  Hi, thank you for taking my question.  My name is Magnus Sherman, I’m with Reorg.  I wanted to touch on the Sri Lanka’s debt restructuring.  We heard the Managing Director just an hour ago say that it’s important to help countries back on their feet as quickly as possible.  The Macro link bonds Sri Lanka has this mechanism where the better they perform, the more debt they effectively have to pay back.  So you could argue that does the exact opposite.  What’s the IMF’s position on this?  Is that something you would recommend future restructurings to include as well?  I know it’s very popular among creditors, but it could backfire. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  I think we have a Webex question on Sri Lanka too.  Zuflik, if you can please put on your camera.  Here we go.  We cannot hear you. 

    QUESTIONER:  This is from News First Sri Lanka.  My question is to Mr. Srinivasan.  Sri Lanka is currently on a IMF supported program for 48 months.  Is IMF having any long-term support program for Sri Lanka given that the debt restructuring is also in its final stages?  And just 48 hours ago at the G24 press briefing, we had the director of G24 saying that countries like Sri Lanka, the middle-income countries, should also have something similar to a common framework and there should be timely debt reduction measures also in place.  What is the IMF’s position on these two aspects?  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Any other questions on Sri Lanka?  We have a few similar questions that came through the media center.  So we’re going to answer them if we can please.  Krishna and Thomas.  Thank you.  So there is a question from Ceylon Newspaper.  How is the progress of Sri Lanka’s program and when is the third review expected?  So it’s similar to what was asked.  What are the expected dates of releasing the next change?  How can Sri Lanka address post debt restructuring challenges, particularly within loan interest payments starting next year? 

              There is also the Daily Mirror.  He’s asking has the change in the presidency and the likelihood of change of government at the upcoming parliament polls has an impact on the agreement already reached between Sri Lanka and the IMF.  Has there been any move by the new Sri Lankan administration to renegotiate the agreement reached between Sri Lanka and the IMF?  There is also similar questions from Hero News and from — that’s it. 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you.  Quite a few questions.  Let me try to answer all of them. So when the new government took office not too long ago, I led a high level team to Colombo to discuss the to engage with the authorities.  And we had some very, very productive discussions with the new government and the team there.  And the discussions are continuing this week during the Annual Meetings.  Now, there was broad consensus, I would say unanimous consensus, that Sri Lanka, which was tearing at the abyss in 2022, has come a long way in terms of undertaking reforms which have led to some hard won gains, as you can know.  You’ll note that growth has been positive the last four quarters.  Inflation is coming down.  So there is consensus that the new government, you know from the new government that it would like to safeguard and build on the hard won gains under the program. 

              Now, under the program we have elements which address some of the priorities of the new government, including in terms of social protection and so on.  But the details on the program are continuing and they’ll be happening this week in Washington.  And we are encouraged by what we have heard so far and hoping that, you know, we can move fast towards the third review which will come up soon.  Now, in terms of there was a question on the debt restructuring.  They have reached agreements with the official creditors, and they’ve reached an agreement in principle with the private creditors.  The next step would be to reach a formal agreement with all creditors.  And that’s a big step forward.  And of course that’s not the end.  There’s a lot more work to be done in terms of continuing with the reforms because a long way to go before you’re on the path of strong and sustainable recovery. 

              In terms of the macro linked bonds, this is something which is a negotiation between the country’s creditors, the country’s advisors and the creditors.  We don’t get involved in the kind of instruments that they negotiate on and so on and so forth.  What we are concerned about is whether these instruments and the restructuring they reach are one consistent with our program targets on debt and so on, and that there’s comparability of treatment across creditors.  So that’s something which the country works on.  Now you’re right that these macro linked bonds have become popular.  And so, you know, it all depends, country to country, how the creditors and advisors go about it.  So it’s not for me to say that this is going to be the future of all debt restructuring.  It varies from country to country.  We’ve seen plain vanilla bonds being exchanged and you have these kind of bonds in other countries. 

              Now there was one question on specific tax measures there.  I mean that I don’t want to go to the detail because those are things being worked out in the context of discussions which are ongoing right now.  Hopefully, you know, we’ll move along these negotiations over the next few weeks in a more targeted way.  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  I know that there is someone online, but let’s have the lady here. 

    QUESTIONER:  Given that you — I’m Natha Goonawarra from the Standard Thailand.  Given that you mentioned a lot about trade fragmentation and trade tension, especially between the US and China, and I’m from Thailand and Southeast Asia.  So what is your recommendation or your insight on how Southeast Asia and Thailand navigate this global economic challenge this year and what are the most influential factor in the coming years? 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you.  I’ll have Thomas answer that question. 

    MR. HELBLING: So, the ASEAN countries like Thailand are very strongly integrated into the global economy.  Rising trade integration has been an important engine for growth in the region.  So what we have seen so far, as Krishna mentioned earlier, there’s two developments.  One is the global picture of increasing trade tensions and increasing trade fragmentation.  In a sense, it’s a strong negative for the global economy as a whole.  Global growth will be relatively lower compared to a situation with no or fewer tensions.  Real incomes and productivity will be lower.  On the ASEAN side, a number of countries, including Thailand, have had some trade diversion benefits.  It’s also true for Vietnam for example, or Malaysia.  So that is some benefits.  But our view has been that on net it’s still a negative also for the countries in the ASEAN. 

              So therefore we think the countries in the ASEAN should make a strong push for a continued, strong multilateral trading system for further trade integration.  We also see scope for further regional trade integration.  Obstacles to trade are still relatively higher in services.  There’s scope there to move forward.  Third, on other policies, we see scope for horizontal structural reforms to prepare the economies for a changing trade landscape, for a trendless landscape where services will be relatively more important.  Krishna also mentioned already the importance of education and upskilling the labor force to prepare them for changes.  And then thirdly, maintaining macroeconomic stability.  In particular also having a flexible exchange rate regime that serves as a buffer to external shocks will be important. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  Thank you, Thomas.  We’re going to go online again because we have the gentleman.  Saiful, can you please put on your camera?  I have his question, but I think he cannot connect.  He’s asking about Bangladesh.  The IMF has lowered down GDP growth projection for Bangladesh to 4.5 percent for FY25 from April projections of 6.6 percent.  What are the reasons behind the downgrading?  Does the IMF have any plan to grant additional 3 billion budget support as sought by the interim government of Bangladesh?  Any other questions on Bangladesh? 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you.  Again.  The reason for our revising down our growth forecast is in response to what we saw in the events in the recent past.  So things have slowed down compared to what we saw previously in the April forecast.  And so those developments give us a pause in terms of what’s happened to growth.  There was a mission led by our mission chief, Chris Papadakis to Bangladesh, which looked at all aspects of what’s happening to the economy.  Based on that, we revised on a growth forecast.  In the case of Bangladesh, growth has slowed, inflation remains high, and they were making good progress.  Bangladesh was making good progress under the program.  So discussions are ongoing in terms of the next review.  We had discussions in Bangladesh, in Dhaka, and discussions are continuing in Washington on how to move forward in terms of financing.  All those will be part of the discussion which will take place this week and next.  Thank you. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  We have another online question from CNN Indonesia.  What is Indonesia’s projected economic growth for the coming year and what are the key global risks that Indonesia should anticipate in 2025 to maintain its resilience amid shifting global economic dynamics?  The second question is how are sustainability challenges and climate risks expected to shape the Asia Pacific regions economic performance in 2025?  And what role will climate finance play in helping governments and businesses mitigate these risks while driving sustainable and long term growth? 

    MR. HELBLING: On Indonesia.  Indonesia has enjoyed and is projected to continue enjoy strong robust growth around 5 percent.  In terms of specific numbers, just for this year we have 5 percent and for next year we have 5.1 percent.  In terms of risks, the external risk ask.  I think they’re very similar for Indonesia as they are for other countries in the Asia Pacific region.  An important concern is trade fragmentation or increasing trade fragmentation.  What’s perhaps a bit different for Indonesia is this will play out relatively more through commodity market channels than just through manufacturing channels as elsewhere.  But trade fragmentation is a big risk.  And as for other emerging market regions in the Asia Pacific or elsewhere, possible shifts in monetary policy expectations, increased financial market volatility also pose some downside risks. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you.  We have one last question online on the Pacific Islands Pacific region.  It’s by Ben Westcott from Bloomberg.  Given the increasing economic pressures and climate challenges facing Pacific Islands, Pacific Island nations, how does the IMF assess the current trajectory of debt burdens in the region?  Are these debts shrinking or growing?  And what factors are contributing to this trend? 

    MS. SRINIVASAN: Thank you, Randa.  Now, with the deterioration of fiscal balances during the pandemic, public debt did increase on average in the Pacific island countries.  In most countries, however, it has now stabilized or is falling relative to the size of the economies.  Now, that said, seven out of 12 countries in the Pacific islands are considered to be at high risk of debt distress and only about 5 are considered to be at moderate risk of debt distress.  So this goes to the issue of the fact that there needs to be growth friendly fiscal consolidation to bring down debt in these countries.  Of course, these countries also face a challenge of the risks associated with climate change and so there is pressure on them to borrow to address these challenges.  But again, we would emphasize that given where they are with their debt levels and so on, it’s prudent, it’s very important for them to access concessional financing or even grants to make sure that when they address these longer term challenges that they do that in a prudent way so that debt doesn’t become too much, doesn’t become more onerous than it is right now. 

              Now, on the issue of debt, this is not just limited to Pacific Island countries.  What we have seen is since the global financial crisis, public debt has been rising across most countries in Asia.  And so the issue of growth friendly consolidation is very important.  And like I said in my opening remarks, consolidation, fiscal consolidation needs to begin in earnest in many of these countries.  For some countries there could be, there may be a need to provide some support in the near term.  But beyond that, all countries in Asia need to embark on fiscal consolidation, which is growth friendly. 

    MS. ELNAGAR: Thank you very much.  Thank you Krishna and Thomas for giving us the time and answering all the questions.  And we come now to the end of our press briefing.  I just want to remind everyone that you can find all the briefing material and the transcript on IMF.org.  I would also like to remind you that the full release of the Regional Economic Outlook of the Asia Pacific Department is going to be released in Tokyo on November 1st, as Krishna mentioned in his opening remarks.  So we look forward to seeing you online or in person there.  I also would like to remind you that we have regional briefings today in this room for MCD just after this and then after that for the European Department.  Thank you very much and have a wonderful day. 

    *  *  *  *  *

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Randa Elnagar

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Canada: Standing up for Alberta’s livestock industry

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    [embedded content]

    The federal government’s Bill C-293, An Act respecting pandemic prevention and preparedness, is currently moving through the Senate, despite the risks it brings to the agriculture and food industry. Alberta’s government is standing with industry members against this highly intrusive legislation that unfairly singles out the agriculture and food industry and encroaches on Section 95 of the Constitution, which sets agriculture within the exclusive jurisdiction of the province.

    Under the proposed legislation, public health officials would have the authority during a pandemic to close facilities they consider “high risk,” such as livestock operations and meat processing plants, and even “mandate” the consumption of vegetable proteins by Canadians. Not only would this threaten global food security and the role Alberta and Canada play in feeding the world, but it would also open the door for the federal government to tell Canadians what they can eat.

    “Farming is woven into the fabric of our national identity, with modern livestock agriculture playing a vital role. Bill C-293, however, goes so far as to pick winners and losers within the agriculture sector, with potentially wide-reaching, catastrophically damaging regulations and restriction of commercial freedoms for agricultural producers and processors.”

    RJ Sigurdson, Minister of Agriculture and Irrigation

    The proposed legislation also introduces several public health mitigation strategies that may not align with local health data and do not adequately reflect specific regional needs. Provinces and territories have exclusive jurisdiction over the planning, organization and management of their health care systems, including response to public health emergencies, and the federal bill would once again enable the federal government to overreach their constitutional jurisdiction.

    “Local governing bodies are in the best position to create emergency preparedness plans that suit the unique needs of their province and territory. The federal government should be engaging meaningfully with each jurisdiction on any Pandemic Prevention and Preparedness Plan related to Bill C-293 before being implemented.”

    Adriana LaGrange, Minister of Health

    One of the bill’s most alarming aspects is the discretionary power it would grant to officials to shut down agricultural facilities without clear, objective criteria. Such uninformed actions could disrupt not only meat supply chains, but also the wider agricultural operations linked to them, including feed production. This threatens to destabilize related sectors and could trigger cascading effects throughout the entire food system.

    Additionally, the bill seeks to regulate and possibly phase out certain farming practices considered high-risk for pandemic propagation. This could abruptly alter farm and ranch operations, significantly affect producers and processors livelihoods, and negatively impact our economic stability.

    Key Canadian agricultural organizations representing the province’s agriculture sectors are echoing Alberta’s concerns about this bill.

    “Our Alberta family farms are committed to producing safe, high-quality chicken while maintaining the highest standards of biosecurity. We support pandemic preparedness, but Bill C-293 unfairly targets animal agriculture and could threaten the livelihoods of our farm families. We are asking the federal government to ensure this bill is amended so farmers can continue to feed Canadians without facing unnecessary restrictions.”

    David Hyink, chair, Alberta Chicken Producers

    “Alberta Beef Producers supports the overall objective of pandemic preparedness. However, we are disappointed in the current wording of Bill C-293, as it unfairly singles out animal agriculture, despite the industry’s critical role in food security and rural economies. We urge policymakers to amend the bill to reflect a balanced and fair approach that supports emergency preparedness without unfairly targeting a single sector.”

    Doug Roxburgh, vice-chair, Alberta Beef Producers

    The legislation purports to examine pandemic preparedness and apply learnings from COVID-19, but it has dangerously imprecise language that is open to drastic interpretations. For example, the bill provides for measures to “regulate commercial activities that can help reduce pandemic risk, including industrial animal agriculture.” The bill also suggests phasing out “commercial activities that disproportionately contribute to pandemic risk,” which puts Alberta’s agriculture industry at risk, in addition to others.

    Alberta has sent a letter to Alberta senators and the ministers of Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada and Health Canada to relay concerns with the bill’s content. Minister Sigurdson requested that the bill be amended with more flexible language to avoid unintended consequences.

    Canada already has legislation, animal disease surveillance and action plans to ensure farm food safety and biosecurity programs reduce risks associated with zoonotic disease. This new legislation is therefore unnecessary, especially in its current form.

    Quick facts

    • The bill would require the development of a human pandemic prevention and preparedness plan; however, after consultation with the Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada and provincial governments, the bill alludes to:
      • regulating industrial animal agriculture to reduce any possible contribution to pandemic risk (zoonotic diseases);
      • phasing out farming of livestock species that might pose a high risk; and
      • promoting alternative protein sources for human consumption.
    • The bill also contains measures that would be redundant in noted areas of concern around disease surveillance, regulation of livestock production and antimicrobial resistance.
      • Intensive livestock and poultry production carries some risk for zoonotic diseases like influenza in swine or poultry or coronaviruses in swine or cattle, but Canada’s on-farm food safety and biosecurity programs greatly reduce those risks.
      • The notion of sacrificing Canadian production levels and exports without assessing the disease risk in a global context, by comparing to livestock markets and production systems in other countries, could result in wide-reaching economic and global food security implications.
    • The bill outlines the requirement to form an advisory committee within 90 days after being passed.
      • This may provide some ability to influence the course of direction, but it is unclear what power the advisory committee would have.

    Multimedia

    • Watch the news conference

    MIL OSI Canada News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of Press Briefing: Middle East and Central Asia Department Regional Economic Outlook October 2024

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 24, 2024

    PARTICIPANTS:

    JIHAD AZOUR, Director of Middle East and Central Asia Department, International Monetary Fund

    ANGHAM AL SHAMI, Communications Officer, International Monetary Fund

    *  *  *  *  *

    MS. AL SHAMI: Good morning.  Good afternoon to those of you in the region.  Thank you for joining us to this press briefing on the Regional Economic Outlook for the Middle east and Central Asia.  I’m Angham Al Shami from the Communications Department here at the IMF.  If you’re joining us online, we do have Arabic and French interpretations on the IMF Regional Economic Outlook page and IMF Press Center.  So please join us there and we have interpretations also in the room.  I’m joined here today by Jihad Azour, the Director of the Middle East and Central Asia Department here at the IMF and he’s going to give us an overview of the outlook for the region.  Jihad over to you. 

    MR. AZOUR: Angham, thank you very much.  Good morning everyone and welcome to the 2024 Annual Meetings.  Before taking your questions, I will make few brief remarks to highlight three key messages regarding the economic outlook for the Middle East and North Africa (MENA), as well as the Caucasus and Central Asia (CCA).  First, regarding the outlook, growth is set to strengthen in the near term in both MENA and the CCA regions.  However, exposure to broader geoeconomic developments is adding to uncertainty.  Hence, our 2025 forecasts come with important caveats. 

              Let me start with the Middle East and North Africa.  This year has been challenging, with conflicts causing devastating human suffering and economic damage.  Oil production cuts are contributing to sluggish growth in many economies, too.  The recent escalation in Lebanon has increased uncertainty in the MENA region.  The second important issue is on growth.  For 2024, growth is projected at 2.1 percent, a downgrade revision of 0.6 percent from the April WEO forecast, and this is largely due to the impact of the conflict and the prolonged OPEC+ production cuts.  To the extent that these gradually abate, we anticipate stronger growth of 4 percent in 2025.  However, uncertainty about when these factors will ease is still very high. 

              MENA oil exporters are expected to see growth rise from 2.3 percent this year to 4 percent in 2025, contingent on the expiration of the voluntary oil production cuts.  Growth in oil importers is projected to recover from 1.5 percent in 2024 to 3.9 percent in 2025, assuming conflicts ease.  Let me now turn to the outlook for Caucasus and Central Asia.  The CCA regions continue to show robust growth, which was revised up to 4.3 percent in 2024, with growth of 4.5 percent expected for next year.  However, some economies are seeing tentative signs of slower trade and other inflows, especially on the remittance side.  Subdued oil production is weighing on the medium-term growth prospect for CCA oil exporters. And for oil importers, growth projects depend on the reform implementation.  The disinflation process is continuing and is continuing across both MENA and CCA region with headline inflation coming down significantly compared to the peak levels over the past two years.  However, inflation remains elevated in few cases due to country specific challenges. 

              My second point is on the medium-term growth prospects.  Medium-term growth prospects have faded over the past two decades and are now relatively weak in many economies.  Changing these dynamics requires steady reform implementation.  Priorities are for the MENA and CCA regions include governance improvement, job creation, especially for women and youth, investment promotion and financial development.  Achieving stronger and more resilient growth will not only foster job creation and greater inclusion, but will also help reduce elevated debt levels and enable progress toward the development of social spending goals. 

              My third point is on the uncertainty.  High uncertainty means that the economic outlook is fraught with risks.  The recent intensification of conflict in Lebanon has increased uncertainty and risks to a further level, and the risk of further escalation in the MENA region is the main issue here in terms of increase in risks.  This fluid situation is not yet factored in our analysis, and downside risks could be material depending on the extent of the escalation.  We are closely monitoring the situation and assessing the potential economic impacts.  Overall, the impact will depend on the severity of any potential escalation.  The conflict could impact the region through multiple channels.  Beyond the impact on output, other key channels of transmissions could include tourism, trade, potential refugee and migration flows, oil and gas market volatility, financial markets and social unrest. 

              Concern is also high about the possibility of prolonged conflict in Sudan, increased geoeconomic fragmentation, volatility in commodity prices, especially for the oil exporting countries, high debt and financing needs for emerging markets and recurrent climate shocks.  In the CCA, risks are primarily associated with potential financial instability resulting from sudden shift in trade and financial flows, and for both regions, failure to implement sufficient reform could constrain already muted prospects for medium term growth. 

              Before opening the floor to your questions, let me emphasize the Fund’s commitment to supporting economies across the region.  Our engagement remains strong in terms of financing and presence.  Since early 2020, the Fund has approved $47.7 billion in financing to countries across MENA and CCA and we have carried out capacity development projects for 31 countries only in the last fiscal years.  Thank you very much for being here today and I’m now happy to take your questions. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: So, we’ll now turn to your questions.  If you’re on Webex, please turn on your camera and raise your hand and we will call on you.  And if you’re in the room, please raise your hand.  So let’s start with maybe the middle right here, the gentleman. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hello and good morning, Jihad.    I wanted to bring you back to your comments about the risks of an escalation in the region.  Obviously, the human toll of this would be horrific, but in terms of the impact on the economies in the region, particularly Egypt, which is already suffering from an extreme loss of revenues from the Suez Canal, and then Lebanon, which you’ve had discussions with in the past, those really never went anywhere because of lack of commitment to do reforms.  What are the prospects of having to either redo some of the programs or create new ones if there’s an escalation?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Dave.  Maybe we’ll take another question on the conflict.  Kyle, second row here. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hi, good morning.  Thank you for taking my question.  Earlier this morning, the Managing Director said the outlook for the MENA is significantly downgraded and she cited mostly the geopolitical conflict.  So could you walk us through, like, where exactly the economic impact has been felt since the April release? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Maybe we’ll take those two questions, Jihad, on the conflict. 

    AZOUR: Thank you very much.  Well, first of all, the conflict is inflicting heavy human toll, and our hearts goes to all the victims and those who were, in their life and livelihoods were affected by the escalation of the conflict.  Of course, the impact of the conflict is to be differentiated between countries who are at the epicenter.  The group of countries who are severely affected by the conflict, Gaza, West Bank, the whole Palestinian economy has been severely affected.  Lebanon also.  And the Lebanese economy was severely affected, with more than 1.2 million people displaced, which represent almost 25 percent of the population, destruction of livelihoods in a broad region that is mainly agriculture, and the impact on some key sectors like tourism and trade.  Therefore, the severely affected countries are seeing a large drop in their economic activity, and they will face contraction in their economies in the context of high inflation. 

              The second group I would call the group of partially affected countries.  And here we have countries like Jordan, Syria and Egypt.  And you have mentioned Egypt.  The main channel of impact on Egypt is trade.  The reduction in trade volume going through the Suez Canal has affected revenues by more than 60 to 70 percent on average for the Suez Canal, which would represent between 4 and a half to , $5 billion of loss in revenues.  For Jordan, the impact is mainly on tourism, which is not the case for Egypt.  Those are the two main countries affected.  Syria of course, is affected, but we have very little information on that.  This second group of partially affected countries, authorities have already started to take actions to protect their economies against that.  And we have the indirectly affected countries.  And here we have to look at the channels of transmission.  Trade is one.  The other one is the impact on tourism.  The impact on oil and gas has been relatively muted so far, except high volatility in the short term.  We did not see a major impact on the oil and gas sector yet.  I think one has to recognize that it’s a highly uncertain moment and therefore things are changing constantly and we are ourselves updating regularly our assessment of the situation.  Our numbers, for example, for the outlook do not report the latest development in the last months or so and therefore we will be updating our numbers.  This high level of uncertainty is affecting countries with vulnerabilities.  And this is where the Fund is in fact acting in providing support to countries in order to help them go through these severe shocks. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad.  We’ll go for another round of questions.  Maybe we’ll go to the first gentleman in the first row, please. 

    QUESTIONER:  Many Arab countries have taken on significant debt to fund infrastructure and economic reforms.  What the strategies does the IMF recommend for managing the tracing debt levels, particularly for non-oil economies and taking into consideration what’s happening in the region with all the conflicts. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you.  We have another question that we received that’s also on debt.  What are the projections of the Fund concerning the region’s debt levels amid the ongoing regional tensions? 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you for your questions.  Well, of course the high level of debt has been one of the main issues that several economies in the region, especially the middle income and the emerging economies of the region are facing.  And here I would address the issue in three levels.  The level of debt that constitute a major macroeconomic stability issue.  And we recommend countries to address this by having an inclusive but sustained fiscal consolidations in order to reduce the risk level, in order to strengthen their capacity to raise revenues and reduce the overall macroeconomic risk.  And when the Fund is asked, the Fund is providing support to many countries on that front. 

              The second dimension is the financing dimension.  The overall financing need for this year are going to be around $286 billion, almost $6 billion higher for the whole region in terms of financing need.  Compared to last year, this include not only, I would say all importing middle income countries, but the whole region and therefore securing enough financing is another issue.  And the third one that is becoming a challenging issue that requires a combination of measures is the cost of debt service.  The cost of debt service because of the increase in interest rate has become one of the main, I would say, fiscal issue that countries are facing. 

              The last point, I would add, is the fact that recently we were witnessing a greater reliance on local markets when it comes to financing the local debt.  Therefore, the nexus between the governor, the government and the market and the local market has increased.  And this is why it’s important to have a clear medium term reform agenda in order to reduce the weight of the debt, to improve fiscal space, but also to provide more comfort to investors to broaden the finance space.

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad.  We’ll turn now to the online questions, and we have Fatima Ibrahim.  Fatima, if you’re online, you can come in.  Okay.  Otherwise we’ll take some questions from the floor.  We’ll start maybe with the gentleman in the middle.  Yeah. 

    QUESTIONER:  Good morning, this is Adil from Daily Business Recorder, Pakistan.  Thank you for taking my question.  So the World Economic Outlook projects Pakistan’s growth rate at a higher rate compared to last year, 3.2 percent.  The modest growth of 2.4 percent last year was predominantly driven by the agriculture sector, which had its best performance in the last two decades, right.  The services sector also benefited from agriculture success while the manufacturing was negative.  The agriculture sector faces significant downside risks this time.  While manufacturing is also highly constrained by high energy tariffs and weak demand locally.  Do you think a higher growth rate can be achieved without fiscal expansion the way Pakistan has primed the pump in the past after securing an IMF program?  Or do you think it can happen sustainably?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you.  Any other questions on Pakistan before we — any other questions on Pakistan?  Okay. 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much.  Yes, the projections are showing that the Pakistani economy will grow at 2.4 percent this year compared to minus 0.2 percent last year and expected for next year to grow at 3.2 percent.  This constitutes an improvement at a time where we are seeing also inflation going down from 29 percent last year to 12.6 percent this year and we expect inflation to go down to 10.6 percent next year. 

              Of course, the reform package that the government of Pakistan has put together has several objectives.  One is to achieve fiscal sustainability by addressing some of the long awaited fiscal issues, especially on increasing the share of revenues in order to reduce the deficit, but also to improve the quality of the revenues by addressing some of the issues that existed in terms of tax collection and also in terms of special regimes.  Reforming the SOEs is also an important priority that will increase the capacity of Pakistan to provide a greater space for the private sector, level the playing field and increase FDIs by doing so.  This will allow the Pakistani economy to be more export driven and also to be ready to attract additional investment. 

              The monetary policy is also helping by tackling the issue of inflation and also by reducing any construction constraints on capital flows as well as also on the exchange transfers which also with the broad context of reforms will allow additional predictability and will reduce the risks or the constraints on the current account.  Therefore, the package of reform that has been set has not only the ambition to strengthen stability in terms of macroeconomic stability and reduced financing risks, but also has the ambition to reform some of the key sectors including the energy and the SOEs, improve the business environment, attract more FDRs and allow the economy to be more export driven which will unleash the potential of the Pakistani economy without having an impact on the current account. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you Jihad.  We’ll turn now online.   I’m going to read your questions because I have them here.  Two questions on Egypt.  Question is regarding negotiations that Egypt will start with the IMF regarding the timing of implementing the economic reforms.  Does the IMF see that any of these can be delayed?  And the second point how does the IMF see the situation of the Egyptian economy in light of the recent developments?  And have you tested that during  your projections regarding growth and energy prices? 

              If those that want to ask on Egypt we’ll start here — many hands.  Yes, the gentleman here. 

    QUESTIONER:  I will speak in Arabic.   It’s a technical point, Mr. Jihad.  I wanted to ask you about the policies of the Fund that they aim at improving the living standards of the citizens and to reach the most vulnerable population.  And during the negotiations, some of those negotiations they contradict with these principles I mean increasing the price of energy.  I mean again for floating the price of the pound and adjustment of some prices of the commodities such as power.  And this is part of the reform program.  Does this apply to the current situation in Egypt in general?  Whether I speak about improving the standards of living especially as these put more pressures on the vulnerable population. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Please any other questions?  We’ll take the gentleman please be brief so we can take other questions. 

    QUESTIONER:  My question like Mrs. Georgieva said today that she’s going to visit Egypt in like within 10 days for like discussing the maybe reassessment in the program and that came in context with President he said that the economic situation it might lead Egypt to like rethinking about the reform program with the IMF.  Can you highlight in which points might like Mrs. Georgieva is going to discuss?  Are you going to change the program?  Are you going to change your condition for reforming program or it’s just going to be trying to convince Egyptian regime that the reform program that you have already agreed is going as usual and as you see like this came in contact with my colleague from Egypt about suffering of increasing price for gas and many other goods and stuff in Egypt.  So like what’s going on exactly in this meeting between Ms. Georgieva and President Sisi  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you.  We’ll take one last question on Egypt and then we’ll move on the second, third row please. 

    QUESTIONER:    My question is, is there any possibility of increasing the size of Egypt’s long given the widening of the conflict in the Middle east in recent weeks?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: We’ll turn to you Jihad. 

    MR. AZOUR: Okay.  In fact there are three levels of the different questions.  One is on the economic situation in Egypt.  The second is on the program and the relationship between the Fund and Egypt and also on some of the specific measures.  Well, first of all, and I will answer part in Arabic and part in English for the question that came from the online audience.  Like other countries in the region, Egypt has been subjected to the impact of the increase in tension due to the conflict.  I mentioned earlier, Egypt is a country that is partially affected and mainly the impact was on the revenues from the Suez Canal.  Luckily, the impact on tourism was almost muted.  We did not see any drop for a sector that employs a large part of the population.  Therefore, there are two levels of impact.  The direct impact of the conflict and the high level of uncertainty that affects Egypt as much as affect other countries in the region, especially in terms of attracting direct investment and attracting inflows. 

              On the other side, there are certain number of internal issues that the authorities are dealing with.  The high level of inflation is one.  Inflation has reached last year35 percent and it’s important if we want to preserve the purchasing power of the people, especially the low- and middle-income people, is to address inflation.  The best way to protect the livelihood of people is by reducing the level of price increase.  Therefore, the first pillar of the program was to strengthen stability and also protect the economy from external shocks.  This economy has been subjected to external shocks over the last four years Covid and then the war in Ukraine and then the recent conflict in the region.  And this is where the importance, for example of the flexibility of the exchange rate.  The flexibility of the exchange rate will reduce the impact of external shocks that could destabilize the local economy, would give more predictability in terms of capital flows and will reduce the risk of using other type of measures that would have an impact on economic activity. 

              Therefore, it’s very important to preserve it because it’s the best way to reduce the impact of external shocks on the local economy.  Of course, it has to go hand in hand with monetary policy that works on addressing inflation.  Inflation is going down and I think this is a positive news.  We expect it next year to reach 16 percent.  Of course, there are some short term hikes when some of the measures are introduced, but those are usually short lived impact.  Therefore, monetary policy is also a priority in order to reduce the macro instability, but also reduce the pressure on the low middle income people.  Three is we need to create growth.  Also, we’re happy to see that the growth prospects for next year are improving 4 percent for the fiscal year 2025.  But I think we can do more.  How to do more is by allowing the private sector to be investing, creating jobs.  And the best way to do it is for the state to give more space to the private sector and also for the state to be, I would say allowing them the competition to take place.  And this requires to accelerate some of the reforms of the SOEs, including increasing the private sector share in those investments. 

              The program has been built based on those objectives and when shocks occurred, the Fund responded very quickly.  We have increased the size of the program from $3 billion to $8 billion in the last review that took place in April.  Taking into consideration that Egypt has been subjected to the shock of the conflict.  The other also positive element that FDIs have increased with 35, 34 billion dollars of investment from UAE.  I think this provided additional needed investment and also needed inflow.  And we hope that this investment will be one of the elements that will bring growth to Egypt.  Therefore, in terms of inflows Egypt has been receiving, in addition to what the Fund has provided, what the UAE has provided also additional financing from bilateral and multilateral institutions.  The World Bank, the EU have increased their financing to Egypt and therefore, going back to the question, should we revisit the size of the program?  I think the macroeconomic conditions today are showing that the program as it’s designed and its finance is still appropriate. 

              On the question of some of the specific.  The impact of some of the specific measures here, I think we have to differentiate between two dimensions.  There are certain measures who have impact and those need to be countered by some other measures, especially on the social front.  And we are happy to see that the various programs that exist, Takaful and Karama and other programs are activated in order to address some of these issues.  Whenever you introduce those kind of fiscal measures, you need to protect the most vulnerable.  You need to allow the mostly affected and those who have limited capacity to be protected.  And therefore, when you do so, it allows you to create fiscal buffers, especially on the revenue side, to make it fairer and more effective i.e.not to have all the tax burden on the low income or middle-income people through consumption tax to increase the progressivity in the tax system, but also on the other hand, to provide more on the social protection level the program has in it.And the Fund team is working with authorities on the way to make sure that what is in the program is sufficient enough and what needs to be done to improve the outreach of the social program.  And during the visit of the MD, this will be one of the priority issues that the MD will raise and will discuss is how effective the social protection programs are.  Therefore, I think whenever you have to address imbalances that have been there for some time, there are some consolidation.  But you want to make sure that this consolidation is growth friendly, is inclusive and also it provides sustainable economic transformation. 

              This is how the program has been designed.  It has been designed to live in a shock prone world.  It has been designed in order to allow the economy to be more geared toward growth that is driven by export and create more opportunities.  Of course the uncertainty in the region is high.  We take this into consideration and earlier I mentioned that we are constantly looking at the impact.  We’re looking also at the potential escalations and what does it mean for our countries. 

              But again, I think it’s important in the case of Egypt as well as also in Jordan.  Those programs provide an anchor of stability at a time of uncertainty.  I think there is a great value of those programs.  We saw it in Jordan with the upgrade of Jordan in terms of rating.  Those programs provide an anchor of stability, and I think what the region needs today is stability.  And this is on that premise that we are engaging with countries in the region, and we are in fact we’re ready to engage and to provide more support. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad.  Let’s turn to the room.  Maybe we’ll go to the gentleman in the back.  Yes, right here.  Thank you. 

    QUESTIONER:  He will ask the question in Arabic.  In light of the environment in the GCC region, what are your projections for growth and specifically the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, your projections for growth? 

    MR. AZOUR: No doubt, no doubt that the GCC countries have managed over the past years to adapt to a large number of shocks and challenges that are being witnessed in the region and the whole world.  Starting from COVID pandemic and oil shocks.  And oil countries and GCC countries have maintained a certain level of growth despite the fact that there was the OPEC+ and its agreements. 

              For 2024, our projections are better than 2023.  The growth is about 1.2 percent in 2024 and will improve in 2025 to reach 4.2 percent in 25.  And this is very important if we put this in the framework of the fact that the main driving force behind the growth in the GCC countries is the development of non-oil economy.  And this is a very important element.  The development of non-oil economy was a main leverage for growth and the Gulf countries maintained a good level of growth ranging between 3 to 4 percent for non-oil growth under our investments that are aimed to develop other economic sectors in the future such as renewable energy as well as technology which contribute to increasing the capacity of these countries to increase the revenue, to diversify the sources of revenue for the economy and to adapt to the economic changes all over the world. 

              With regard to economy of Saudi Arabia, we expect that this year the growth will be 1.5 percent which is an improvement as compared to growth last year which was minus 0.2 percent.  And for next year it will be 4.6 percent for Saudi Arabia.  What has contributed to this in the first place?  The economic development, non-oil economy in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and also the production which has been improving and also the unwinding of the OPEC agreement.  And again the question. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: If not, we’ll turn to the room.  Maybe the — yes.  .  Yes, we can hear you now. 

    QUESTIONER:  Good evening.  Thank you and good evening.  Mr. Jihad, I would like to ask in Arabic my question.  What made the IMF expect that the growth will be 2.9 percent for Jordan next year compared to 2.5 percent this year.  In light of the continuing war in the Middle East.  This is first.  Second question.  The IMF in its last review has said that the revenue of Jordan have decreased, whereas other estimates would say that the revenue have increased.  How would you interpret these different estimates or different numbers?  And what can Jordan do to increase its revenues?  Thank you,Also a few questions. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Please be brief.  Thank you. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hello, can you hear me well? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Yes, we can hear you. 

    QUESTIONER:  Thank you for this opportunity.  First of all, to ask my questions.  I would like to ask you about the upcoming COP 29 conference which is scheduled to be held in Azerbaijan very soon.  And what are specific initiatives that the IMF plans to support during the conference to promote sustainable development? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: We lost — okay, I think we can’t hear you,  but we’ll come back.  Maybe we’ll take one in the room.  Yes, please. 

    QUESTIONER:  I’m from Kazakhstan.  So my question is, how do you evaluate the effect of the war in Ukraine on the economies of Central Asian region, specifically my country, Kazakhstan?  Because we’re located too close to Russia and my country has the same border with it, and we are tied economically. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you.  So that was a question on Kazakhstan and we had an earlier question, Azerbaijan.  You want to have one final question before we turn to you, Jihad. 

    QUESTIONER:  I have a question about the main obstacles to foreign investment in Saudi Arabia and what the authorities can do in order to improve that.  Thank you. 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you.  The first question I think is about the economic impact in Jordan of the war.  Of course, the Jordanian economy is close to the hot area.  Jordan was affected in tourism, as I said before.  And this impact on tourism also affected the economy in Jordan.  Also trade and the Aqaba port.  The impact continues, but no doubt the uncertainty and the fluidity is very high.  However, last year and this year Jordan managed to maintain economic stability and to achieve an acceptable growth rate, 2.3.  This year we expect it to improve to 2.5 percent if the situation continues as it is and there was no more escalation in the region.  We attribute this to the measures taken by the government in the previous years in order to improve the performance of the economy and to achieve stabilization. 

              The Jordanian economy proved to be resilient despite the tensions.  The additional good factor is that inflation is low.  And the Central bank of Jordan managed to keep low inflation at 1.8 percent this year, which contributes to the easing of monetary policy. With regard to the point about the revenues, the amount of revenues, I’ll go back to you when I talk with the team.  But what I want to say is that in the past few years Jordan achieved successes in raising revenues which contributed to lower deficits and better stability, which enabled Jordan to secure the main financial needs and to keep stability and to increase investments and financial flows.  And we’ve seen this improvement at the beginning of this year in the form of the higher rating agencies rating for Jordan.

              The COP 29 the COP 29 the Fund has been an important partner to Azerbaijan for the preparation of the COP 29.  As you know, last year and before, the Fund has been extremely involved and the Fund has scaled up its support to members on the climate side by providing programs to help countries accelerate their transformation and finance long term climate priorities.  The Fund is also mainstreaming the climate issues in the surveillance and is providing a wealth of knowledge on the priorities, including for the Caucasus and Central Asia region where the Fund has recently produced a series of analytical pieces about the importance of adaptation for the region as well as also how to tackle the issue of mitigation and climate finance.  And I would encourage you and others to look at those.  Those are important pieces that will be featured during the COP 29.  Of course, we had recently during this week meetings with the authorities and the Fund is looking forward to maintain its active partnership with the authorities and play an important role in COP 29. 

              The last question was impact of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine on CCA countries and in particular on Kazakhstan.  Of course, let me say a few words on that.  Countries in the CCA in general have been able over the last four years and specifically over the last two years to protect their economies from the negative impact of the war in Ukraine and at the same time they were able to address the other risk that was coming from the increase in inflation or inflationary pressure.  When it comes to Kazakhstan, we project growth this year to be at 3.5 percent and we expect it to improve next year and reach 4.6 percent.  Of course, part of it is also due to the new investments in energy and in the new the new oil and gas fields, but also to the good performance of the non-oil sector. 

              Clearly here also the level of uncertainty is high, and we recommend countries to maintain on one hand their reform drive to preserve macroeconomic stability and on the other hand to accelerate structural reforms to regain levels of growth that would be needed in order to allow economic convergence between Central Asia and Caucasus countries with their peers to this gap to widen.  And this afternoon we will.  Sorry.  Tomorrow we will have a special session on the medium-term growth priorities, including the structural reforms.  And we will tackle some of the priorities for Kazakhstan as well as also other Central Asian countries. 

              The last question is obstacles to investment in Saudi Arabia.  This is the last question.  You want it in Arabic or English?  In Arabic.  If we look at the past few years under Vision 2030, you will see that there are some reforms that have contributed primarily to the improvement of the investment climate and to increase the growth rate outside of the government scope.  There was lower unemployment, especially among the youth, and also an increase in the participation of women.  And this has improved things despite all the volatilities and all the oil production cuts.  These reforms and investment projects that were adopted improve the size of the economy and make it more able to attract investments in the oil sector and also other like entertainment and technology. 

              In the past year there was a revisiting of the priorities, and the priority was more priority was given to technology, AI, climate.  All of this opens the door for more direct investment from abroad as in Saudi Arabia, also in the region.  Direct investment in the past 10 years was not as aspired.  There are internal reasons and also regional reasons because of the volatility and also because the global economic development reduced direct investments in the region. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Today’s briefing.  Thank you very much all for joining us today.  Jihad, any final words on the launch? 

    MR. AZOUR: One, I would like to thank you very much again, I would like to ask you to remain tuned.  I mentioned in my opening that the volatility of the situation requires from us and the high level of uncertainty to keep ourselves updated and to keep updating you.  This afternoon we will.  Sorry.  Tomorrow afternoon we will have an interesting session that looks into not the short-term where the level of uncertainty is extremely high, but the medium-term.  What are the priorities in terms of growth?  What are the priorities also in terms of investment?  We will launch officially with the details with the tables the outlook in Dubai next week.  It will be on October 31st and then immediately also we will launch the outlook for Caucuses and Central Asia.

              Tomorrow at 3pm I would like to invite you all for an interesting session where we are going to discuss one of our key analytical chapters that has to focus on medium term growth.  With that, thank you very much.  I’m sure there are follow up questions.  Myself and the team who is here will be ready to provide you with additional answers to your questions. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you all.  Thank you very much. 

    *  *  *  *  *

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Angham Al Shami

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Banking: Transcript of European Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 24, 2024

    Speakers:
    Alfred Kammer, Director, European Department, IMF
    Helge Berger, Deputy Director, European Department, IMF
    Oya Celasun, Deputy Director, European Department, IMF
    Moderator:
    Camila Perez, Senior Communications Officer, IMF

    MS. PEREZ: Hi everyone, thanks so much for joining today’s press conference on the release of the European Economic Outlook. My name is Camila Perez. I’m a Communications Officer here at the IMF. And we’re here with Alfred Kammer, Director of the European Department. We’re also here with two of his Deputies, Oya Celasun and Helge Berger. We’re going to get started with some opening remarks from Mr. Kammer, and then we’re going to go to the floor and online to take your questions. Alfred?

    MR: KAMMER: Welcome to this press conference on the Economic Outlook for Europe.

    Headline inflation has come within reach in targets in advanced European economies, but progress remains uneven in Central, Eastern and Southeastern European countries. CESEE as we call it. A moderate recovery is underway. This reflects that financial conditions are still tight, as the easing cycle will take time to take effect. Importantly, the rebound also reflects a high level of uncertainty that keeps consumers and investors cautious.

    Our main message today is that Europe’s recovery is falling short of its full potential. And more importantly, the medium-term outlook is no better. Europe has fallen behind, and I will come to this theme back later, but let’s briefly look at our near-term outlook first.

    Our baseline foresees a modest increase in growth for 2024 and 2025. On inflation, we expect the ECB to sustainably reach its target by mid-‘25. For most CESEE countries, it will take a year longer until 2026. So for this to materialize, Europe needs a safe pair of hands. Central banks should pursue a smooth loosening path in advanced economies, and they need to be more careful and ease more cautiously in several CESEE countries, as real wages may outpace productivity growth there. We also recommend tightening the fiscal stance across most of Europe. We are expecting a recovery, but deficits are too large to stabilize public debt.

    The good news is that the EU has agreed on a fiscal rules framework addressing sustainability concerns while allowing for investment in green transitions and infrastructure. And now we need to follow through. But the urgency for policy action is even more acute when it comes to the medium-term, and that’s really what our report is focusing on. Europe has an underwhelming potential growth rate, and when we are looking at the medium-term, that is not changing.

    Compared to the U.S., income per capita is a stunning 30 percent lower and the gap has remained unchanged for two decades. And I should say at the turn of the century that gap did not exist. Low productivity in CESEE and a low capital stock, are the main reasons.

    Our report identifies three factors holding Europe back. First, Europe markets are too fragmented to provide the needed scale for firms to grow. Second, Europe has no shortage of savings, but its capital markets fail to provide to boost young and productive firms. In addition, Europe is missing skilled labor where it is needed. A deeper, more integrated Single Market can resolve most of these issues. This means removing the barriers that still prevent goods, services, capital, and labor to flow freely between countries.

    We estimate existing barriers in Europe’s Single Market to be equivalent to an ad-valorem tariff of 44 percent for manufacturing, between U.S. states it is 15 percent, and that tariff equivalent is 110 percent for services between EU countries. These are staggering numbers that illustrate how much income Europe leaves on the table.

    While private investment is key, there is also a need for public investment. For example, on infrastructure, connectivity, nd in addition, deepening and broadening, the Single Market could support a faster growing and more resilient Europe.

    New Member states joining the EU in 2004 saw that GDP per capita increase by more than 30 percent in the 15 years after EU accession, helped by strong reforms and market access. And the larger Single Market also helped old member countries. So Europe can close the gap with the global frontier if it builds on its most important asset. And I have been emphasizing that in the past and I continue to emphasize that. And that is the EU’s Single Market.

    So, what are some of the immediate steps which we are outlining? Open energy, telecommunications, and financial services sectors. This will bring more private sector investment, dynamism, and innovation. Advance the capital markets union. This will funnel savings to the most productive firms and startups, make a real effort to ease administrative barriers to firms entering markets, especially in the service sector, and improve infrastructure, institutions and governance in CESEE countries.

    So, in conclusion, Europe has the means to lift growth to its full potential. This is completely under Europe’s control, and it needs to be done. Thank you.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much, Alfred. We’re going to get started with some questions in the room. I see there are some colleagues online. We will get to you. But we’re going to take the first question. The gentleman in the second row. Thank you.

    Question: Thank you so much. In the recent World Economic Outlook, the IMF predicted a slightly better growth for Europe in this year and worse dynamics in 2025, especially for emerging and developing economies. You already described some factors which are driving this process.

    But I have a question regarding the particular issue. This is Russia’s war in Ukraine. How does this factor affect the dynamics in Europe now? And secondly, the IMF significantly marked down the projection for Ukraine, at the same time saying Ukraine’s economy remains resilient despite the war. Could you elaborate, please, on the exact reasons for these negative expectations? What could be done more to improve the situation in Ukraine? Thank you.

    MR: KAMMER: So let me start first with the general impact of Russia’s war in Ukraine on the European outlook. When you’re seeing the growth trajectory, it hasn’t changed very much over the last year. And the main reason why Europe is doing poorly is really the large Russian induced energy price shock Europe is going through. So we are seeing this year, coming out of this crisis, moderate recovery. It’s driven mostly by consumption, as real wages are strengthening. And we are expecting then next year that we will have a handoff to investment demand when policy rates, interest rates, are going to come down.

    So very much when you’re looking at some of the more detailed pictures, Germany very much affected because of the energy price shock, still because of its energy intensive manufacturing. That’s a direct impact of the Russian war. If you’re looking at the tightening cycle of the ECB, that had to be harsher simply because inflation was higher. That’s a result of Russia’s war in Ukraine.

    So that is the general trajectory we are on. But we also have revised down growth for 2025. And what we’re seeing is a bit of moderation in the recovery we have been projecting. And again, it’s a result of the uncertainty created as part of the environment and Russia’s war in Ukraine. That’s an uncertainty for consumers, which are wondering what is going to happen with energy prices and with the future. That is an uncertainty on the investor side, on wondering what is happening in the medium-term. And these headwinds are going to stay with Europe for the time being. So that is the direct impact we are seeing that Russia’s war on Ukraine has still implications for Europe’s economic developments.

    On your second point, with regard to the growth in Ukraine. Growth numbers this year have been brutally affected by the bombing of the energy infrastructure in Ukraine, and that dampens growth and also the outlook. And in addition, of course, like for all of Europe, this creates uncertainty in Ukraine, and it has a dampening effect on aggregate demand. And when you’re looking at our projections for 2025, we also have downgraded those for Ukraine. And that is a reflection that Russia’s war in Ukraine is going to continue. We had assumed that it would stop earlier. It doesn’t. And those are, again, additional costs for the Ukrainian economy.

    On Ukraine. The economic team has been doing and is still doing a marvelous job in terms of, one, maintaining macrostability. Two, supporting the economy to get growth going and supporting enterprises to operate this environment, protect vulnerable people suffering from the war. And three, preparing the fundamentals for hopefully a reconstruction that will come soon and the medium-term path to EU accession.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much, Alfred. We’re going to go with the lady on the third road, please.

    Question: Thank you. My question is related with — Spain has one of the best growth prospects in Europe. What recommendations do you have to ensure that this good momentum continues when the European funds end? And I would also like to know if you have any advice for the housing problem that the country is facing, which has provoked numerous protests by citizens who cannot buy a house due to speculation and high prices. Thank you.

    MR: KAMMER: Spain had indeed a very strong growth performance. That was a result of what we saw on the tourism front, very much still, to some extent, a Pandemic implication. Spain, finally, we saw also, because of lower interest rates and more confidence, a pickup in investment that has been supporting growth. And when we are looking at the supply side, we see the large employment increases have been supported also by immigration. So those were growth drivers we saw in Spain. They will moderate a bit in 2025, but they still will carry on. And of course, implementation of the Next Generation EU will not only have short-term positive impacts but also impacts on the medium-term growth projections for Spain.

    I think when it comes to our policy recommendation for Spain, when you’re looking at the growth performance right now, it was labor intensive, so it was driven by an increase in employment. In future, what we need to see is a growth performance, which is driven by an increase in productivity. And when I mentioned the word productivity and you asked me a question on any country in Europe, that’s the key word. Productivity is an issue in every single member country in Europe. And that needs to be the focus of strong policy reforms. Those are reforms domestically and the structural reforms we have been talking about in our Article IVs.

    But importantly, these are reforms which need to be carried out EU-wide in order to get the productivity increases we need from the Single Market, from companies and firms to be able to grow to scale, go to the global technology frontier and produce and to see a very dynamic business sector. That’s an issue for Spain, but this is an issue for all other countries, and Europe can help there. This is not a national action per se, but this is an action at the European level. But it requires will at the national level to go for European reforms.

    MS. PEREZ: Thank you so much. We’re going to go to the middle of the room. The lady in the third row, please.

    QUESTION: Hello, two questions, if I may, on different topics. You mentioned the importance of integrating Europe’s capital markets. In this context, how important is it for Europe to have bigger banks? Would you welcome the potential merger of UniCredit and Commerzbank? And if capital markets are very important, should the German government drop its objection to this potential bank tie-up? Have you also communicated a message to the German government? And on a completely different topic, you’ve warned about the need for advanced economies to carry out fiscal consolidation and to reduce their borrowing after many years of emergency spending. The UK Chancellor, Rachel Reeves, today has said that she will change her measure of her debt target to one which promotes investment. Would you welcome this kind of step, given your worries about the fiscal overhangs from the Pandemic?

    MR: KAMMER: Thank you. Yeah, maybe I’ll start with your first question on the capital markets union and the banking union. Critically important for Europe. When we see drilling down why we have that productivity gap. One is companies cannot grow to scale. The second problem is lack of business dynamism. And lack of business dynamism stands for we have startups in Europe as we have in the U.S., but they are not getting the same kind of chance in terms of funding. Because as a startup you need equity financing, especially when you’re in the tech sector and you produce intangibles, you cannot provide that as collateral to banks. You need venture capital. And when you’re looking at venture capital, Europe versus the U.S., it’s four times as high in the U.S. than it’s in Europe. So startups in Europe start with a big handicap. And therefore, banking union and the capital markets union are essentially for those startups to grow and be productive, create employment, and push up GDP per capita.

    And yes, as part of the operating to scale for European economies, that they’re not just national players in 27 national countries, but Pan-European players as the U.S. companies are. You need also larger Pan-European banks. And that means we see that one way of doing this is through merger and consolidations. So this is part of helping creating scale in the banking system. And therefore, these mergers and these mergers are welcome. And yes, that has been our recommendation that these mergers should take place now.n individual merger transactions we are not commenting, but our advice is very clear: that the general direction is clear – mergers are needed.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks.

    MR: KAMMER: On the UK?

    MR. BERGER: Sure, thanks. I would have been disappointed if there had been no question on the UK. Always popular.

    Let’s start with some good news. You have seen that our growth numbers for this year went up 1.1 percent instead of 0.7. Next year at 1.5. So that’s the trajectory, upward looking, against which we discuss fiscal policy.

    So if you allow me to step back before coming to the fiscal framework on the debt question, we recognize that the government very helpfully is committed to reduce the debt level in percent of GDP over the next five years, or at least to stabilize it. So that’s very welcome. It’s in line with longstanding recommendations from our UK team. Now, this is going to require a notable fiscal effort. As you know, the deficit levels are high. There are spending pressures waiting to be tackled in the healthcare system and social care. We also have very high public investment needs. There’s transport. There’s housing. There’s climate. So all of this needs to be put within one umbrella going forward.

    The team has always maintained that this can be done in different ways, including prioritizing spending or increasing fiscal revenues. It’s deliberate, or in the middle, and not an end. You know, your governments will have to see what is best suited to the situation at hand. We’re looking forward to the autumn budget, which will give us clarity on how all of this will hang together.

    Now, in this context, of course, it’s very important to operate within a fiscal framework that’s well understood. We have told many countries, not just the UK, in the past that we like well-organized and explained fiscal frameworks. They help to anchor the policy of the budget over the medium-term. Can help ensure that public debt indeed goes in a direction we wanted to go. Now, in order to facilitate growth, which is part of any such endeavor of reducing public debt, public investment is important. So you need to find a way to protect this as you define your fiscal framework. Now, in this context, we’ll have to see how this new proposal is, you know, really laid out in detail. Again, we will learn more when we have the budget, and it’s good to look all of this together in one go.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much. We’re going to go online. I see Anton has raised his hand. Go ahead, Anton, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. As the IMF recently raised its 2024 growth forecast for Russia from 3.2% to 3.6%, what factors contributed to this upward revision despite the ongoing geopolitical tensions and economic sanctions? How are the existing and potential future sanctions on Russia affecting its long-term economic stability? Are there areas of the Russian economy showing resilience despite these sanctions? Thank you very much.

    MS. PEREZ: I believe we have other questions on Russia. online. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: Good day, everyone. I have a question about the 2025 outlook for Russian’s economy. Since compared to the April outlook, the outlook was downgraded from 1.8 to 1.3 of GDP. And I want to ask, can you elaborate what impacted this forecast and including the fact that Russian Central Bank is close to increasing the key rate to 20-21 percent from 19 percent. How critical the risks for the Russian economy are now? And can you elaborate on its future from this perspective?

    MS. PEREZ: Thank you. I think in the room, gentlemen in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hello. Good afternoon. I wanted to follow up on a monetary policy question. So to what extent does this tightening monetary policy by Russian Central Bank will impact Russian economy and will it be effective for fighting inflation from your point of view? And the second question from my side, why did the IMF adjust the projections for Russian debt level for 2024 and 2025 downwards in comparison with April’s economic outlook? Thank you.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much.

    MR. KAMMER: Okay, so quite a number of questions. To the 2024 upgrade that was mostly mechanical, reflecting data outturns for the first half, and they have been reflected in our forecast. What we are seeing right now in the Russian economy, that it is pushing against capacity constraint. So we have a positive output gap, or you could put it differently – the Russian economy is overheating. What we are expecting for next year is simply also the impact that going over your supply capacity, you cannot maintain for very long. So we see an impact on moving into more normal territory there. And of course, that is supported by a tight monetary policy by the Central Bank of Russia. A tight monetary policy, in order to bring down inflation, slows down aggregate demand, and in 2025 will have these effects on GDP. That’s why we are seeing the slowdown in 2025.

    Now, with regard to the longer-term outlook for Russia, as we have been saying before, the medium term looks dim, potential growth has been reduced. That is a result of less technology transfers, less ability to finance. That will impact the productive capacity of the Russian economy in the medium-term, and that will stop the convergence towards Western European per capita GDP levels, which Russia was on more than ten years ago. And this is an effect of the sanctioned regime, which is in place. With regard to the debt levels. I think that is a simple reflection of that the nominal GDP has been revised up, and therefore, debt to GDP ratios are coming down.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much. We’re going to go with the gentleman in the fourth row, gray shirt, please. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Once again, we are talking about tariffs. And in your report you highlight the risks of EU tariffs on Chinese EV cars. But is it so much more important for Europe to keep its trade free than to protect strategic sector of its industry? Thank you very much.

    MS. CELASUN: Thank you very much. On that question. You’re right. Europe is very open to trade, has benefited greatly over the decades from trading with other nations. So as it responds to growing tensions around the world and fragmentation, it has to keep in mind the fact that it is benefiting. So we would indeed urge all countries, including Europe, to look for cooperative solutions, which are always the first best. When approaching, for example, the issue of subsidies in other countries for countries to come together, come out clean on what they are subsidizing and how much, and then find cooperative ways of reducing them.

    Tariffs rarely help to solve the problem. They essentially make countries imposing tariffs less competitive, they raise costs, and they trigger retaliation, which would be something to take very seriously for any country that benefits greatly from trade.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much. We’re going to stay in this side of the room. The gentleman on the third row, white shirt, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Hello. I had a question on the German economy outlook, which is still, which growth prospects are still very low. I was wondering if the IMF is fearing an effect of this low growth on a shift to political. I mean, on the political side, which would be a rise up the far right, for example, ahead of the next election, federal election next year. Thank you.

    MS. CELASUN: Thank you. As you know, we don’t comment on elections. What we do is to engage with governments, to give them policy advice to strengthen growth and to make growth resilient over time. And on that, our advice hasn’t changed for quite some time. Germany is facing a sharp downturn in its working age population. Quite a sharp decline coming in the next five years. Productivity trends have been very weak. The remedies are to boost labor supply, help women have full time jobs with better childcare, elder care, reducing the marginal tax rates of second earners, and take a host of productivity enhancing reforms. Public investment should be higher in Germany. It’s among the countries with the lowest public investment rates among advanced economies. The other areas we have highlighted are the high level of red tape. Administrative burdens need to be reduced, which would help productivity as well. And Germany should be a champion of the single market, including for the capital markets union, to help its promising companies have better prospects for reaching scale and growing. Thank you.

    MS. PEREZ: We’re going to take the lady in the middle of the room in the fourth row with the light jacket, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question is about the Turkish economy. Türkiye has significantly tightened its policy stance over the past year. How do you see the country’s current state of economy? And also what is the IMF’s approach to the potential timing of easing these policies?

    MR. KAMMER: We, as you know, have been very favorably impressed by the policy pivot since last year in Türkiye. And what we see are two main results. One is the vulnerability to a crisis. Risk has been greatly reduced over this time. And second, inflation is now on a downward trajectory. And those are two huge achievements in this policy pivot that took place. When it comes to our policy advice, what is important now is the fight against inflation has not been won yet. That means that a tight monetary policy will need to be maintained, and it would be premature to reduce the restrictiveness on the monetary policy side. What we also continue to advise is a focus on incomes policies.

    One of the problems in Türkiye and nexus to inflation was minimum wage increases which were based on backward looking inflation developments. We need to have these minimum wage agreements which are now, once a year, done in a forward-looking way in order to avoid the second round effect of these measures.

    And finally, we could use more fiscal adjustment. Fiscal adjustment would help on the inflationary side and of course it always enhances the credibility of the adjustment effort. But overall, I should say to the economic team working in Türkiye, a job well done, that a job needs to continue, and these policies need to be sustained. This is a painful period to go through for the population of Türkiye and is a tough period for our policymakers, but it’s necessary toward crisis risk and bring inflation down.

    MS. PEREZ: We’re running out of time. We’re going to try to get in a few more questions. Let’s go with the lady in the first row. Yellow jacket, please.

    QUESTION: I was wondering, since the IMF is once again flagging Italy for its high debt, if it’s a fair conclusion that you do not agree with Fitch, who is saying that Italy’s fiscal credibility has recently increased, does the promotion of its outlook? And therefore, what is your suggestion for the debt reduction?

    MS. PEREZ: Let’s see if there are any other questions on Italy. The gentleman on the third row. On this side. Over here. Yeah, third row here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. The outlook quotes the recent proposal by Mario Draghi to reform the EU. What are the most urgent reforms that you encourage Europe to undertake, based on that report?

    MR. BERGER: So, on Italy, that’s indeed good news. If you look at the debt ratio and percent of GDP, it has come down notably since its peak in 2020. So, and I, everybody, including financial markets, will do well to recognize this, but it’s also true that the same debt ratio is still very high. And we think it’s going to end up this year around 130 — sorry, end of last year it was 134 percent. And you know, if you follow our baseline for the forecast going forward, we see it increasing slightly over the next five years or so. There’s still a fiscal task ahead for the government and we understand the government is ready to approach this. We think deficits are still higher than they should be.

    We welcome, therefore, the expected adjustment that the European Commission and the Italian government have agreed on over time. I think the key for countries like Italy and others that have relatively high debt levels still is to be a bit more ambitious than just gradually reducing deficits. So we would encourage the government to look for ways of achieving this in a growth friendly way and at the same time. And that will help both credit rating agencies and the country itself. There are a lot of structural reforms the country can conduct that would help us sort of raise growth overall, which makes the fiscal situation also more promising.

    MS. PEREZ: Thank you. We’re going to —

    MR. KAMMER: Sorry, on the Draghi report quickly. Pretty much the same focus that we have in our REO on productivity and innovation. And the solution to that problem on enhancing productivity is the single market. So we need to get rid of the barriers in the single market. That’s Draghi, that’s us. That’s uniformly accepted policy recommendation. That’s where we need to make progress. Second point to make is Draghi identified an investment gap of 4.5 percent of GDP in order to move Europe up. That is mostly private investment. That private investment needs to come because of good investment opportunities, because capital is allocated efficiently. That needs capital market and banking union. So all of these reforms to be undertaken are enabler for the private sector then to make these investments in order to fill that investment gap. Mostly private sector, some part public investment.

    MS. PEREZ: Thanks so much. We’re going to go with the lady on the second room in. Sorry, second row here in the middle of the room.

    QUESTION: Hi, another one for the UK because of course we are your greatest fans. Just a clarification on the debt rule. On principle, is it right that the UK should be borrowing to invest given the debt trajectory that you yourselves outline in the fiscal monitor? And if I may, your colleague Era Dabla-Norris was sitting where you are, Alfred, yesterday and she said when it comes to tax rises, it’s important to build trust among populations that taxes collected are well spent. Our finance minister has indicated she does want to raise taxes in her budget next week and concentrate those tax rises on wealthy people and businesses. Is that fair? And can any economy tax its way to prosperity?

    MS. PEREZ: Shall we see if there are any other questions on the UK? The gentleman.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Just again, following up on UK sort of debt rules, do you have any particular view about what an appropriate measure is to target for a debt rule? Whether something like public sector net financial liabilities is a good measure, or whether sort of government should be focusing more on, say, general government debt, which is to know what the IMF mostly forecasts.

    MR. BERGER: Thank you for this quick lightning round at the very end. I think it’s good public finance principles to accept the fact that it can at times be helpful for governments to borrow when it comes to financing investment. hat is a general principle that applies to many countries. The question is, what kind of public investment is being done? The question is, what do we expect, reasonably, credibly, this investment to do for growth going forward? And then, of course, any forward looking government will take into account these longer term effects of such investment. So this is something we would expect any fiscal framework for any country to consider as it is designed and implemented and or adjusted.

    Taxation is highly relevant on the same high level of fiscal principles to finance ongoing spending in any country. If the government is supplying service to its citizens, you know, there are many governments do supply, then this needs to be financed and then, you know, taxes are part of fiscal revenues that will facilitate this. And that is what in the end supports and increases welfare of a country’s citizens. As to the treatment of assets, you know, these differ across countries. They come in different form, from railways to intangibles. And this is something that needs to be looked at very carefully in any of these circumstances, specifically in general, since assets come with revenue streams that can be uncertain. A certain degree of conservatism when looking at this is helpful. How all of these general principles apply to the UK, or any other country, is a matter of detail. In the case of the UK, let’s all stay tuned. Wait for the budget, wait for the details of the new fiscal rule, and we analyze this and we’ll take it from there.

    MS. PEREZ: I’m afraid we’re going to have to wrap up, but please, your questions, send them to me and my colleagues in the media team, we’ll make sure we will get back to you. Just a reminder that the report has been released and it is available on IMF.org. Thanks very much everybody for joining. Apologies we couldn’t get to all of your questions. Please do reach out to us and thanks for colleagues joining online.

    MR. KAMMER: Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Camila Perez

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Global Banks –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Submissions: Pacific – Hon. Henry Puna, Former Cook Islands PM and Pacific Islands Forum Secretary-General, Joins EWC Board of Governors

    Source: East-West Center
     
    HONOLULU (Oct. 24, 2024) – The East-West Center’s Board of Governors has elected the Hon. Henry Tuakeu Puna, former Cook Islands Prime Minister and recent Secretary-General of the Pacific Islands Forum, as one of the board’s five international members.

    “We are delighted that Prime Minister Puna has agreed to join us on the EWC Board of Governors,” said Board Chairman John Waihe‘e III, former Governor of Hawai‘i. “His deep understanding of the political, economic, and cultural dynamics in the Pacific will be invaluable in helping us fulfill the Center’s mission of enhancing understanding and cooperation among our region’s nations and peoples.”

    “I am no stranger to the East-West Center and am extremely honored and humbled to serve on the board of such an illustrious institution,” Prime Minister Puna said. “Having recently served the Pacific region for a brief term as the Pacific Islands Forum Secretary General, this role will allow me to continue to serve the region in a different capacity and environment.”

    About the EWC Board of Governors:
    The East-West Center Board of Governors consists of 18 members. The Governor of Hawai‘i appoints five members, the US Secretary of State appoints five members, and these ten members in turn elect five members from Asia and the Pacific. There are also three ex-officio members: the Governor of Hawai‘i, the US Assistant Secretary of State for Educational and Cultural Affairs, and the President of the University of Hawai‘i. In addition to the members, the board also welcomes three nonvoting invitees from the EWC Foundation, alumni association, and the Pacific Islands Conference of Leaders.

    About Hon. Henry Puna:
    The Hon. Henry Puna served as Prime Minister of the Cook Islands from 2010 to 2020, focusing on issues such as sustainable development, climate change, and regional cooperation. During his time as Prime Minister, he also held various additional ministerial portfolios, including Foreign Affairs, Marine Resources, and Energy. Among other challenges, his administration led the Cook Islands initial response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including working to allow Cook Islanders stranded overseas to return home.

    As Secretary-General of the Pacific Islands Forum from 2021 until May of this year, he worked to enhance cooperation among Pacific nations on issues such as economic development, environmental sustainability, and regional security. He has advocated for the interests of small island developing states in international forums and promoted climate resiliency and economic sustainability in the Pacific region, including the adoption of the Forum’s 2050 Strategy for the Blue Pacific Continent during his tenure.

    The EAST-WEST CENTER promotes better relations and understanding among the people and nations of the United States, Asia, and the Pacific through cooperative study, research, and dialogue. Established by the US Congress in 1960, the Center serves as a resource for information and analysis on critical issues of common concern, bringing people together to exchange views, build expertise, and develop policy options.

    MIL OSI – Submitted News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Tuatapere Hump Ridge Track becomes New Zealand’s 11th Great Walk

    Source: Department of Conservation

    Date:  25 October 2024 Source:  Office of the Minister of Conservation

    “The 60km upgraded track provides the opportunity to do one of New Zealand’s world-class multi-day walks, and will bring conservation, recreation, and economic benefits to the region,” Mr Potaka says. 

    “Located in Te Wāhipounamu, in the south-west corner of the South Island, the trail weaves through diverse landscapes, including, beaches and seascapes, native forest, and an alpine section. It also provides opportunities to spot Hector dolphins and see the southern lights – the Aurora Australis.” 

    Mr Potaka says that the Hump Ridge Track is steeped in cultural and historical significance, and that its Great Walk status will make it more of a drawcard for both New Zealanders and international visitors. 

    “The area has rich stories, and new installations on the trail will tell them. This includes the stories of tangata whenua and the forestry heritage, as well as the viaducts and Port Craig. 

    “A new Waharoa, a gateway, now stands at the entrance to the new track entrance, welcoming visitors. 

    “This will be an exciting moment for everyone who has invested time and energy into this project, along with those who will benefit from the increase it brings to local businesses and the economy.” 

    The upgrades are expected to bring a 10 percent growth in numbers in the next years and return Great Walk visitor numbers nearer to pre-pandemic levels. As well as bringing employment opportunities and revenue to local communities, accommodation providers can also expect an increase in bed nights. 

    The track has received $7.9 million in funding for multiple improvements, including future-proofing sections of the track against climate change and natural hazards, and developing alternative routes 

    Inclines have been eased and new boardwalks have also been installed, as well as new swing bridge. 

    “I am very pleased to know that the track will now offer visitors a view into the area, telling the stories of tangata whenua and the area’s biodiversity,” Mr Potaka says. 

    Contact

    For media enquiries contact:

    Email: media@doc.govt.nz

    MIL OSI New Zealand News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Sherrill, Scutari, Ruiz, Union County Commissioners, and Kean University Come Together to Highlight the Importance of Quality Tutoring Initiatives

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11)

    UNION, NJ – Representative Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11), Senate President Nicholas Scutari (LD-22), Senate Majority Leader Teresa Ruiz (LD-29), and the Union County Board of County Commissioners visited Kean University to underscore the importance of high-impact tutoring programs in combating pandemic-related learning loss, supporting New Jersey students, and expanding the education workforce. 

    Sherrill’s bipartisan  Expanding Access to High-Impact Tutoring Actwould help to complement statewide tutoring initiatives championed by Scutari and Ruiz, like the High Impact Tutoring Grant program and the NJ Tutoring Corps, aimed at providing quality tutoring resources to school districts. Recently, Kean University has implemented an innovative tutoring program to help students stay on track in their studies while training aspiring teachers.

    “New Jersey is home to the best public school system in the nation and, as a mom of four, I’m committed to ensuring that every student, in every school district and zip code, can reap the benefits of their Garden State education. That’s why I am proud to work with leaders like Senate President Scutari, Majority Leader Ruiz, and the incredible educators and student tutors at Kean University to expand access to high-quality tutoring for New Jerseyans of all ages and backgrounds. I will continue to work to get my Expanding Access to High-Impact Tutoring Act across the finish line to bring back additional federal funding to enact tutoring programs that will help our children get ahead,” said Rep. Sherrill.

    “Tutoring is more than an educational resource. It is an investment in our shared future. By helping students recover from pandemic-related learning loss, high-impact tutoring programs are closing achievement gaps and giving our children the tools they need to succeed in life. When our students thrive, our communities thrive,” said Senate President Nicholas Scutari.

    “In New Jersey, over half of third graders are not reading at grade level, and the data is even more troubling for students of color, with 73.6% of Black and 72.5% of Latino third graders falling short. We are at a critical juncture and must have bold, innovative conversations about how we educate our children,” said Senate Majority Leader M. Teresa Ruiz. “Academic success leads to better career outcomes and a higher quality of life. If we provide every child, regardless of ZIP code, with the opportunity to reach their potential, we can secure them a brighter future. We’ve made significant state-level investments, and collaboration with Congress will enhance these efforts. I thank Congresswoman Sherrill for her steadfast partnership as we expand high-impact tutoring, close achievement gaps, and strengthen the foundation for our students’ success.”

    “As we take this significant step forward with the Managed Peer-to-Peer Tutoring initiative, I am proud to see our vision becoming a reality. This program, developed through strong partnerships between our Union County Commissioner Board with Kean University and key leaders like Senate President Nicholas Scutari, Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill and Senator Teresa Ruiz, is designed to address the learning challenges our students faced due to the pandemic,” said Union County Commissioner Sergio Granados. “By connecting students with their peers, we aim to create a supportive and effective learning environment that will not only help them recover but excel. Together, we are building a sustainable model for academic success and community connection in Union County.”

    “As New Jersey’s urban research university, Kean is deeply committed to providing the critical support students need to thrive, from Pre-K through higher education,” said Kean University President Lamont O. Repollet, Ed.D. “We were honored to welcome Congresswoman Sherrill, along with state and county leaders, to our campus to discuss vital tutoring initiatives that will address post-pandemic learning loss. These initiatives are crucial to creating an equitable path to success for students of all backgrounds across New Jersey.”

    Sherrill has long been a leader in supporting New Jersey’s education system and protecting our children and teens. As a former member of the House Education and Labor Committee, she fought hard to support the American Rescue Plan, which helped our students return to the classroom and is continuing to fund tutoring initiatives across New Jersey. Additionally, she is fighting to hold social media companies accountable with the  Kids Online Safety Act and the  Preventing Deepfakes of Intimate Images Act.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: Highlights – INTA Delegation to the UK to exchange on EU-UK economic and trade relations – Committee on International Trade

    Source: European Parliament

    A delegation of six Members of the Committee on International Trade (INTA), accompanied by the Chair of the Delegation to the EU-UK Parliamentary Partnership Assembly, will travel to London (UK) from 28 to 30 October 2024. The delegation, led by the INTA Chair, Bernd Lange (S&D, DE), will exchange with the UK government, parliamentarians and stakeholders on the trade aspects of the EU-UK Withdrawal Agreement, including the Windsor Framework, and the Trade and Cooperation Agreement.

    The context of this visit is the ‘reset’ of the EU-UK relations announced recently by the UK Prime Minister, the first review of the TCA due in 2026 and the upcoming democratic consent vote of the Northern Ireland Legislative Assembly on the continuation of the application of major provisions of the Windsor Framework in December 2024.

    The UK and the EU are also faced with the same challenges at global level regarding international trade. In the past decade, geopolitical and geoeconomic tensions have heightened, in part due to the strategic competition between the United States and China. In the last few years the situation has deteriorated further, notably due to the supply chain disruptions from the Covid-19 pandemic and to the impact of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, as well as recently the major crisis in the Middle East, bringing both competitiveness and economic security to the forefront.

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: The Pandemic Institute celebrates three years of work

    Source: City of Liverpool

    The Pandemic Institute, a world leading facility committed to helping the world prevent, prepare, and respond more effectively to pandemics, celebrates three years of vital work to keep the public safe.

    Since opening in autumn 2021, the Institute has advanced research to predict and prepare for the next pandemic. It’s built resilience in society to respond and recover from COVID-19 and future health crises and worked to prevent disease outbreaks and epidemics from developing into pandemics.

    Ove the last three years The Pandemic Institute has:

    • Supported a portfolio of research worth more than £50m led by The Pandemic Institute’s investigators based at the University of Liverpool, Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, and Liverpool John Moores University.
    • Established research industry partnerships with a value of more than £5m, strengthening the local economy and employment prospects. One such partnership is with CSL Seqirus, a global leader in influenza prevention. Together they are researching both the threat of seasonal influenza and the development of innovative approaches to pandemic preparedness and response.
    • Awarded £3.6m in critical pandemic research funding, and responded rapidly to emerging infections such as Mpox, which was recently declared a global emergency by the World Health Organisation (WHO).
    • Provided funding towards the development of diagnostics for some of the world’s deadliest viruses including Crimean-Congo Haemorrhagic Fever (CCHF). Transmitted by tick bites, it has a mortality rate of around 30% but there is currently no vaccine. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine has developed a rapid point-of-care lateral flow test, as well as conducting clinical trials to assess a potential treatment.
    • Supported researchers at Liverpool John Moores University who are looking at health inequalities and resilience in communities during a pandemic, and how future responses can be tailored and improved.
    • Invested in infrastructure including a new pre-clinical trials unit for testing new vaccines and treatments, based at the University of Liverpool.
    • Provided critical advice and support on pandemic prevention and preparedness to the UK Health Security Agency, Department of Health and Social Care, and other government departments.

    Professor Tom Solomon, Director of The Pandemic Institute said: “I’m incredibly proud of the work we’ve done in just three short years, helping to develop new diagnostic tests, treatments and vaccines, for emerging infection threats, and strengthening the research infrastructure.

    “Thanks to our dedicated and ongoing efforts we are in a position to rapidly mobilise funding for essential research and be flexible in times of swiftly changing circumstances.”

    Director of Public Health for Liverpool, Professor Matthew Ashton, said: “Liverpool has a rich history of delivering bold public health interventions, and the launch of The Pandemic Institute continued our long and proud tradition.

    “The funding shows the ongoing commitment to delivering an innovative response to pandemics on an international scale.

    “It is playing a vital role in the global work to tackle the next pandemic, wherever and whenever that will be, and we should be immensely proud of the foresight the city showed in establishing it.”

    What’s next

    The Pandemic Institute will continue to develop new infrastructure in Liverpool to harness the combined expertise of the region.

    In spring, The Pandemic Institute was awarded funding as part of the Liverpool City Region’s Investment Zone plans. Part of the £160m Government pledge will support the Institutes’ ambitions to build a new Pandemic Preparedness and Response Facility in Liverpool containing state-of-the-art research laboratories that will strengthen the UK’s infectious disease research and innovation capabilities.

    For more information about The Pandemic Institute visit www.thepandemicinstitute.org.

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Ministry of Jal Shakti launches 6th National Water Awards, 2024

    Source: Government of India

    Ministry of Jal Shakti launches 6th National Water Awards, 2024

    Last date of submission of applications is 31st December, 2024

    Awards will be conferred in 9 categories

    Posted On: 24 OCT 2024 12:27PM by PIB Delhi

    The Department of Water Resources, River Development and Ganga Rejuvenation, Ministry of Jal Shakti has launched the 6th National Water Awards (NWA), 2024 on the Rashtriya Puraskar portal. All the applications will be received only through Rashtriya Puraskar portal (www.awards.gov.in). General public may refer to this portal or the website of this Department (www.jalshakti-dowr.gov.in) for further details. The last date of submission of applications is 31st December, 2024.

    Eligibility for the awards:

    Any State, District, Village Panchayat, Urban Local Body, School/College, Institution (other than school/college), Industry, Civil society, or Water User Association who has done exemplary work in the field of water conservation and management are eligible to apply.

    Trophy and Citation:

    For the categories – ‘Best State’ and ‘Best District’, winners will be felicitated with a trophy and citation. In the remaining categories – ‘Best Village Panchayat’, ‘Best Urban Local Body’, ‘Best School/College’, ‘Best Institution (other than school/college)’, ‘Best industry’, ‘Best Civil Society’, ‘Best Water User Association’, and ‘Best Industry’, winners will be felicitated with cash prize along with trophy and citation. The cash prizes for the 1st, 2nd and 3rd rank winners are Rs.2 lakhs, Rs.1.5 lakhs, and Rs.1 lakh, respectively.

    Selection Process:

    All applications received for the National Water Awards are scrutinised by a Screening Committee of the DoWR, RD & GR. The shortlisted applications are placed before a Jury Committee headed by a retired Secretary level officer. Thereafter, ground truthing of the shortlisted applications is carried out by the organisations of the Department of Water Resources, RD & GR viz Central Water Commission (CWC) and Central Ground Water Board (CGWB). Jury Committee evaluates the applications on the basis of ground truthing reports and recommends the winners. The recommendations of the Committee are submitted to the Union Minister of Jal Shakti for approval. The names of the winners are announced on a suitable date and an award distribution ceremony is organised wherein the winners are conferred with the awards by the Hon’ble President of India or Hon’ble Vice President of India.

    Details of the awards:

    Sl. No.

    Category of Award

    Eligible Entity

    Award

    No. of Awards/Prize money

    1.

     

    Best State

     

    State Government/ UT

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

    2.

    Best District

    District Administration/

    DM/DC

    Trophy with

    Citation

    5 awards

     

    (One award from each of the five zones i.e. Northern, Southern, Western, Eastern & North Eastern)

    3.

    Best Village Panchayat

    Village Panchayat

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

    4.

    Best Urban Local Body

    Urban Local Body

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

    5.

    Best School or College

    School/College

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

    6.

    Best Institution

    (other than School/College)

    Institutions/RWAs/ Religious organizations

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    1. awards

    (i) 2 awards for campus usage (First award: Rs.2 lakh; Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh)

    (ii) 1 award for other than campus (Award: Rs.2 lakh)

    7.

    Best Industry

    Small/Medium/Large Scale Industry

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

    8.

    Best Civil Society

    Registered NGOs/ Civil societies

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

    9.

    Best Water User Association

    Water User Associations

    Cash Awards &

    Trophy with

    Citation

    3 Awards

     

    First award:      Rs.2 lakh

    Second award: Rs.1.5 lakh

    Third award:    Rs.1 lakh

     

    The National Water Awards (NWAs) were introduced to recognize and encourage exemplary work and efforts made by States, Districts, individuals, organizations etc. across the country in accomplishing the government’s vision ‘Jal Samridh Bharat’. It aims to sensitize the public about the importance of water and motivate them to adopt the best water usage practices. The award winners in different categories will be presented with a citation, trophy and cash prize. The objective of the National Water Awards is to encourage the stakeholders to adopt a holistic approach toward water resource management in the country as surface water and groundwater play a significant role in the water cycle. In order to embrace these objectives, the first edition of the National Water Awards was introduced in the year 2018 by the Department. In the first National Water Awards, 2018, 82 winners in 14 categories were awarded. Subsequently, 2nd National Water Awards, 2019 were conferred on 98 winners in 16 categories, 3rd National Water Awards, 2020 were awarded to 57 winners under 11 categories, 4th National Water Awards, 2022 were conferred on 41 winners under 11 categories, and 5th National Water Awards, 2023 have been awarded to 38 winners in 09 categories.   National water awards for 2021 were not organised due to CoVID pandemic.

    *****

    DSK

    (Release ID: 2067603) Visitor Counter : 55

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Valley National Bancorp Announces Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Valley National Bancorp (NASDAQ:VLY), the holding company for Valley National Bank, today reported net income for the third quarter 2024 of $97.9 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, as compared to the second quarter 2024 net income of $70.4 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, and net income of $141.3 million, or $0.27 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2023. Excluding all non-core income and charges, our adjusted net income (a non-GAAP measure) was $96.8 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2024, $71.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the second quarter 2024, and $136.4 million, or $0.26 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2023. See further details below, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP adjusted net income, in the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables.

    Ira Robbins, CEO, commented, “The third quarter’s financial results highlight the significant progress that we continue to make towards achieving our strategic balance sheet goals. On October 23, 2024, we entered into an agreement to sell performing commercial real estate loans expected to total over $800 million at a very modest discount of approximately 1 percent to a single investor. This economically compelling transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter 2024 and reflects the strength and desirability of our commercial real estate portfolio. We have executed on a variety of strategic transactions this year that have notably strengthened our balance sheet and enhanced our financial flexibility.”

    Mr. Robbins continued, “This quarter’s results also indicated the early stages of normalized profitability which we expect will accelerate as we enter 2025. Net interest income and non-interest income both improved meaningfully from the second quarter 2024, and our operating expenses were well-controlled and effectively unchanged on a year-over-year basis. While recent weather events weighed on the sequential provision improvement that we anticipated, our pre-provision earnings continued to improve during the third quarter and could set the stage for more stable results in the near future. And most importantly, our thoughts are with those affected by the recent hurricanes in our Florida markets and the other areas in the southeast. We are strongly committed to supporting our associates, clients and communities throughout the rebuilding and recovery process.”

    Key financial highlights for the third quarter 2024:

    • Net Interest Income and Margin: Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $411.8 million for the third quarter 2024 increased $8.8 million compared to the second quarter 2024 and decreased $1.8 million as compared to the third quarter 2023. Our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis also increased by 2 basis points to 2.86 percent in the third quarter 2024 as compared to 2.84 percent for the second quarter 2024. The increases from the second quarter 2024 were mostly due to continued yield expansion on average loans and additional interest income and higher yields from targeted growth within our available for sale securities portfolio. See the “Net Interest Income and Margin” section below for more details.
    • Loan Portfolio: Total loans decreased $956.4 million, or 7.6 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to the transfer of performing commercial real estate loans totaling $823.1 million, net of unearned fees, to loans held for sale at September 30, 2024 and normal repayment activity mainly within the commercial real estate non-owner occupied and multi-family loans, as we continue to actively reduce these loan categories. Our commercial and industrial loans grew $320.1 million, or 13.5 percent on an annualized basis, to $9.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 due to solid organic growth during the third quarter 2024. Residential mortgage and total consumer loans also increased modestly during the third quarter 2024. See the “Loans” section below for more details.
    • Deposits: Actual ending balances for deposits increased $283.8 million to $50.4 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $50.1 billion at June 30, 2024 mainly due to higher period-end direct commercial customer money market and non-interest bearing deposits, partially offset by a decline in time deposits. See the “Deposits” section below for more details.
    • Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses for Loans: The allowance for credit losses for loans totaled $564.7 million and $532.5 million at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively, representing 1.14 percent and 1.06 percent of total loans at each respective date. During the third quarter 2024, we recorded a provision for credit losses for loans of $75.0 million as compared to $82.1 million and $9.1 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The third quarter 2024 provision reflects, among other factors, increased quantitative reserves allocated to commercial real estate loans, significant commercial and industrial loan growth and $8.0 million of qualitative reserves related to the estimated impact of Hurricane Helene, which hit Florida in late September 2024.
    • Credit Quality: Non-accrual loans totaled $296.3 million, or 0.60 percent of total loans at September 30, 2024 as compared to $303.3 million, or 0.60 percent of total loans at June 30, 2024. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased to 0.35 percent of total loans at September 30, 2024 as compared to 0.14 percent at June 30, 2024 largely due to two well-secured commercial real estate loans at various stages of expected collection within the early stage delinquency categories. Net loan charge-offs totaled $42.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to $36.8 million and $5.5 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The loan charge-offs in the third quarter 2024 included partial charge-offs totaling a combined $30.1 million related to two commercial real estate loan relationships. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased $9.5 million to $60.7 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 mainly due to increases in other income; wealth management and trust fees; and service charges on deposits totaling $11.2 million, $2.0 million, and $1.6 million, respectively. The increases in the aforementioned categories were partially offset by a $5.8 million mark to market loss (recorded within net losses on sales of loans) associated with the performing commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale at September 30, 2024, as well as lower swap fees related to commercial loan transactions (within capital market fees) and insurance commissions. The increase in other income was mostly the result of income from litigation settlements totaling $7.3 million for the third quarter 2024.
    • Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense decreased $8.0 million to $269.5 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 largely due to a $6.2 million decrease in technology, furniture and equipment expense and a $3.8 million decrease in professional and legal expenses, partially offset by higher net occupancy expense during the third quarter 2024.
    • Efficiency Ratio: Our efficiency ratio was 56.13 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to 59.62 percent and 56.72 percent for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • Performance Ratios: Annualized return on average assets (ROA), shareholders’ equity (ROE) and tangible ROE were 0.63 percent, 5.70 percent and 8.06 percent for the third quarter 2024, respectively. Annualized ROA, ROE, and tangible ROE, adjusted for non-core income and charges, were 0.62 percent, 5.64 percent and 7.97 percent for the third quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $411.8 million for the third quarter 2024 increased $8.8 million compared to the second quarter 2024 and decreased $1.8 million as compared to the third quarter 2023. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $27.1 million to $861.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024. The increase was mostly due to higher yields on both new loan originations and adjustable rate loans, as well as higher yields and additional interest income from targeted purchases of taxable investments within the available for sale securities portfolio during the second and third quarter 2024. Total interest expense increased $18.3 million to $450.1 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 mainly due to an increase in average time deposit balances coupled with higher costs on most interest bearing deposit products. See the “Deposits” and “Other Borrowings” sections below for more details.

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis of 2.86 percent for the third quarter 2024 increased by 2 basis points from 2.84 percent for the second quarter 2024 and decreased 5 basis points from 2.91 percent for the third quarter 2023. The increase as compared to the second quarter 2024 was largely driven by the higher yield on average interest earning assets largely offset by an increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities. The yield on average interest earning assets increased by 10 basis points to 5.98 percent on a linked quarter basis largely due to higher yielding investment purchases and new loan originations during the second and third quarter 2024. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities increased 7 basis points to 4.22 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 largely due to higher interest rates on deposits. Our cost of total average deposits was 3.25 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to 3.18 percent and 2.94 percent for the second quarter 2024 and the third quarter 2023, respectively.

    Loans, Deposits and Other Borrowings

    Loans. Total loans decreased $956.4 million, or 7.6 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. Commercial and industrial loans grew by $320.1 million , or 13.5 percent on an annualized basis, to $9.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 largely due to our continued strategic focus on the expansion of new loan production within this category. Total commercial real estate (including construction) loans decreased $1.4 billion to $30.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. This decline was primarily driven by the transfer of $823.1 million of commercial real estate loans, net of unearned loan fees, from the loans held for investment portfolio to loans held for sale as of September 30, 2024. In addition, we remained highly selective on new originations and projects in an effort to reduce commercial real estate loan concentrations, mainly within the non-owner occupied and multifamily loan categories. Automobile loan balances increased by $60.9 million, or 13.8 percent on an annualized basis, to $1.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mainly due to continued consumer demand generated by our indirect auto dealer network and low prepayment activity within the portfolio. Other consumer loans decreased $42.4 million, or 15.3 percent on an annualized basis, to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 primarily due to the negative impact of the high level of market interest rates on the demand and usage of collateralized personal lines of credit.

    Deposits. Actual ending balances for deposits increased $283.8 million to $50.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mainly due to an increase of $358.3 million in savings, NOW and money market deposits and an increase of $36.0 million in non-interest bearing deposits, partially offset by a decrease of $110.5 million in time deposits. Non-interest bearing deposit and savings, NOW and money market deposit balances increased at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to increases in national specialized deposits and higher direct commercial customer deposit accounts. Total indirect customer deposits (including both brokered money market and time deposits) totaled $9.1 billion in both September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024. Non-interest bearing deposits; savings, NOW and money market deposits; and time deposits represented approximately 22 percent, 50 percent and 28 percent of total deposits as of September 30, 2024, respectively, as compared to 22 percent, 49 percent and 29 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Other Borrowings. Short-term borrowings, consisting of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, decreased $5.5 million to $58.3 million at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. Long-term borrowings totaled $3.3 billion at September 30, 2024 and also remained relatively unchanged as compared to June 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    Hurricanes Helene and Milton. In the early stages of the fourth quarter 2024, the credit quality of our Florida loan portfolio has remained resilient in the aftermath of Hurricane Helene, which hit Florida in late September 2024, and Hurricane Milton, which made landfall on October 9, 2024. At this time, there have been relatively few loan concessions (mostly in the form of loan payment deferrals up to 90 days) for distressed borrowers impacted by the hurricanes. However, we continue to assess the impact of the hurricanes on our Florida client base and, where appropriate, we will work constructively with individual borrowers.

    Non-Performing Assets (NPAs). Total NPAs, consisting of non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, decreased $7.8 million to $305.1 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024. Non-accrual loans decreased $7.0 million to $296.3 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to $303.3 million at June 30, 2024. Non-accrual construction and commercial real estate loans decreased $20.7 million and $9.3 million to $24.7 million and $113.8 million, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mainly due to loan payoffs during the third quarter 2024. The decreases in these loan categories were partially offset by two new non-accrual commercial and industrial loans totaling $19.0 million, as well as moderate increases in non-accrual residential mortgage and consumer loans at September 30, 2024. OREO decreased $887 thousand at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to the sale of one commercial property, which resulted in the recognition of an immaterial loss for the third quarter 2024.

    Accruing Past Due Loans. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased $102.3 million to $174.7 million, or 0.35 percent of total loans, at September 30, 2024 as compared to $72.4 million, or 0.14 percent of total loans at June 30, 2024. Loans 30 to 59 days past due increased $69.1 million to $115.1 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mainly due to a $74.5 million increase in commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a $7.0 million decline in consumer loan delinquencies. The increase in commercial real estate loans 30 to 59 days past due was mostly due to one new delinquent loan totaling $40.9 million, which is expected to be fully repaid, subject to the borrower’s pending sale of certain collateral, as well as a few other new loan delinquencies. Loans 60 to 89 days past due increased $42.9 million to $54.8 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mostly due to one well-secured commercial real estate loan totaling $43.9 million currently in the process of loan modification. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $9.7 million to $4.8 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 largely due to one $4.0 million construction loan that was fully repaid and one $4.2 million commercial real estate loan that migrated from this past due category to non-accrual loans during the third quarter 2024. All loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest are well-secured and in the process of collection.

    Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans and Unfunded Commitments. The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to loan categories and the allocation as a percentage of each loan category at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023:

        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
            Allocation       Allocation       Allocation
            as a % of       as a % of       as a % of
        Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan
      Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category
      ($ in thousands)
    Loan Category:                      
    Commercial and industrial loans $ 166,365   1.70 %   $ 149,243   1.57 %   $ 133,988   1.44 %
    Commercial real estate loans:                      
      Commercial real estate   249,608   0.93       246,316   0.87       191,562   0.68  
      Construction   59,420   1.70       54,777   1.54       53,485   1.40  
    Total commercial real estate loans   309,028   1.02       301,093   0.95       245,047   0.77  
    Residential mortgage loans   51,545   0.91       47,697   0.85       44,621   0.80  
    Consumer loans:                      
      Home equity   3,303   0.57       3,077   0.54       3,689   0.67  
      Auto and other consumer   18,086   0.63       18,200   0.63       14,830   0.52  
    Total consumer loans   21,389   0.62       21,277   0.62       18,519   0.55  
    Allowance for loan losses   548,327   1.11       519,310   1.03       442,175   0.88  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   16,344         13,231         20,170    
    Total allowance for credit losses for loans $ 564,671       $ 532,541       $ 462,345    
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % total loans     1.14 %       1.06 %       0.92 %
                                 

    Our loan portfolio, totaling $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024, had net loan charge-offs totaling $42.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to $36.8 million and $5.5 million for the second quarter 2024 and the third quarter 2023, respectively. Total gross loan charge-offs in the third quarter 2024 included partial charge-offs totaling $30.1 million related to two non-performing commercial real estate loan relationships that had combined specific reserves of $25.9 million within the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2024.

    The allowance for credit losses for loans, comprised of our allowance for loan losses and unfunded credit commitments, as a percentage of total loans was 1.14 percent at September 30, 2024, 1.06 percent at June 30, 2024, and 0.92 percent at September 30, 2023. For the third quarter 2024, the provision for credit losses for loans totaled $75.0 million as compared to $82.1 million and $9.1 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The provision for credit losses remained somewhat elevated for the third quarter 2024 largely due to higher quantitative reserves allocated to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loan growth and $8.0 million of qualitative reserves related to the estimated impact of Hurricane Helene.

    The allowance for unfunded credit commitments increased to $16.3 million at September 30, 2024 from $13.2 million at June 30, 2024 mainly due to increases in both non-cancellable construction commitments and commercial and industrial standby letters of credit.

    As previously noted, we are currently evaluating the impact of Hurricane Milton, and we also continue to evaluate any further impact of Hurricane Helene, on our loan portfolio. While not anticipated based on information currently available, Hurricane Milton and unexpected losses from Hurricane Helene could result in a significant increase to the current hurricane related reserves within the allowance, loan charge-offs and our provision for the fourth quarter 2024.

    Capital Adequacy

    Valley’s total risk-based capital, common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios were 12.56 percent, 9.57 percent, 10.29 percent and 8.40 percent, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to 12.18 percent, 9.55 percent, 9.99 percent and 8.19 percent, respectively, at June 30, 2024. The increases in the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as compared to June 30, 2024 were largely due to Valley’s issuance of 6.0 million shares of its 8.250 percent Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C on August 5, 2024. Net proceeds to Valley after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses were approximately $144.7 million.

    Investor Conference Call

    Valley will host a conference call with investors and the financial community at 11:00 AM (ET) today to discuss the third quarter 2024 earnings and related matters. Interested parties should preregister using this link: https://register.vevent.com/register to receive the dial-in number and a personal PIN, which are required to access the conference call. The teleconference will also be webcast live: https://edge.media-server.com and archived on Valley’s website through Monday, December 2, 2024. Investor presentation materials will be made available prior to the conference call at www.valley.com.

    About Valley

    As the principal subsidiary of Valley National Bancorp, Valley National Bank is a regional bank with over $62 billion in assets. Valley is committed to giving people and businesses the power to succeed. Valley operates many convenient branch locations and commercial banking offices across New Jersey, New York, Florida, Alabama, California and Illinois, and is committed to providing the most convenient service, the latest innovations and an experienced and knowledgeable team dedicated to meeting customer needs. Helping communities grow and prosper is the heart of Valley’s corporate citizenship philosophy. To learn more about Valley, go to www.valley.com or call our Customer Care Center at 800-522-4100.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    The foregoing contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about our business, new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “intend,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “would,” “could,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” “may,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “project” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • the impact of market interest rates and monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies in connection with the prolonged inflationary pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our clients, our business, our employees, and our ability to provide services to our customers;
    • the impact of unfavorable macroeconomic conditions or downturns, including an actual or threatened U.S. government shutdown, debt default or rating downgrade, instability or volatility in financial markets, unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, increased business disruptions or failures, reductions in employment, and other potential negative effects on our business, employees or clients caused by factors outside of our control, such as the outcome of the 2024 U.S. presidential election, geopolitical instabilities or events (including the Israel-Hamas war and the escalation and regional expansion thereof); natural and other disasters (including severe weather events, such as Hurricanes Helene and Milton); health emergencies; acts of terrorism; or other external events;
    • the impact of potential instability within the U.S. financial sector in the aftermath of the banking failures in 2023 and continued volatility thereafter, including the possibility of a run on deposits by a coordinated deposit base, and the impact of the actual or perceived soundness, or concerns about the creditworthiness of other financial institutions, including any resulting disruption within the financial markets, increased expenses, including Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments, or adverse impact on our stock price, deposits or our ability to borrow or raise capital;
    • the impact of negative public opinion regarding Valley or banks in general that damages our reputation and adversely impacts business and revenues;
    • changes in the statutes, regulations, policy, or enforcement priorities of the federal bank regulatory agencies;
    • the loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base;
    • damage verdicts or settlements or restrictions related to existing or potential class action litigation or individual litigation arising from claims of violations of laws or regulations, contractual claims, breach of fiduciary responsibility, negligence, fraud, environmental laws, patent, trademark or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation, employment related claims, and other matters;
    • a prolonged downturn and contraction in the economy, as well as an unexpected decline in commercial real estate values collateralizing a significant portion of our loan portfolio;
    • higher or lower than expected income tax expense or tax rates, including increases or decreases resulting from changes in uncertain tax position liabilities, tax laws, regulations, and case law;
    • the inability to grow customer deposits to keep pace with loan growth;
    • a material change in our allowance for credit losses under CECL due to forecasted economic conditions and/or unexpected credit deterioration in our loan and investment portfolios;
    • the need to supplement debt or equity capital to maintain or exceed internal capital thresholds;
    • changes in our business, strategy, market conditions or other factors that may negatively impact the estimated fair value of our goodwill and other intangible assets and result in future impairment charges;
    • greater than expected technology related costs due to, among other factors, prolonged or failed implementations, additional project staffing and obsolescence caused by continuous and rapid market innovations;
    • cyberattacks, ransomware attacks, computer viruses, malware or other cybersecurity incidents that may breach the security of our websites or other systems or networks to obtain unauthorized access to personal, confidential, proprietary or sensitive information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our systems or networks;
    • results of examinations by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal Reserve Bank, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for credit losses, write-down assets, reimburse customers, change the way we do business, or limit or eliminate certain other banking activities;
    • application of the OCC heightened regulatory standards for certain large insured national banks, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us;
    • our inability or determination not to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, changes in our capital requirements, or a decision to increase capital by retaining more earnings;
    • unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business caused by severe weather, pandemics or other public health crises, acts of terrorism or other external events;
    • our ability to successfully execute our business plan and strategic initiatives; and
    • unexpected significant declines in the loan portfolio due to the lack of economic expansion, increased competition, large prepayments, risk mitigation strategies, changes in regulatory lending guidance or other factors.

    A detailed discussion of factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

    We undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in our expectations, except as required by law. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    -Tables to Follow-

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data and stock price) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    FINANCIAL DATA:                  
    Net interest income – FTE(1) $ 411,812     $ 402,984     $ 413,657     $ 1,209,643     $ 1,272,390  
    Net interest income $ 410,498     $ 401,685     $ 412,418     $ 1,205,731     $ 1,268,203  
    Non-interest income   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038  
    Total revenue   471,169       452,898       471,082       1,379,030       1,441,241  
    Non-interest expense   269,471       277,497       267,133       827,278       822,270  
    Pre-provision net revenue   201,698       175,401       203,949       551,752       618,971  
    Provision for credit losses   75,024       82,070       9,117       202,294       29,604  
    Income tax expense   28,818       22,907       53,486       84,898       162,410  
    Net income   97,856       70,424       141,346       264,560       426,957  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 91,739     $ 66,316     $ 137,219     $ 250,216     $ 414,926  
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                  
    Basic   509,227,538       509,141,252       507,650,668       508,904,353       507,580,197  
    Diluted   511,342,932       510,338,502       509,256,599       510,713,205       509,204,051  
    Per common share data:                  
    Basic earnings $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.27     $ 0.49     $ 0.82  
    Diluted earnings   0.18       0.13       0.27       0.49       0.81  
    Cash dividends declared   0.11       0.11       0.11       0.33       0.33  
    Closing stock price – high   9.34       8.02       10.30       10.80       12.59  
    Closing stock price – low   6.58       6.52       7.63       6.52       6.59  
    FINANCIAL RATIOS:                  
    Net interest margin   2.85 %     2.83 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.99 %
    Net interest margin – FTE(1)   2.86       2.84       2.91       2.83       3.00  
    Annualized return on average assets   0.63       0.46       0.92       0.57       0.93  
    Annualized return on avg. shareholders’ equity   5.70       4.17       8.56       5.20       8.72  
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS:(2)                  
    Basic earnings per share, as adjusted $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Diluted earnings per share, as adjusted   0.18       0.13       0.26       0.50       0.84  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted   0.62 %     0.47 %     0.89 %     0.58 %     0.96 %
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   5.64       4.24       8.26       5.27       8.94  
    Annualized return on avg. tangible shareholders’ equity   8.06       5.95       12.39       7.40       12.71  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   7.97       6.05       11.95       7.50       13.04  
    Efficiency ratio   56.13       59.62       56.72       58.26       55.34  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ITEMS:                  
    Assets $ 62,242,022     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,391,688     $ 61,674,588     $ 61,050,973  
    Interest earning assets   57,651,650       56,772,950       56,802,565       57,016,790       56,510,997  
    Loans   50,126,963       50,020,901       50,019,414       50,131,468       49,120,153  
    Interest bearing liabilities   42,656,956       41,576,344       40,829,078       41,932,616       39,802,966  
    Deposits   50,409,234       49,383,209       49,848,446       49,459,617       48,165,152  
    Shareholders’ equity   6,862,555       6,753,981       6,605,786       6,781,022       6,531,424  
                                           
      As Of
    BALANCE SHEET ITEMS: September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December   September 30,
    (In thousands) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Assets $ 62,092,332     $ 62,058,974     $ 61,000,188     $ 60,934,974     $ 61,183,352  
    Total loans   49,355,319       50,311,702       49,922,042       50,210,295       50,097,519  
    Deposits   50,395,966       50,112,177       49,077,946       49,242,829       49,885,314  
    Shareholders’ equity   6,972,380       6,737,737       6,727,139       6,701,391       6,627,299  
                       
    LOANS:                  
    (In thousands)                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 9,799,287     $ 9,479,147     $ 9,104,193     $ 9,230,543     $ 9,274,630  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Non-owner occupied   12,647,649       13,710,015       14,962,851       15,078,464       14,741,668  
    Multifamily   8,612,936       8,976,264       8,818,263       8,860,219       8,863,529  
    Owner occupied   5,654,147       5,536,844       4,367,839       4,304,556       4,435,853  
    Construction   3,487,464       3,545,723       3,556,511       3,726,808       3,833,269  
    Total commercial real estate   30,402,196       31,768,846       31,705,464       31,970,047       31,874,319  
    Residential mortgage   5,684,079       5,627,113       5,618,355       5,569,010       5,562,665  
    Consumer:                  
    Home equity   581,181       566,467       564,083       559,152       548,918  
    Automobile   1,823,738       1,762,852       1,700,508       1,620,389       1,585,987  
    Other consumer   1,064,838       1,107,277       1,229,439       1,261,154       1,251,000  
    Total consumer loans   3,469,757       3,436,596       3,494,030       3,440,695       3,385,905  
    Total loans $ 49,355,319     $ 50,311,702     $ 49,922,042     $ 50,210,295     $ 50,097,519  
                       
    CAPITAL RATIOS:                  
    Book value per common share $ 13.00     $ 12.82     $ 12.81     $ 12.79     $ 12.64  
    Tangible book value per common share(2)   9.06       8.87       8.84       8.79       8.63  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(2)   7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %     7.58 %     7.40 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital   8.40       8.19       8.20       8.16       8.08  
    Common equity tier 1 capital   9.57       9.55       9.34       9.29       9.21  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   10.29       9.99       9.78       9.72       9.64  
    Total risk-based capital   12.56       12.18       11.88       11.76       11.68  
                                           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES: September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Allowance for credit losses for loans                  
    Beginning balance $ 532,541     $ 487,269     $ 458,676     $ 465,550     $ 483,255  
    Impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2022-02   —       —       —       —       (1,368 )
    Beginning balance, adjusted   532,541       487,269       458,676       465,550       481,887  
    Loans charged-off:                  
    Commercial and industrial   (7,501 )     (14,721 )     (7,487 )     (36,515 )     (37,399 )
    Commercial real estate   (33,292 )     (22,144 )     (255 )     (56,640 )     (2,320 )
    Construction   (4,831 )     (212 )     —       (12,637 )     (9,906 )
    Residential mortgage   —       —       (20 )     —       (169 )
    Total consumer   (2,597 )     (1,262 )     (1,156 )     (5,668 )     (3,024 )
    Total loans charged-off   (48,221 )     (38,339 )     (8,918 )     (111,460 )     (52,818 )
    Charged-off loans recovered:                  
    Commercial and industrial   3,162       742       3,043       4,586       6,615  
    Commercial real estate   66       150       5       457       33  
    Construction   1,535       —       —       1,535       —  
    Residential mortgage   29       5       30       59       186  
    Total consumer   521       603       362       1,521       1,513  
    Total loans recovered   5,313       1,500       3,440       8,158       8,347  
    Total net charge-offs   (42,908 )     (36,839 )     (5,478 )     (103,302 )     (44,471 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   75,038       82,111       9,147       202,423       24,929  
    Ending balance $ 564,671     $ 532,541     $ 462,345     $ 564,671     $ 462,345  
    Components of allowance for credit losses for loans:                  
    Allowance for loan losses $ 548,327     $ 519,310     $ 442,175     $ 548,327     $ 442,175  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   16,344       13,231       20,170       16,344       20,170  
    Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 564,671     $ 532,541     $ 462,345     $ 564,671     $ 462,345  
    Components of provision for credit losses for loans:                  
    Provision for credit losses for loans $ 71,925     $ 86,901     $ 11,221     $ 205,549     $ 29,359  
    Provision (credit) for unfunded credit commitments   3,113       (4,790 )     (2,074 )     (3,126 )     (4,430 )
    Total provision for credit losses for loans $ 75,038     $ 82,111     $ 9,147     $ 202,423     $ 24,929  
    Annualized ratio of total net charge-offs to total average loans   0.34 %     0.29 %     0.04 %     0.27 %     0.12 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % of total loans   1.14 %     1.06 %     0.92 %     1.14 %     0.92 %
                                           
      As Of
    ASSET QUALITY: September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Accruing past due loans:                  
    30 to 59 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 4,537     $ 5,086     $ 6,202     $ 9,307     $ 10,687  
    Commercial real estate   76,370       1,879       5,791       3,008       8,053  
    Residential mortgage   19,549       17,389       20,819       26,345       13,159  
    Total consumer   14,672       21,639       14,032       20,554       15,509  
    Total 30 to 59 days past due   115,128       45,993       46,844       59,214       47,408  
    60 to 89 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   1,238       1,621       2,665       5,095       5,720  
    Commercial real estate   43,926       —       3,720       1,257       2,620  
    Residential mortgage   6,892       6,632       5,970       8,200       9,710  
    Total consumer   2,732       3,671       1,834       4,715       1,720  
    Total 60 to 89 days past due   54,788       11,924       14,189       19,267       19,770  
    90 or more days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   1,786       2,739       5,750       5,579       6,629  
    Commercial real estate   —       4,242       —       —       —  
    Construction   —       3,990       3,990       3,990       3,990  
    Residential mortgage   1,931       2,609       2,884       2,488       1,348  
    Total consumer   1,063       898       731       1,088       391  
    Total 90 or more days past due   4,780       14,478       13,355       13,145       12,358  
    Total accruing past due loans $ 174,696     $ 72,395     $ 74,388     $ 91,626     $ 79,536  
    Non-accrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 120,575     $ 102,942     $ 102,399     $ 99,912     $ 87,655  
    Commercial real estate   113,752       123,011       100,052       99,739       83,338  
    Construction   24,657       45,380       51,842       60,851       62,788  
    Residential mortgage   33,075       28,322       28,561       26,986       21,614  
    Total consumer   4,260       3,624       4,438       4,383       3,545  
    Total non-accrual loans   296,319       303,279       287,292       291,871       258,940  
    Other real estate owned (OREO)   7,172       8,059       88       71       71  
    Other repossessed assets   1,611       1,607       1,393       1,444       1,314  
    Total non-performing assets $ 305,102     $ 312,945     $ 288,773     $ 293,386     $ 260,325  
    Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.60 %     0.60 %     0.58 %     0.58 %     0.52 %
    Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.95       0.75       0.72       0.76       0.68  
    Allowance for losses on loans as a % of non-accrual loans   185.05       171.23       163.33       152.83       170.76  
                                           

    NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    (1)   Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.  
    (2)   Non-GAAP Reconciliations. This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the Notes below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Valley’s performance. The Company believes that the non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information to both management and investors in understanding Valley’s underlying operational performance, business and performance trends, and may facilitate comparisons of our current and prior performance with the performance of others in the financial services industry. Management utilizes these measures for internal planning, forecasting and analysis purposes. Management believes that Valley’s presentation and discussion of this supplemental information, together with the accompanying reconciliations to the GAAP financial measures, also allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to management. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures may also be calculated differently from similar measures disclosed by other companies.  
           
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 97,856     $ 70,424     $ 141,346     $ 264,560     $ 426,957  
    Add: FDIC Special assessment (a)   —       1,363       —       8,757       —  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity debt securities, net (b)   1       4       443       12       476  
    Add: Restructuring charge (c)   —       334       (675 )     954       10,507  
    Add: Mark to market loss on commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale (d)   5,794       —       —       5,794       —  
    Add: Provision for credit losses for available for sale securities (e)   —       —       —       —       5,000  
    Add: Merger related expenses (f)   —       —       —       —       4,133  
    Less: Litigation settlements (g)   (7,334 )     —       —       (7,334 )     —  
    Less: Gain on sale of commercial premium finance lending division (h)   —       —       —       (3,629 )     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales of office buildings (h)   —       —       (6,721 )     —       (6,721 )
    Total non-GAAP adjustments to net income   (1,539 )     1,701       (6,953 )     4,554       13,395  
    Income tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (i)   437       (482 )     1,970       (1,269 )     (2,378 )
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 90,637     $ 67,535     $ 132,236     $ 253,501     $ 425,943  
    __________                  
    (a) Included in the FDIC insurance expense.
    (b) Included in gains (losses) on securities transactions, net.
    (c) Represents severance expense related to workforce reductions within salary and employee benefits expense.
    (d) Included in (losses) gains on sales of loans, net.
    (e) Included in provision for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities (tax disallowed).
    (f) Included in salary and employee benefits expense during the first quarter 2023.
    (g) Represents recoveries from legal settlements included in other income.
    (h) Included in gains (losses) on sales of assets, net within non-interest income.
    (i) Calculated using the appropriate blended statutory tax rate for the applicable period.
     
    Adjusted per common share data (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 90,637     $ 67,535     $ 132,236     $ 253,501     $ 425,943  
    Average number of shares outstanding   509,227,538       509,141,252       507,650,668       508,904,353       507,580,197  
    Basic earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Average number of diluted shares outstanding   511,342,932       510,338,502       509,256,599       510,713,205       509,204,051  
    Diluted earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Adjusted annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   2,008,692       2,016,766       2,042,486       2,016,790       2,051,727  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 4,853,863     $ 4,737,215     $ 4,563,300     $ 4,764,232     $ 4,479,697  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   7.97 %     6.05 %     11.95 %     7.50 %     13.04 %
                                           
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Adjusted annualized return on average assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average assets $ 62,242,022     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,391,688     $ 61,674,588     $ 61,050,973  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   0.62 %     0.47 %     0.89 %     0.58 %     0.96 %
    Adjusted annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   5.64 %     4.24 %     8.26 %     5.27 %     8.94 %
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 97,856     $ 70,424     $ 141,346     $ 264,560     $ 426,957  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   2,008,692       2,016,766       2,042,486       2,016,790       2,051,727  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 4,853,863     $ 4,737,215     $ 4,563,300     $ 4,764,232     $ 4,479,697  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   8.06 %     5.95 %     12.39 %     7.40 %     12.71 %
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):                  
    Non-interest expense, as reported (GAAP) $ 269,471     $ 277,497     $ 267,133     $ 827,278     $ 822,270  
    Less: FDIC Special assessment (pre-tax)   —       1,363       —       8,757       —  
    Less: Restructuring charge (pre-tax)   —       334       (675 )     954       10,507  
    Less: Merger-related expenses (pre-tax)   —       —       —       —       4,133  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments (pre-tax)   5,853       5,791       4,191       17,206       13,462  
    Non-interest expense, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 263,618     $ 270,009     $ 263,617     $ 800,361     $ 794,168  
    Net interest income, as reported (GAAP)   410,498       401,685       412,418       1,205,731       1,268,203  
    Non-interest income, as reported (GAAP)   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities transactions, net (pre-tax)   1       4       443       12       476  
    Add: Mark-to-market loss on commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale (pre-tax)   5,794       —       —       5,794       —  
    Less: Litigation settlements (pre-tax)   (7,334 )     —       —       (7,334 )     —  
    Less: Gain on sale of premium finance division (pre-tax)   —       —       —       (3,629 )     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales of office buildings (pre-tax)   —       —       (6,721 )     —       (6,721 )
    Non-interest income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 59,132     $ 51,217     $ 52,386     $ 168,142     $ 166,793  
    Gross operating income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 469,630     $ 452,902     $ 464,804     $ 1,373,873     $ 1,434,996  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   56.13 %     59.62 %     56.72 %     58.26 %     55.34 %
                                           
      As of
      September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP):                  
    Common shares outstanding   509,252,936       509,205,014       508,893,059       507,709,927       507,660,742  
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 6,972,380     $ 6,737,737     $ 6,727,139     $ 6,701,391     $ 6,627,299  
    Less: Preferred stock   354,345       209,691       209,691       209,691       209,691  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405       2,029,267       2,038,202  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043     $ 4,462,433     $ 4,379,406  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) $ 9.06     $ 8.87     $ 8.84     $ 8.79     $ 8.63  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043     $ 4,462,433     $ 4,379,406  
    Total assets (GAAP)   62,092,332       62,058,974       61,000,188       60,934,974       61,183,352  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405       2,029,267       2,038,202  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 60,087,918     $ 60,046,394     $ 58,979,783     $ 58,905,707     $ 59,145,150  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %     7.58 %     7.40 %
                                           

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (in thousands, except for share data)

      September 30,   December 31,
      2024   2023
      (Unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 511,945     $ 284,090  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   527,960       607,135  
    Investment securities:      
    Equity securities   73,071       64,464  
    Trading debt securities   3,996       3,973  
    Available for sale debt securities   2,602,260       1,296,576  
    Held to maturity debt securities (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,076 at September 30, 2024 and $1,205 at December 31, 2023)   3,573,960       3,739,208  
    Total investment securities   6,253,287       5,104,221  
    Loans held for sale (includes fair value of $17,153 at September 30, 2024 and $20,640 at December 31, 2023 for loans originated for sale)   843,201       30,640  
    Loans   49,355,319       50,210,295  
    Less: Allowance for loan losses   (548,327 )     (446,080 )
    Net loans   48,806,992       49,764,215  
    Premises and equipment, net   356,649       381,081  
    Lease right of use assets   335,032       343,461  
    Bank owned life insurance   730,081       723,799  
    Accrued interest receivable   250,131       245,498  
    Goodwill   1,868,936       1,868,936  
    Other intangible assets, net   135,478       160,331  
    Other assets   1,472,640       1,421,567  
    Total Assets $ 62,092,332     $ 60,934,974  
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Non-interest bearing $ 11,153,754     $ 11,539,483  
    Interest bearing:      
    Savings, NOW and money market   25,069,405       24,526,622  
    Time   14,172,807       13,176,724  
    Total deposits   50,395,966       49,242,829  
    Short-term borrowings   58,268       917,834  
    Long-term borrowings   3,274,340       2,328,375  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,368       57,108  
    Lease liabilities   394,971       403,781  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   939,039       1,283,656  
    Total Liabilities   55,119,952       54,233,583  
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, no par value; 50,000,000 authorized shares:      
    Series A (4,600,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)   111,590       111,590  
    Series B (4,000,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)   98,101       98,101  
    Series C (6,000,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024)   144,654       —  
    Common stock (no par value, authorized 650,000,000 shares; issued 509,252,936 shares at September 30, 2024 and 507,896,910 shares at December 31, 2023)   178,661       178,187  
    Surplus   5,002,718       4,989,989  
    Retained earnings   1,551,428       1,471,371  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (114,772 )     (146,456 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (186,983 common shares at December 31, 2023)   —       (1,391 )
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   6,972,380       6,701,391  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 62,092,332     $ 60,934,974  
                   

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for share data)

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest Income                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 786,680     $ 770,964     $ 753,638     $ 2,329,197     $ 2,124,036
    Interest and dividends on investment securities:                  
    Taxable   49,700       40,460       32,383       125,957       96,591
    Tax-exempt   4,855       4,799       4,585       14,450       15,485
    Dividends   5,929       6,341       5,299       19,098       18,001
    Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments   13,385       10,902       17,113       33,969       66,594
    Total interest income   860,549       833,466       813,018       2,522,671       2,320,707
    Interest Expense                  
    Interest on deposits:                  
    Savings, NOW and money market   235,371       231,597       201,916       699,474       517,524
    Time   174,741       160,442       164,336       486,248       370,398
    Interest on short-term borrowings   451       691       5,189       21,754       89,345
    Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures   39,488       39,051       29,159       109,464       75,237
    Total interest expense   450,051       431,781       400,600       1,316,940       1,052,504
    Net Interest Income   410,498       401,685       412,418       1,205,731       1,268,203
    (Credit) provision for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities   (14 )     (41 )     (30 )     (129 )     4,675
    Provision for credit losses for loans   75,038       82,111       9,147       202,423       24,929
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses   335,474       319,615       403,301       1,003,437       1,238,599
    Non-Interest Income                  
    Wealth management and trust fees   15,125       13,136       11,417       46,191       32,180
    Insurance commissions   2,880       3,958       2,336       9,089       7,895
    Capital markets   6,347       7,779       7,141       19,796       35,000
    Service charges on deposit accounts   12,826       11,212       10,952       35,287       31,970
    Gains (losses) on securities transactions, net   47       3       (398 )     99       197
    Fees from loan servicing   3,443       2,691       2,681       9,322       8,054
    (Losses) gains on sales of loans, net   (3,644 )     884       2,023       (1,142 )     3,752
    Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net   55       (2 )     6,653       3,747       6,938
    Bank owned life insurance   5,387       4,545       2,709       13,167       7,736
    Other   18,205       7,007       13,150       37,743       39,316
    Total non-interest income   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038
    Non-Interest Expense                  
    Salary and employee benefits expense   138,832       140,815       137,292       421,478       431,872
    Net occupancy expense   26,973       24,252       24,675       75,548       73,880
    Technology, furniture and equipment expense   28,962       35,203       37,320       99,627       106,304
    FDIC insurance assessment   14,792       14,446       7,946       47,474       27,527
    Amortization of other intangible assets   8,692       8,568       9,741       26,672       30,072
    Professional and legal fees   14,118       17,938       17,109       48,521       55,329
    Amortization of tax credit investments   5,853       5,791       4,191       17,206       13,462
    Other   31,249       30,484       28,859       90,752       83,824
    Total non-interest expense   269,471       277,497       267,133       827,278       822,270
    Income Before Income Taxes   126,674       93,331       194,832       349,458       589,367
    Income tax expense   28,818       22,907       53,486       84,898       162,410
    Net Income   97,856       70,424       141,346       264,560       426,957
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031
    Net Income Available to Common Shareholders $ 91,739     $ 66,316     $ 137,219     $ 250,216     $ 414,926
                                         

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    Quarterly Analysis of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity and
    Net Interest Income on a Tax Equivalent Basis

      Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
      Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.
    ($ in thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                  
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Loans (1)(2) $ 50,126,963   $ 786,704     6.28 %   $ 50,020,901   $ 770,987     6.17 %   $ 50,019,414   $ 753,662     6.03 %
    Taxable investments (3)   5,977,211     55,629     3.72       5,379,101     46,801     3.48       4,915,778     37,682     3.07  
    Tax-exempt investments (1)(3)   573,059     6,145     4.29       575,272     6,075     4.22       620,439     5,800     3.74  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   974,417     13,385     5.49       797,676     10,902     5.47       1,246,934     17,113     5.49  
    Total interest earning assets   57,651,650     861,863     5.98       56,772,950     834,765     5.88       56,802,565     814,257     5.73  
    Other assets   4,590,372             4,745,689             4,589,123        
    Total assets $ 62,242,022           $ 61,518,639           $ 61,391,688        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                  
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 25,017,504   $ 235,371     3.76 %   $ 24,848,266   $ 231,597     3.73 %   $ 23,016,737   $ 201,916     3.51 %
    Time deposits   14,233,209     174,741     4.91       13,311,381     160,442     4.82       14,880,311     164,336     4.42  
    Short-term borrowings   81,251     451     2.22       97,502     691     2.83       436,518     5,189     4.75  
    Long-term borrowings (4)   3,324,992     39,488     4.75       3,319,195     39,051     4.71       2,495,512     29,159     4.67  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   42,656,956     450,051     4.22       41,576,344     431,781     4.15       40,829,078     400,600     3.92  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   11,158,521             11,223,562             11,951,398        
    Other liabilities   1,563,990             1,964,752             2,005,426        
    Shareholders’ equity   6,862,555             6,753,981             6,605,786        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 62,242,022           $ 61,518,639           $ 61,391,688        
                                       
    Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)     $ 411,812     1.76 %       $ 402,984     1.73 %       $ 413,657     1.81 %
    Tax equivalent adjustment       (1,314 )             (1,299 )             (1,239 )    
    Net interest income, as reported     $ 410,498             $ 401,685             $ 412,418      
    Net interest margin (6)         2.85             2.83             2.90  
    Tax equivalent effect         0.01             0.01             0.01  
    Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)         2.86 %           2.84 %           2.91 %

    _________

    (1) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate.
    (2) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.
    (3) The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.
    (4) Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of condition.
    (5) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
    (6) Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.
       

    SHAREHOLDERS RELATIONS
    Requests for copies of reports and/or other inquiries should be directed to Tina Zarkadas, Assistant Vice President, Shareholder Relations Specialist, Valley National Bancorp, 70 Speedwell Avenue, Morristown, New Jersey, 07960, by telephone at (973) 305-3380, by fax at (973) 305-1364 or by e-mail at tzarkadas@valley.com.

    Contact:   Michael D. Hagedorn
        Senior Executive Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer
        973-872-4885

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Orezone Provides Hard Rock Expansion Update for Its Bomboré Gold Mine

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VANCOUVER, British Columbia, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orezone Gold Corporation (TSX: ORE, OTCQX: ORZCF) (“Orezone”) is pleased to provide an update on the hard rock expansion at its Bomboré Gold Mine. The hard rock expansion is forecasted to increase annual gold production to over 170,000 ounces, an approximate 50% increase from current levels, with first gold planned in Q4-2025.

    Site works are well-advanced with the plant-site area cleared and all major earthworks complete. Laydown areas have been prepared and are ready to receive construction equipment, offices, and major plant deliveries. Camp upgrades for construction supervision and teams are also now operational.

    Engineering and Procurement

    Lycopodium Minerals Canada (“Lycopodium”) was awarded the engineering and procurement contract and is ahead of schedule on both activities. Lycopodium was selected due to their successful track record of designing and constructing numerous gold plants in West Africa, including the Company’s Phase I oxide plant that is currently in operation and exceeding nameplate design.

    In terms of procurement, the Company has placed over 50% of all packages including CIL tank platework and 95% of all process equipment. This includes the purchase of a 9MW 26’ diameter SAG mill. The SAG mill is a new, pre-owned mill that was never installed and carries a full warranty by the supplier. Substantial savings in costs and schedule are being realized from the purchase of this manufactured mill. The mill shells, heads and ring gear are now being packaged for shipment later this quarter which is well ahead of schedule.

    Site Construction Activities

    The concrete installation contract was recently awarded with mobilization of the batch plant and equipment scheduled for mid-November, three months ahead of schedule.

    The tank platework supply was awarded in September, and bids for the structural steel and general platework are under evaluation and will be awarded in November.

    The main Structural, Mechanical, and Piping installation contract is expected to be awarded in Q1-2025, which again will be ahead of schedule.

    Mining Fleet and Explosives Magazine

    The first shipment of the hard rock fleet by the mining contractor, which includes new trucks and excavators, has arrived in Burkina Faso and will be transported to site in late October. This early delivery will allow for systematic training of operators well ahead of the start of hard rock mining and will facilitate more cost-effective mining of the lower transition material in the near-term. The remaining hard rock fleet will be delivered to site over the coming six to eight months.

    The explosives magazine is in the final stages of completion. Once in service, the Company will be able to purchase and store bulk explosives for mixing and preparation at site, eliminating the need for the more costly pre-mix batch deliveries. A full-service team from AECI will be on site to mix and supply the downhole explosives for blasting of transition and hard rock material.

    Patrick Downey, President & CEO stated, “I am extremely pleased with the fast progress made to date on the hard rock expansion. The team has focused on critical areas to accelerate site activities and to meet or exceed key milestones. We look forward to sharing regular updates on this important expansion.”

    Figure 1: Hard Rock Plant Area

    About Orezone Gold Corporation

    Orezone Gold Corporation (TSX: ORE OTCQX: ORZCF) is a West African gold producer engaged in mining, developing, and exploring its flagship Bomboré Gold Mine in Burkina Faso. The Bomboré mine achieved commercial production on its oxide operations on December 1, 2022, and is now focused on its staged hard rock expansion that is expected to materially increase annual and life-of-mine gold production from the processing of hard rock mineral reserves. Orezone is led by an experienced team focused on social responsibility and sustainability with a proven track record in project construction and operations, financings, capital markets and M&A.

    The technical report entitled Bomboré Phase II Expansion, Definitive Feasibility Study is available on SEDAR+ and the Company’s website.

    Patrick Downey
    President and Chief Executive Officer

    Vanessa Pickering
    Manager, Investor Relations

    Tel: 1 778 945 8977 / Toll Free: 1 888 673 0663
    info@orezone.com / www.orezone.com

    For further information please contact Orezone at +1 (778) 945 8977 or visit the Company’s website at www.orezone.com.

    The Toronto Stock Exchange neither approves nor disapproves the information contained in this news release.

    QUALIFIED PERSONS

    Dale Tweed, P. Eng., VP Engineering and Rob Henderson, P. Eng. VP Technical Services of Orezone, are Qualified Persons under NI 43-101 and have reviewed and approved the scientific and technical information contained in this news release.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains certain information that may constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian Securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of applicable U.S. securities laws (together, “forward-looking statements”). Forward-looking statements are frequently characterized by words such as “plan”, “expect”, “project”, “intend”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “potential”, “possible” and other similar words, or statements that certain events or conditions “may”, “will”, “could”, or “should” occur. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to the hard rock expansion including the increase in gold production.

    All such forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by management in light of their experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors management and the qualified persons believe are appropriate in the circumstances.

    All forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, delays caused by pandemics, terrorist or other violent attacks (including cyber security attacks), the failure of parties to contracts to honour contractual commitments, unexpected changes in laws, rules or regulations, or their enforcement by applicable authorities; the failure of parties to contracts to perform as agreed; social or labour unrest; changes in commodity prices; unexpected failure or inadequacy of infrastructure, the possibility of unanticipated costs and expenses, accidents and equipment breakdowns, political risk, unanticipated changes in key management personnel and general economic, market or business conditions, the failure of exploration programs, including drilling programs, to deliver anticipated results and the failure of ongoing and uncertainties relating to the availability and costs of financing needed in the future, and other factors described in the Company’s most recent annual information form and management discussion and analysis filed on SEDAR+. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

    Although the forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based upon what management of the Company believes are reasonable assumptions, the Company cannot assure investors that actual results will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release and are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Subject to applicable securities laws, the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this press release.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/a33214c6-4db5-42c0-8910-83291abd3045

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Columbia Financial, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Third Quarter Ended September 30, 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FAIR LAWN, N.J., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the mid-tier holding company for Columbia Bank (“Columbia”), reported net income of $6.2 million, or $0.06 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to $9.1 million, or $0.09 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 reflected lower net interest income, mainly due to an increase in interest expense, and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher non-interest income and lower income tax expense.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company reported net income of $9.6 million, or $0.09 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $29.5 million, or $0.29 per basic and diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 reflected lower net interest income, mainly due to an increase in interest expense, and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher non-interest income and lower income tax expense. Non-interest income for the 2023 period included a $10.8 million loss on securities transactions.

    Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer commented: “The third quarter earnings have been challenged by continuing pressure on funding costs. Our net interest margin, which has increased 9 basis points since the first quarter of 2024, and our expense management, we believe, will contribute to improved earnings on a go forward basis. The Company’s balance sheet and capital remain strong. We successfully closed the merger and performed the system conversion of Freehold Bank into Columbia Bank in October 2024. This was the final step of our fourth completed merger over the last five years.”

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023

    Net income of $6.2 million was recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $2.9 million, or 32.3%, compared to $9.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million decrease in net interest income, and a $1.7 million increase in provision for credit losses, partially offset by a $376,000 increase in non-interest income, and a $1.6 million decrease in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $45.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 6.7%, from $48.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $20.7 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a $17.5 million increase in interest income. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in average yields due to market interest rate increases that occurred throughout 2023, and adjustable rate securities and loans tied to various indexes that repriced higher in the 2024 period. The 50 basis point decrease in market rates in September 2024 did not significantly impact the 2024 period results. The increase in interest expense on deposits was driven by the 2023 rate increases and an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with the continued intense competition for deposits in the market and the repricing of existing deposits into higher cost products. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by an increase in the average balance of borrowings and the increase in interest rates for new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $171,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared to $83,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.

    The average yield on loans for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 53 basis points to 5.00%, as compared to 4.47% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, as interest income was influenced by rising interest rates and the average balance of loans. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 53 basis points to 2.90%, as compared to 2.37% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, as new securities purchased during the 2024 period were at higher rates. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 81 basis points to 6.72%, as compared to 5.91% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, due to the rise in average balances and interest rates paid on cash balances and an increase in the dividend rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $70.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $20.7 million, or 41.6%, from $49.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 90 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, along with a 17 basis point increase in the average cost of borrowings, coupled with an increase in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $16.3 million, or 45.3%, and interest expense on borrowings increased $4.5 million, or 31.9%.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 decreased 22 basis points to 1.84%, when compared to 2.06% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 53 basis points to 4.70% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 4.17% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 82 basis points to 3.52% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 2.70% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in yields for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was due to the impact of market interest rate increases in 2023. The net interest margin decreased for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as the increase in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities outweighed the increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 when compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2024 increased 9 basis points from 1.75% to 1.84%.

    The provision for credit losses for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was $4.1 million, an increase of $1.7 million, from $2.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily attributable to net charge-offs totaling $2.7 million and an increase in the loan performance qualitative factors.

    Non-interest income was $9.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $376,000, from $8.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $347,000 in demand deposit account fees, mainly related to commercial account treasury services.

    Non-interest expense was $42.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $76,000, from $42.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense of $1.0 million, partially offset by an increase in data processing fees of $666,000, and federal deposit insurance premiums of $317,000. The decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense was the result of workforce reduction and lower incentive compensation related to employee cost cutting strategies implemented during 2023 and 2024. Data processing and software expenses increased due to costs related to cybersecurity and technology enhancements, and federal deposit insurance premiums increased due to the 2024 quarter including an increase in a one-time special assessment charge.

    Income tax expense was $1.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $1.6 million, as compared to income tax expense of $2.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 15.5% and 22.9% for the quarters ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 quarter was primarily impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023

    Net income of $9.6 million was recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $19.9 million, or 67.6%, compared to $29.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $29.0 million decrease in net interest income and a $7.9 million increase in provision for credit losses, partially offset by a $9.5 million increase in non-interest income and a $7.8 million decrease in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $131.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $29.0 million, or 18.1%, from $160.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $79.4 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a $50.4 million increase in interest income. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in average yields due to market interest rate increases that occurred throughout 2023, and adjustable rate securities and loans tied to various indexes that repriced higher in the 2024 period. The 50 basis point decrease in market rates in September 2024 did not significantly impact the 2024 period results. The increase in interest expense on deposits was driven by the 2023 rate increases and an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with the continued intense competition for deposits in the market and the repricing of existing deposits into higher cost products. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by an increase in the average balance of borrowings and the increase in interest rates for new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $875,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $339,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

    The average yield on loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 55 basis points to 4.91%, as compared to 4.36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as interest income was influenced by higher interest rates and loan growth. The average yield on securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 40 basis points to 2.82%, as compared to 2.42% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as a number of adjustable rate securities tied to various indexes repriced higher during the nine months, and new securities purchased during the 2024 period were at higher yields. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 90 basis points to 6.35%, as compared to 5.45% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, due to the rise in average balances and interest rates paid on cash balances and an increase in the dividend rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $206.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $79.4 million, 62.5%, from $126.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 134 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, along with a 25 basis point increase in the average cost of borrowings, and an increase in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $68.7 million, or 84.1%, and interest expense on borrowings increased $10.6 million, or 23.6%.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 decreased 47 basis points to 1.80%, when compared to 2.27% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 55 basis points to 4.61% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 4.06% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 118 basis points to 3.47% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 2.29% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in yields for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due to the impact of market interest rate increases between periods. The net interest margin decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as the increase in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities outweighed the increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets.

    The provision for credit losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was $11.6 million, an increase of $7.9 million, from $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to net charge-offs totaling $8.2 million and an increase in the loan performance qualitative factors.

    Non-interest income was $25.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $9.5 million, from $16.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to a decrease in the loss on securities transactions of $9.6 million.

    Non-interest expense was $134.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $321,000, from $134.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in federal deposit insurance premiums of $2.1 million, due to the 2024 period including an increase in a one-time special assessment charge. In addition, there was an increase in professional fees of $4.9 million, an increase in data processing and software expenses of $1.1 million, an increase in merger-related expense of $457,000, and an increase in other non-interest expense of $1.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense of $9.5 million. Professional fees included an increase in legal, regulatory and compliance-related costs while data processing and software expenses increased due to costs related to cybersecurity and technology enhancements. The decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense was the result of workforce reduction and lower incentive compensation related to employee cost cutting strategies implemented during 2023 and 2024.

    Income tax expense was $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $7.8 million, as compared to income tax expense of $9.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 11.8% and 23.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was also impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $40.9 million, or 0.4%, to $10.7 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $10.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to an increase in debt securities available for sale of $178.9 million, and an increase in other assets of $21.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $139.7 million, and a decrease in loans receivable, net, of $20.7 million.

    Cash and cash equivalents decreased $139.7 million, or 33.0%, to $283.5 million at September 30, 2024 from $423.2 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to purchases of securities of $283.5 million and repurchases of common stock under our stock repurchase program of $5.9 million, partially offset by proceeds from principal repayments on securities of $119.3 million, and repayments on loans receivable.

    Debt securities available for sale increased $178.9 million, or 16.4%, to $1.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase was attributable to the purchases of debt securities available for sale of $266.9 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in gross unrealized losses on securities of $34.3 million, partially offset by repayments on securities of $107.8 million, maturities of securities of $10.0 million, and the sale of one corporate debt security with a carrying value of $4.8 million, resulting in a loss of $1.3 million.

    Loans receivable, net, decreased $20.7 million, or 0.3%, with a balance of $7.8 billion at both September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. One-to-four family real estate loans, multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans, and home equity loans and advances decreased $55.6 million, $10.2 million, $64.3 million, and $5.6 million, respectively, partially offset by increases in construction loans of $67.3 million and commercial business loans of $53.4 million. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $3.4 million to $58.5 million at September 30, 2024 from $55.1 million at December 31, 2023.

    Other assets increased $21.3 million or 6.9%, to $329.7 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $308.4 million at December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $10.4 million increase in the Company’s pension plan balance, as the return on plan assets outpaced the growth in the plan’s obligations and a $12.6 million increase in the Company’s collateral posting with certain of its derivative counterparties.

    Total liabilities increased $2.1 million, or 0.02%, totaling $9.6 billion at both September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $111.5 million, or 1.4%, partially offset by a decrease in borrowings of $108.1 million, or 7.1%. The increase in total deposits primarily consisted of an increase in certificates of deposit and interest-bearing demand deposits of $195.7 million, and $13.8 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings and club accounts of $31.2 million, $16.3 million, and $50.5 million, respectively. The Bank has priced select certificates of deposit accounts very competitively to the market to attract new customers. The $108.1 million decrease in borrowings was primarily driven by a net decrease in short-term borrowings of $167.8 million and repayments of $175.5 million in maturing long-term borrowings, partially offset by an increase in long-term borrowings of $235.2 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $38.8 million, or 3.7%, to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $9.6 million, a $5.5 million increase in stock based compensation and an increase of $27.7 million in other comprehensive income, which includes changes in unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale and unrealized gains on swap contracts, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income. These increases were partially offset by the repurchase of 365,116 shares of common stock at a cost of approximately $5.9 million, or $16.14 per share, under our stock repurchase program. Repurchases have been paused in order to retain capital.

    Asset Quality

    The Company’s non-performing loans at September 30, 2024 totaled $28.0 million, or 0.36% of total gross loans, as compared to $12.6 million, or 0.16% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2023. The $15.4 million increase in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to an increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans of $4.2 million, an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $6.7 million, and an increase in non-performing commercial business loans of $4.5 million. One borrower with an outstanding $5.7 million commercial real estate loan and a related $3.5 million commercial business loan was placed on non-accrual status, representing approximately 60% of the increase in non-performing loans during the 2024 period. This borrower is a healthcare facility that was acquired by another healthcare provider in 2024. The acquiring entity has strong cash flow, has guaranteed the commercial business loan and has provided cash collateral. The Company has the first lien on the healthcare facility which has a 2024 appraised value of approximately $18.5 million along with additional collateral. One commercial real estate loan for $2.0 million secured by a medical condominium was transferred to other real estate owned in May 2024, and a related commercial business loan to the same borrower for $54,000 was charged-off during the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

    The increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 17 non-performing loans at December 31, 2023 to 27 loans at September 30, 2024. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.28% and 0.12% at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs totaled $2.7 million, as compared to $1.7 million in net charge-offs recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs totaled $8.2 million, as compared to $2.3 million in net charge-offs recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Net charge-offs recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 included charge-offs related to 15 commercial business loans totaling $7.7 million. The majority of these loans have continued making monthly payments, and management expects additional recoveries from these borrowers on a go forward basis.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans was $58.5 million, or 0.75% of total gross loans, at September 30, 2024, compared to $55.1 million, or 0.70% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2023.

    Additional Liquidity, Loan, and Deposit Information

    The Company services a diverse retail and commercial deposit base through its 68 branches. With approximately 215,000 accounts, the average deposit account balance was approximately $37,000 at September 30, 2024.

    Deposit balances are summarized as follows:

      At September 30, 2024   At June 30, 2024
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 1,406,152       — %   $ 1,405,441       — %
    Interest-bearing demand   1,980,298       2.41       1,904,483       2.37  
    Money market accounts   1,239,204       2.92       1,246,663       3.17  
    Savings and club deposits   649,858       0.79       673,031       0.83  
    Certificates of deposit   2,682,547       4.45       2,551,929       4.34  
    Total deposits $ 7,958,059       2.62 %   $ 7,781,547       2.56 %
                                   

    The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity and capital positions. The Company had no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Reserve Discount Window at September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had immediate access to approximately $2.6 billion of funding, with additional unpledged loan collateral in excess of $1.8 billion.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $9.4 million, or 0.12%, of the total loans receivable loan portfolio balance.

    The following table presents multifamily real estate, owner occupied commercial real estate, and the components of investor owned commercial real estate loans included in the real estate loan portfolio.

      At September 30, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
      Balance   % of Gross Loans   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value Ratio
      Weighted
    Average
    Debt Service
    Coverage

    Multifamily Real Estate $ 1,399,000       17.8 %     61.0 %     1.62 x
                       
    Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate $ 683,523       8.7 %     53.6 %     2.10 x
                       
    Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate:                  
    Retail / Shopping centers $ 484,121       6.2 %     51.7 %     1.59 x
    Mixed Use   211,853       2.7       58.1       1.61  
    Industrial / Warehouse   389,470       5.0       54.9       1.70  
    Non-Medical Office   197,768       2.5       54.2       1.64  
    Medical Office   126,947       1.6       57.9       1.50  
    Single Purpose   94,497       1.2       54.5       3.23  
    Other   124,580       1.6       52.0       1.67  
    Total $ 1,629,236       20.7 %     54.3 %     1.72 x
                       
    Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans $ 3,711,759       47.2 %     56.7 %     1.75 x
                                   

    As of September 30, 2024, the Company had less than $1.0 million in loan exposure to office or rent stabilized multifamily loans in New York City.

    About Columbia Financial, Inc.

    The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation organized as Columbia Bank’s mid-tier stock holding company. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a majority-owned subsidiary of Columbia Bank, MHC. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates 68 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics,, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses, and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its operating earnings on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine operating items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders’ equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (In thousands)
           
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024
      2023
    Assets (Unaudited)    
    Cash and due from banks $ 283,391     $ 423,140  
    Short-term investments   110       109  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   283,501       423,249  
           
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   1,272,464       1,093,557  
    Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $367,559, and $357,177 at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively)   401,331       401,154  
    Equity securities, at fair value   4,504       4,079  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   75,847       81,022  
           
    Loans receivable   7,857,190       7,874,537  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   58,495       55,096  
    Loans receivable, net   7,798,695       7,819,441  
           
    Accrued interest receivable   41,659       39,345  
    Office properties and equipment, net   82,248       83,577  
    Bank-owned life insurance   272,970       268,362  
    Goodwill and intangible assets   121,569       123,350  
    Other real estate owned   1,974       —  
    Other assets   329,741       308,432  
    Total assets $ 10,686,503     $ 10,645,568  
           
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Liabilities:      
    Deposits $ 7,958,059     $ 7,846,556  
    Borrowings   1,420,640       1,528,695  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance   42,793       43,509  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   185,861       186,473  
    Total liabilities   9,607,353       9,605,233  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,079,150       1,040,335  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,686,503     $ 10,645,568  
                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In thousands, except per share data)
           
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest income: (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
    Loans receivable $ 97,863     $ 87,548     $ 286,064     $ 252,026  
    Debt securities available for sale and equity securities   9,592       6,147       26,618       21,043  
    Debt securities held to maturity   2,616       2,434       7,487       7,338  
    Federal funds and interest-earning deposits   3,850       747       11,872       3,360  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends   1,966       1,529       5,759       3,661  
    Total interest income   115,887       98,405       337,800       287,428  
    Interest expense:              
    Deposits   52,196       35,918       150,440       81,733  
    Borrowings   18,416       13,965       55,805       45,158  
    Total interest expense   70,612       49,883       206,245       126,891  
                   
    Net interest income   45,275       48,522       131,555       160,537  
                   
    Provision for credit losses   4,103       2,379       11,575       3,632  
                   
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   41,172       46,143       119,980       156,905  
                   
    Non-interest income:              
    Demand deposit account fees   1,695       1,348       4,698       3,815  
    Bank-owned life insurance   1,669       2,014       5,253       5,670  
    Title insurance fees   688       629       1,935       1,840  
    Loan fees and service charges   951       969       3,290       3,366  
    Loss on securities transactions   —       —       (1,256 )     (10,847 )
    Change in fair value of equity securities   (27 )     (81 )     425       249  
    Gain on sale of loans   459       397       825       1,060  
    Other non-interest income   3,543       3,326       10,440       10,977  
    Total non-interest income   8,978       8,602       25,610       16,130  
                   
    Non-interest expense:              
    Compensation and employee benefits   27,738       28,765       82,910       92,383  
    Occupancy   5,594       5,845       17,621       17,337  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   1,518       1,201       5,752       3,624  
    Advertising   766       834       2,053       2,307  
    Professional fees   2,454       2,490       11,597       6,741  
    Data processing and software expenses   4,125       3,459       12,006       10,885  
    Merger-related expenses   23       14       737       280  
    Other non-interest expense, net   616       302       2,063       861  
    Total non-interest expense   42,834       42,910       134,739       134,418  
                   
    Income before income tax expense   7,316       11,835       10,851       38,617  
                   
    Income tax expense   1,131       2,705       1,281       9,100  
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
                   
    Earnings per share-basic $ 0.06     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.29  
    Earnings per share-diluted $ 0.06     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.29  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-basic   101,623,160       101,968,294       101,673,619       102,993,215  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted   101,832,048       102,097,491       101,813,253       103,257,616  
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Three Months Ended September 30,
      2024   2023
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,791,131     $ 97,863       5.00 %   $ 7,763,368     $ 87,548       4.47 %
    Securities   1,676,781       12,208       2.90 %     1,437,944       8,581       2.37 %
    Other interest-earning assets   344,560       5,816       6.72 %     152,900       2,276       5.91 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,812,472       115,887       4.70 %     9,354,212       98,405       4.17 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   870,155               844,884          
    Total assets $ 10,682,627             $ 10,199,096          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,970,444     $ 14,581       2.94 %   $ 2,054,464     $ 10,274       1.98 %
    Money market accounts   1,250,676       8,256       2.63 %     1,049,277       7,763       2.94 %
    Savings and club deposits   658,628       1,313       0.79 %     758,999       691       0.36 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,589,190       28,046       4.31 %     2,296,573       17,190       2.97 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,468,938       52,196       3.21 %     6,159,313       35,918       2.31 %
    FHLB advances   1,497,580       18,249       4.85 %     1,142,484       13,508       4.69 %
    Notes payable   —       —       — %     29,925       297       3.94 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,028       164       9.28 %     7,315       160       8.68 %
    Other borrowings   217       3       5.50 %     —       —       — %
    Total borrowings   1,504,825       18,416       4.87 %     1,179,724       13,965       4.70 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,973,763     $ 70,612       3.52 %     7,339,037     $ 49,883       2.70 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,411,622               1,498,726          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   235,990               241,463          
    Total liabilities   9,621,375               9,079,226          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,061,252               1,119,870          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,682,627             $ 10,199,096          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 45,275             $ 48,522      
    Interest rate spread           1.18 %             1.47 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,838,709             $ 2,015,175          
    Net interest margin           1.84 %             2.06 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %             127.46 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
      2024   2023
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,789,356     $ 286,064       4.91 %   $ 7,725,121     $ 252,026       4.36 %
    Securities   1,618,319       34,105       2.82 %     1,569,999       28,381       2.42 %
    Other interest-earning assets   370,749       17,631       6.35 %     172,151       7,021       5.45 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,778,424       337,800       4.61 %     9,467,271       287,428       4.06 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   864,036               835,459          
    Total assets $ 10,642,460             $ 10,302,730          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,972,520     $ 41,673       2.82 %   $ 2,244,978     $ 25,465       1.52 %
    Money market accounts   1,235,520       25,349       2.74 %     894,520       15,334       2.29 %
    Savings and club deposits   673,930       3,920       0.78 %     819,804       1,384       0.23 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,550,634       79,498       4.16 %     2,165,778       39,550       2.44 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,432,604       150,440       3.12 %     6,125,080       81,733       1.78 %
    FHLB advances   1,507,045       55,316       4.90 %     1,254,637       43,806       4.67 %
    Notes payable   —       —       — %     30,148       895       3.97 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,023       486       9.24 %     7,377       457       8.28 %
    Other borrowings   73       3       5.49 %     —       —       — %
    Total borrowings   1,514,141       55,805       4.92 %     1,292,162       45,158       4.67 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,946,745     $ 206,245       3.47 %     7,417,242     $ 126,891       2.29 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,406,666               1,572,497          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   243,848               225,629          
    Total liabilities   9,597,259               9,215,368          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,045,201               1,087,362          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,642,460             $ 10,302,730          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 131,555             $ 160,537      
    Interest rate spread           1.15 %             1.77 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,831,679             $ 2,050,029          
    Net interest margin           1.80 %             2.27 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.05 %             127.64 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin
       
      Average Yields/Costs by Quarter
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Yield on interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans   5.00 %     4.93 %     4.79 %     4.66 %     4.47 %
    Securities   2.90       2.89       2.65       2.58       2.37  
    Other interest-earning assets   6.72       6.30       6.06       5.64       5.91  
    Total interest-earning assets   4.70 %     4.64 %     4.50 %     4.39 %     4.17 %
                       
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3.21 %     3.14 %     3.02 %     2.76 %     2.31 %
    Total borrowings   4.87       4.92       4.98       4.96       4.70  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.52 %     3.49 %     3.38 %     3.18 %     2.70 %
                       
    Interest rate spread   1.18 %     1.15 %     1.12 %     1.21 %     1.47 %
    Net interest margin   1.84 %     1.81 %     1.75 %     1.85 %     2.06 %
                       
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %     123.03 %     123.06 %     125.32 %     127.46 %
                                           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial Highlights
       
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS (1):                  
    Return on average assets   0.23 %     0.17 %     (0.04 )%     0.25 %     0.36 %
    Core return on average assets   0.23 %     0.20 %     0.02 %     0.38 %     0.36 %
    Return on average equity   2.32 %     1.77 %     (0.45 )%     2.31 %     3.23 %
    Core return on average equity   2.29 %     2.06 %     0.18 %     3.55 %     3.24 %
    Core return on average tangible equity   2.58 %     2.34 %     0.20 %     3.99 %     3.64 %
    Interest rate spread   1.18 %     1.15 %     1.12 %     1.21 %     1.47 %
    Net interest margin   1.84 %     1.81 %     1.75 %     1.85 %     2.06 %
    Non-interest income to average assets   0.33 %     0.35 %     0.28 %     0.42 %     0.33 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets   1.60 %     1.74 %     1.74 %     1.80 %     1.67 %
    Efficiency ratio   78.95 %     86.83 %     91.96 %     84.82 %     75.12 %
    Core efficiency ratio   79.14 %     85.34 %     88.39 %     76.93 %     75.09 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %     123.03 %     123.06 %     125.32 %     127.46 %
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans   0.14 %     0.03 %     0.26 %     0.01 %     0.09 %
                       
    (1) Ratios are annualized when appropriate.
     
    ASSET QUALITY DATA:  
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Non-accrual loans $ 28,014     $ 25,281     $ 22,935     $ 12,618     $ 15,150  
    90+ and still accruing   —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-performing loans   28,014       25,281       22,935       12,618       15,150  
    Real estate owned   1,974       1,974       —       —       —  
    Total non-performing assets $ 29,988     $ 27,255     $ 22,935     $ 12,618     $ 15,150  
                       
    Non-performing loans to total gross loans   0.36 %     0.33 %     0.30 %     0.16 %     0.19 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.28 %     0.25 %     0.22 %     0.12 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACL”) $ 58,495     $ 57,062     $ 55,401     $ 55,096     $ 54,113  
    ACL to total non-performing loans   208.81 %     225.71 %     241.56 %     436.65 %     357.18 %
    ACL to gross loans   0.75 %     0.73 %     0.71 %     0.70 %     0.69 %
                                           
    LOAN DATA:  
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      (In thousands)
    Real estate loans:          
    One-to-four family $ 2,737,190     $ 2,764,177     $ 2,778,932     $ 2,792,833     $ 2,791,939  
    Multifamily   1,399,000       1,409,316       1,429,369       1,409,187       1,417,233  
    Commercial real estate   2,312,759       2,316,252       2,318,178       2,377,077       2,374,488  
    Construction   510,439       462,880       437,566       443,094       390,940  
    Commercial business loans   586,447       554,768       538,260       533,041       546,750  
    Consumer loans:                  
    Home equity loans and advances   261,041       260,427       260,786       266,632       267,016  
    Other consumer loans   2,877       2,689       2,601       2,801       2,586  
    Total gross loans   7,809,753       7,770,509       7,765,692       7,824,665       7,790,952  
    Purchased credit deteriorated loans   11,795       12,150       14,945       15,089       15,228  
    Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts   35,642       36,352       34,992       34,783       34,360  
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,495 )     (57,062 )     (55,401 )     (55,096 )     (54,113 )
    Loans receivable, net $ 7,798,695     $ 7,761,949     $ 7,760,228     $ 7,819,441     $ 7,786,427  
                                           
    CAPITAL RATIOS:      
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024 (1)   2023
    Company:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.37 %     14.08 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.59 %     13.32 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.50 %     13.23 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   10.16 %     10.04 %
           
    Columbia Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.44 %     14.02 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.61 %     13.22 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.61 %     13.22 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   9.62 %     9.48 %
           
    Freehold Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.98 %     22.49 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.41 %     21.81 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.41 %     21.81 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   16.63 %     15.27 %
           
    (1) Estimated ratios at September 30, 2024
           
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
           
    Book and Tangible Book Value per Share
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,079,150     $ 1,040,335  
    Less: goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: core deposit intangible   (9,496 )     (11,155 )
    Total tangible stockholders’ equity $ 958,939     $ 918,465  
           
    Shares outstanding   104,725,436       104,918,905  
           
    Book value per share $ 10.30     $ 9.92  
    Tangible book value per share $ 9.16     $ 8.75  
                   
    Reconciliation of Core Net Income              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023
      2024
      2023
      (In thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax   —       —       1,130       9,249  
    Less/add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   (107 )     —       385       —  
    Add: severance expense from reduction in workforce, net of tax   —       —       67       1,390  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   19       11       691       241  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   —       —       —       262  
    Core net income $ 6,097     $ 9,141     $ 11,843     $ 40,659  
                                   
    Return on Average Assets              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
                   
    Average assets $ 10,682,627     $ 10,199,096     $ 10,642,460     $ 10,302,730  
                   
    Return on average assets   0.23 %     0.36 %     0.12 %     0.38 %
                   
    Core net income $ 6,097     $ 9,141     $ 11,843     $ 40,659  
                   
    Core return on average assets   0.23 %     0.36 %     0.15 %     0.53 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Return on Average Equity              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,252     $ 1,119,870     $ 1,045,201     $ 1,087,362  
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax   —       —       1,130       9,249  
    Less/add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   (107 )     —       385       —  
    Add: severance expense from reduction in workforce, net of tax   —       —       67       1,390  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   19       11       691       241  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   —       —       —       262  
    Core average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,164     $ 1,119,881     $ 1,047,474     $ 1,098,504  
                   
    Return on average equity   2.32 %     3.23 %     1.22 %     3.63 %
                   
    Core return on core average equity   2.29 %     3.24 %     1.51 %     4.95 %
                                   
    Return on Average Tangible Equity        
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,252     $ 1,119,870     $ 1,045,201     $ 1,087,362  
    Less: average goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: average core deposit intangible   (9,842 )     (12,109 )     (10,391 )     (12,989 )
    Total average tangible stockholders’ equity $ 940,695     $ 997,046     $ 924,095     $ 963,658  
                   
    Core return on average tangible equity   2.58 %     3.64 %     1.71 %     5.64 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Efficiency Ratios              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net interest income $ 45,275     $ 48,522     $ 131,555     $ 160,537  
    Non-interest income   8,978       8,602       25,610       16,130  
    Total income $ 54,253     $ 57,124     $ 157,165     $ 176,667  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 42,834     $ 42,910     $ 134,739     $ 134,418  
                   
    Efficiency ratio   78.95 %     75.12 %     85.73 %     76.09 %
                   
    Non-interest income $ 8,978     $ 8,602     $ 25,610     $ 16,130  
    Add: loss on securities transactions   —       —       1,256       10,847  
    Core non-interest income $ 8,978     $ 8,602     $ 26,866     $ 26,977  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 42,834     $ 42,910     $ 134,739     $ 134,418  
    Add/less: FDIC special assessment, net   126       —       (439 )     —  
    Less: severance expense from reduction in workforce   —       —       (74 )     (1,605 )
    Less: merger-related expenses   (23 )     (14 )     (737 )     (280 )
    Less: litigation expenses   —       —       —       (317 )
    Core non-interest expense $ 42,937     $ 42,896     $ 133,489     $ 132,216  
                   
    Core efficiency ratio   79.14 %     75.09 %     84.26 %     70.51 %
                                   

    Columbia Financial, Inc.
    Investor Relations Department
    (833) 550-0717

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: ACNB Corporation Reports 2024 Third Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GETTYSBURG, Pa., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ACNB Corporation (NASDAQ: ACNB) (“ACNB” or the “Corporation”), financial holding company for ACNB Bank and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., announced net income of $7.2 million, or $0.84 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $9.0 million, or $1.06 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and net income of $11.3 million, or $1.32 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024. Financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2024 were impacted by $1.1 million in merger-related expense due to the pending acquisition of Traditions Bancorp, Inc. Financial results for the three month period ended June 30, 2024 were impacted by a $3.2 million reversal of the provisions for credit losses and unfunded commitments.

    2024 Third Quarter Highlights

    • Return on average assets was 1.17% and return on average equity was 9.63% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Core return on average assets1 was 1.32% and core return on average equity1 was 10.81% for the three months ended September 30, 2024.
    • Fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) net interest margin was 3.77% for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to 3.82% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and 4.01% for the three months ended September 30, 2023.
    • Total non-performing loans to total loans, net of unearned income, was 0.39% at September 30, 2024 compared to 0.19% at June 30, 2024 and 0.22% at September 30, 2023. The increase in non-performing loans to total loans, net of unearned income, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was the result of one long-standing commercial relationship in the healthcare industry, comprised of both owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, that moved into non-performing loan status during the current quarter.
    • Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized) were 0.01% for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 0.00% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 compared to 0.03% for the three months ended September 30, 2023.
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio1 of 10.74% at September 30, 2024 compared to 9.84% at June 30, 2024 and 8.65% at September 30, 2023. The net unrealized loss on the available for sale securities portfolio was $36.8 million at September 30, 2024 compared to a net unrealized loss of $52.7 million at June 30, 2024 and a net unrealized loss of $75.2 million at September 30, 2023.
    • ACNB and ACNB Bank capital levels remain well in excess of ACNB’s internal minimums and those required to be categorized as a well-capitalized institution by our bank regulators.

    “We are once again pleased to share strong operating results for the third quarter of 2024. Our continued focus on profitability and asset quality as evidenced by our return on average assets and return on average equity are a testament to the continued focus on our strategic objectives,” said James P. Helt, ACNB Corporation President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “During the third quarter, we were also pleased to announce the strategic acquisition of Traditions Bancorp, Inc. This acquisition will create the largest community bank in Pennsylvania with assets less than $5 billion and enhances our presence in York County and expands our branch footprint in neighboring Lancaster County. We are excited to welcome Traditions as ACNB continues to expand our market presence. This strategic acquisition will complement our current operations with profitable growth opportunities in adjacent markets while contributing to the Corporation’s established commitment of enhancing long-term shareholder value.”

    Mr. Helt continued, “As we look forward to the remainder of 2024 and the start of a new year in 2025, we are excited that our strong foundation based on community banking principles combined with the growth opportunities now before us through our strategic planning objectives will enable us to continue to deliver on our commitment to our stakeholders.”

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 totaled $20.9 million, a decrease of $803 thousand, or 3.7%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023 driven by a decrease in the FTE net interest margin over the same period. The FTE net interest margin for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was 3.77%, a decrease of 24 basis points from 4.01% for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in FTE net interest margin was driven primarily by an increase in long-term borrowings and promotional time deposit balances and costs. Total average borrowings increased $132.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same period in September 30, 2023. The average rate paid on total borrowings was 4.31% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of 48 basis points from the three months ended September 30, 2023. Total average interest-bearing deposits decreased $54.4 million, or 3.9%, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to September 30, 2023; however, average time deposit balances increased $45.9 million due to ongoing promotions. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 0.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of 66 basis points from the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 totaled $20.9 million, a decrease of $22 thousand, or 0.1%, compared to $21.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven by a decrease in the FTE net interest margin over the same period. The FTE net interest margin for the three months ended September 30, 2024 decreased 5 basis points from 3.82% for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in FTE net interest margin was driven primarily by the recognition of nonaccrual interest income related to a specific large relationship during the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increases in the cost of average interest-bearing deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024. Excluding nonaccrual interest income related to the payoff of a specific large relationship, the FTE net interest margin was 3.79% for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 0.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of 13 basis points from the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $6.8 million, an increase of $536 thousand, or 8.5%, from the three months ended September 30, 2023. Wealth management income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $1.2 million, an increase of $235 thousand from the three months ended September 30, 2023 driven primarily by portfolio market appreciation, estate income and new business generation. Insurance commissions for the three months ended September 30, 2024 were $2.8 million, an increase of $158 thousand from the three months ended September 30, 2023 driven primarily by growth in commissions on policy renewals and new business in the current quarter. Gain from mortgage loans held for sale totaled $112 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to none for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $406 thousand, or 6.3%, from the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by increases in wealth management income driven by higher estate income and other income driven by annual check ordering incentives received during the three months ended September 30, 2024. Additionally, there was a higher volume of mortgages sold in the current quarter, which resulted in a higher gain from mortgage loans held for sale for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $18.2 million, an increase of $1.9 million, or 11.7%, from the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was driven primarily by merger-related and salaries and employee benefits expenses. The increase in merger-related expense was driven primarily by professional service expenses incurred for the Traditions acquisition and totaled $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $948 thousand driven primarily by $682 thousand in higher employee health insurance expense and $273 thousand higher base wages. In addition, equipment expense increased $144 thousand driven primarily by higher core processing expenses and incremental purchases of office equipment. Partially offsetting these increases, professional services decreased $208 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023 driven primarily by lower recruiting expenses for talent acquisition and consulting expenses. Marketing and corporate relations declined $60 thousand in the current quarter primarily due to rebranding expenses incurred for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.9 million, or 11.3%, from the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by merger-related and salaries and employee benefits expenses. Merger-related expense totaled $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $23 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2024. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $591 thousand during the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by higher employee health insurance expense of $519 thousand. Additionally, equipment expense increased $128 thousand driven primarily by higher core processing and software maintenance expenses coupled with incremental purchases of office equipment. Professional services expense decreased $120 thousand during the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by lower transfer agent and audit expenses.

    Loans and Asset Quality

    Total loans outstanding were $1.68 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 0.1%, from June 30, 2024 and an increase of $61.1 million, or 3.8%, from September 30, 2023. The decrease from June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by real estate construction. The increase from September 30, 2023 was driven primarily by growth in the commercial real estate portfolio in our core markets. Growth in the commercial real estate portfolio was spread throughout the Bank’s geographic footprint and across various property types. The commercial real estate portfolio grew $59.2 million, or 6.6%, in 2024. The collateral for these loans is primarily spread across our Pennsylvania and Maryland market areas. Despite the intense competition in the Corporation’s market areas, management continues to focus on asset quality and disciplined underwriting standards in the loan origination process.

    Asset quality metrics continue to be stable. The provision for credit losses was $81 thousand and the provision for unfunded commitments was $40 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to a reversal to the provision for credit losses of $3.0 million and a reversal to the provision for unfunded commitments of $259 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2024. For the three months ended September 30, 2023, there was a provision for credit losses of $250 thousand and a $171 thousand reversal to the provision for unfunded commitments. The increase in the provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the prior quarter was driven primarily by a $3.2 million reversal of the provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments in the prior quarter and one long-standing commercial relationship in the healthcare industry, comprised of both owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, that moved into non-performing loan status during the current quarter.

    Non-performing loans were $6.6 million, or 0.39%, of total loans, net of unearned income, at September 30, 2024 compared to $3.1 million, or 0.19%, of total loans at June 30, 2024 and $3.6 million, or 0.22%, of total loans at September 30, 2023. The increase in non-performing loans at September 30, 2024 compared to the prior quarter was primarily the result of one long-standing commercial relationship in the healthcare industry, comprised of both owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, that moved into non-performing loan status during the current quarter. Annualized net charge-offs for the three months ended September 30, 2024 were 0.01% of total average loans compared to 0.00% and 0.03% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    Deposits and Borrowings

    Deposits totaled $1.79 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $47.3 million, or 2.6%, since June 30, 2024 and a decrease of $160.0 million, or 8.2%, from September 30, 2023. Included in total deposits were $1.33 billion interest-bearing deposits at September 30, 2024 which decreased $31.0 million, or 2.3%, from June 30, 2024 and decreased $58.0 million, or 4.2%, from September 30, 2023. Time deposits, included in interest-bearing deposits, increased $1.3 million, or 0.5%, and $43.5 million, or 20.4%, since June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. Total noninterest-bearing deposits were $463.5 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $479.7 million at June 30, 2024 and $565.5 million at September 30, 2023.

    Total borrowings were $293.1 million at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $11.2 million, or 3.7%, compared to June 30, 2024 and an increase of $139.7 million, or 91.1%, compared to September 30, 2023. A $25.0 million short-term borrowing was paid off during the quarter. The average rate on total borrowings was 4.31% for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to 4.48% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and 3.83% for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Stockholders’ Equity, Dividends and Share Repurchases

    Total stockholders’ equity was $306.8 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $289.3 million at June 30, 2024 and $255.6 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible book value2 per share was $29.90, $27.82 and $23.80 at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    As announced on Form 8-K on October 16, 2024, the Board of Directors approved and declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.32 per share of ACNB Corporation common stock payable on December 13, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 29, 2024. This per share amount reflects a $0.02, or 6.7%, increase over the same quarter of 2023.

    ACNB repurchased 2,642 shares of ACNB common stock during the three months ended September 30, 2024.

    About ACNB Corporation

    ACNB Corporation, headquartered in Gettysburg, PA, is the $2.42 billion financial holding company for the wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACNB Bank, Gettysburg, PA, and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., Westminster, MD. Originally founded in 1857, ACNB Bank serves its marketplace with banking and wealth management services, including trust and retail brokerage, via a network of 27 community banking offices and two loan offices located in the Pennsylvania counties of Adams, Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and York and the Maryland counties of Baltimore, Carroll and Frederick. ACNB Insurance Services, Inc. is a full-service insurance agency with licenses in 46 states. The agency offers a broad range of property, casualty, health, life and disability insurance serving personal and commercial clients through office locations in Westminster and Jarrettsville, MD, and Gettysburg, PA. For more information regarding ACNB Corporation and its subsidiaries, please visit investor.acnb.com.

    SAFE HARBOR AND FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS – Should there be a material subsequent event prior to the filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial information reported in this press release is subject to change to reflect the subsequent event. In addition to historical information, this press release may contain forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, (a) projections or statements regarding future earnings, expenses, net interest income, other income, earnings or loss per share, asset mix and quality, growth prospects, capital structure, and other financial terms, (b) statements of plans and objectives of Management or the Board of Directors, and (c) statements of assumptions, such as economic conditions in the Corporation’s market areas. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “intends”, “will”, “should”, “anticipates”, or the negative of any of the foregoing or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy. Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties such as national, regional and local economic conditions, competitive factors, and regulatory limitations. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results and experience to differ from those projected include, but are not limited to, the following: short-term and long-term effects of inflation and rising costs on the Corporation, customers and economy; banking instability caused by bank failures and continuing financial uncertainty of various banks which may adversely impact the Corporation and its securities and loan values, deposit stability, capital adequacy, financial condition, operations, liquidity, and results of operations; effects of governmental and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes; effects of new laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) and their application with which the Corporation and its subsidiaries must comply; impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards; effects of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; ineffectiveness of the business strategy due to changes in current or future market conditions; future actions or inactions of the United States government, including the effects of short-term and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and a failure to increase the government debt limit or a prolonged shutdown of the federal government; effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of any pandemic, epidemic or health-related crisis and the responses thereto on the operations of the Corporation and current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans; effects of competition, and of changes in laws and regulations on competition, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; inflation, securities market and monetary fluctuations; risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities, and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks; difficulties in acquisitions and integrating and operating acquired business operations, including information technology difficulties; challenges in establishing and maintaining operations in new markets; effects of technology changes; effects of general economic conditions and more specifically in the Corporation’s market areas; failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for credit losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities; acts of war or terrorism or geopolitical instability; disruption of credit and equity markets; ability to manage current levels of impaired assets; loss of certain key officers; ability to maintain the value and image of the Corporation’s brand and protect the Corporation’s intellectual property rights; continued relationships with major customers; and, potential impacts to the Corporation from continually evolving cybersecurity and other technological risks and attacks, including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses. Management considers subsequent events occurring after the balance sheet date for matters which may require adjustment to, or disclosure in, the consolidated financial statements. The review period for subsequent events extends up to and including the filing date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements when filed with the SEC. Accordingly, the financial information in this announcement is subject to change. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. They only reflect Management’s analysis as of this date. The Corporation does not revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or changed circumstances. Please carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Corporation files from time to time with the SEC, including the Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Please also carefully review any Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Corporation with the SEC.

    ACNB #2024-17
    October 24, 2024

     
    ACNB Corporation Financial Highlights
    Selected Financial Data by Respective Quarter End
    (Unaudited)
                       
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    BALANCE SHEET DATA                  
    Assets $ 2,420,914     $ 2,457,753     $ 2,414,288     $ 2,418,847     $ 2,388,522  
    Investment securities   483,604       483,868       490,626       517,221       501,063  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   1,677,112       1,679,600       1,664,980       1,627,988       1,615,966  
    Allowance for credit losses   (17,214 )     (17,162 )     (20,172 )     (19,969 )     (19,264 )
    Deposits   1,791,317       1,838,588       1,835,224       1,861,813       1,951,359  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments   1,349       1,310       1,569       1,719       1,962  
    Borrowings   293,091       304,286       272,605       252,174       153,388  
    Stockholders’ equity   306,755       289,331       279,920       277,461       255,638  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA                  
    Interest and dividend income $ 27,241     $ 26,869     $ 25,974     $ 25,284     $ 24,234  
    Interest expense   6,299       5,905       5,381       3,791       2,489  
    Net interest income   20,942       20,964       20,593       21,493       21,745  
    Provision for (reversal of ) credit losses   81       (2,990 )     223       786       250  
    Provision for (reversal of) unfunded commitments   40       (259 )     (151 )     (242 )     (171 )
    Net interest income after provisions for credit losses and unfunded commitments   20,821       24,213       20,521       20,949       21,666  
    Noninterest income   6,833       6,427       5,667       970       6,297  
    Noninterest expenses   18,244       16,391       17,662       17,173       16,336  
    Income before income taxes   9,410       14,249       8,526       4,746       11,627  
    Provision for income taxes   2,206       2,970       1,758       649       2,583  
    Net income $ 7,204     $ 11,279     $ 6,768     $ 4,097     $ 9,044  
    PROFITABILITY RATIOS                  
    Total loans, net of unearned income to deposits   93.62 %     91.35 %     90.72 %     87.44 %     82.81 %
    Return on average assets (annualized)   1.17       1.86       1.12       0.68       1.52  
    Return on average equity (annualized)   9.63       16.12       9.76       6.09       13.84  
    Efficiency ratio3   60.56       58.61       66.18       62.48       56.97  
    FTE Net interest margin   3.77       3.82       3.77       3.93       4.01  
    Yield on average earning assets   4.90       4.89       4.74       4.62       4.46  
    Yield on investment securities   2.59       2.65       2.70       2.36       2.24  
    Yield on total loans   5.56       5.53       5.37       5.29       5.16  
    Cost of funds   1.19       1.12       1.02       0.71       0.47  
    PER SHARE DATA                  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.84     $ 1.32     $ 0.80     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.32       0.32       0.30       0.30       0.28  
    Tangible book value per share3   29.90       27.82       26.70       26.44       23.80  
    Tangible book value per share3 (excluding AOCI)4   33.87       33.28       32.21       31.74       31.43  
    CAPITAL RATIOS5                  
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   12.46 %     12.25 %     11.91 %     11.57 %     11.97 %
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   16.07       15.78       15.40       15.16       15.30  
    Tier 1 risk based capital ratio   16.36       16.07       15.69       15.45       15.59  
    Total risk based capital ratio   18.15       17.86       17.68       17.41       17.49  
    CREDIT QUALITY                  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized)   0.01 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.02 %     0.03 %
    Total non-performing loans to total loans, net of unearned income6   0.39       0.19       0.24       0.26       0.22  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets7   0.29       0.14       0.18       0.19       0.17  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans, net of unearned income   1.03       1.02       1.21       1.23       1.19  
                                           
     
    Consolidated Balance Sheet
    (Unaudited)
                 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS            
    Cash and due from banks   $ 24,636     $ 26,681     $ 17,395  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks     33,456       59,593       35,740  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents     58,092       86,274       53,135  
    Equity securities with readily determinable fair values     947       919       918  
    Investment securities available for sale, at estimated fair value     418,079       418,364       425,114  
    Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $59,038, $57,026, and $58,084)     64,578       64,585       64,594  
    Loans held for sale     1,080       1,801       88  
    Total loans, net of unearned income     1,677,112       1,679,600       1,664,980  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     (17,214 )     (17,162 )     (20,172 )
    Loans, net     1,659,898       1,662,438       1,644,808  
    Premises and equipment, net     25,542       25,760       25,916  
    Right of use asset     2,110       2,278       2,447  
    Restricted investment in bank stocks     10,853       11,853       10,877  
    Investment in bank-owned life insurance     81,344       80,841       80,348  
    Investments in low-income housing partnerships     909       940       971  
    Goodwill     44,185       44,185       44,185  
    Intangible assets, net     8,142       8,446       8,761  
    Foreclosed assets held for resale     406       406       467  
    Other assets     44,749       48,663       51,659  
    Total Assets   $ 2,420,914     $ 2,457,753     $ 2,414,288  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Deposits:            
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 463,501     $ 479,726     $ 499,583  
    Interest-bearing     1,327,816       1,358,862       1,335,641  
    Total Deposits     1,791,317       1,838,588       1,835,224  
    Short-term borrowings     37,769       48,974       17,303  
    Long-term borrowings     255,322       255,312       255,302  
    Lease liability     2,110       2,278       2,447  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments     1,349       1,310       1,569  
    Other liabilities     26,292       21,960       22,523  
    Total Liabilities     2,114,159       2,168,422       2,134,368  
                 
    Stockholders’ Equity:            
    Preferred Stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024     —       —       —  
    Common stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 8,940,133, 8,934,495, and 8,928,441 shares issued; 8,548,625, 8,545,629, and 8,539,575 shares outstanding at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively     22,344       22,330       22,315  
    Treasury stock, at cost; 391,508, at September 30, 2024, and 388,866 at both June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024     (11,203 )     (11,101 )     (11,101 )
    Additional paid-in capital     98,697       98,230       97,818  
    Retained earnings     230,752       226,271       217,712  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (33,835 )     (46,399 )     (46,824 )
    Total Stockholders’ Equity     306,755       289,331       279,920  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 2,420,914     $ 2,457,753     $ 2,414,288  
                             
     
    Consolidated Income Statements
    (Unaudited)
           
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 2024
      2023   2024   2023
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME              
    Loans, including fees              
    Taxable $ 23,108     $ 20,285     $ 67,253     $ 58,130  
    Tax-exempt   311       361       943       1,069  
    Investment securities:              
    Taxable   2,617       2,477       8,193       8,451  
    Tax-exempt   284       284       852       883  
    Dividends   251       104       739       196  
    Other   670       723       2,104       2,627  
    Total Interest and Dividend Income   27,241       24,234       80,084       71,356  
    INTEREST EXPENSE              
    Deposits   3,112       928       7,915       1,887  
    Short-term borrowings   204       439       847       564  
    Long-term borrowings   2,983       1,122       8,823       2,078  
    Total Interest Expense   6,299       2,489       17,585       4,529  
    Net Interest Income   20,942       21,745       62,499       66,827  
    Provision for (reversal of) credit losses   81       250       (2,686 )     74  
    Provision for (reversal of) unfunded commitments   40       (171 )     (370 )     226  
    Net Interest Income after Provisions for (Reversal of) Credit Losses and Unfunded Commitments   20,821       21,666       65,555       66,527  
    NONINTEREST INCOME              
    Insurance commissions   2,787       2,629       7,649       7,371  
    Service charges on deposits   1,048       1,000       3,060       2,951  
    Wealth management   1,188       953       3,219       2,772  
    ATM debit card charges   828       845       2,488       2,502  
    Earnings on investment in bank-owned life insurance   503       473       1,473       1,399  
    Gain from mortgage loans held for sale   112       —       194       31  
    Net gains (losses) on sales or calls of investment securities   —       —       69       (739 )
    Net gains (losses) on equity securities   28       (27 )     19       (22 )
    Gain on assets held for sale   —       14       —       337  
    Other   339       410       756       873  
    Total Noninterest Income   6,833       6,297       18,927       17,475  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSES              
    Salaries and employee benefits   11,017       10,069       32,611       30,335  
    Equipment   1,698       1,554       4,997       4,784  
    Net occupancy   945       942       3,066       2,981  
    Professional services   409       617       1,554       1,600  
    FDIC and regulatory   365       388       1,088       932  
    Other tax   360       323       1,086       965  
    Intangible assets amortization   304       352       940       1,072  
    Supplies and postage   236       229       610       633  
    Marketing and corporate relations   99       159       275       472  
    Merger-related   1,137       —       1,160       —  
    Other   1,674       1,703       4,910       5,125  
    Total Noninterest Expenses   18,244       16,336       52,297       48,899  
    Income Before Income Taxes   9,410       11,627       32,185       35,103  
    Provision for income taxes   2,206       2,583       6,934       7,512  
    Net Income $ 7,204     $ 9,044     $ 25,251     $ 27,591  
    PER SHARE DATA              
    Basic earnings $ 0.85     $ 1.06     $ 2.97     $ 3.24  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.84     $ 1.06     $ 2.96     $ 3.23  
    Weighted average shares basic   8,507,140       8,517,917       8,500,860       8,518,006  
    Weighted average shares diluted   8,545,578       8,551,545       8,532,691       8,544,732  
                                   
     
    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
                         
        Three months ended   Three months ended   Three months ended   Three months ended   Three months ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average
    Balance
      Interest8   Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Interest8   Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Interest8   Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Interest8   Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Interest8   Yield/
    Rate
    ASSETS                                                            
    Loans:                                                            
    Taxable   $ 1,618,879     $ 23,108     5.68 %   $ 1,612,380     $ 22,675     5.66 %   $ 1,573,109     $ 21,470     5.49 %   $ 1,559,411     $ 21,303     5.42 %   $ 1,520,134     $ 20,285     5.29 %
    Tax-exempt     62,401       394     2.51       64,276       396     2.48       65,825       404     2.47       69,058       425     2.44       73,995       457     2.45  
    Total Loans9     1,681,280       23,502     5.56       1,676,656       23,071     5.53       1,638,934       21,874     5.37       1,628,469       21,728     5.29       1,594,129       20,742     5.16  
    Investment Securities:                                                            
    Taxable     441,135       2,868     2.59       442,390       2,913     2.65       467,466       3,151     2.71       453,713       2,669     2.33       466,402       2,581     2.20  
    Tax-exempt     54,549       359     2.62       54,644       359     2.64       54,740       359     2.64       54,835       361     2.61       55,027       359     2.59  
    Total Investments10     495,684       3,227     2.59       497,034       3,272     2.65       522,206       3,510     2.70       508,548       3,030     2.36       521,429       2,940     2.24  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks     48,794       670     5.46       50,851       684     5.41       54,156       750     5.57       50,225       691     5.46       53,324       723     5.38  
    Total Earning Assets     2,225,758       27,399     4.90       2,224,541       27,027     4.89       2,215,296       26,134     4.74       2,187,242       25,449     4.62       2,168,882       24,405     4.46  
    Cash and due from banks     21,684               21,041               20,540               21,578               23,783          
    Premises and equipment     25,716               25,903               26,102               25,983               25,980          
    Other assets     184,105               187,937               187,075               191,329               165,821          
    Allowance for credit losses     (17,147 )             (20,124 )             (19,963 )             (19,232 )             (19,101 )        
    Total Assets   $ 2,440,116             $ 2,439,298             $ 2,429,050             $ 2,406,900             $ 2,365,365          
    LIABILITIES                                                            
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 518,368     $ 552     0.42 %   $ 513,163     $ 275     0.22 %   $ 512,701     $ 264     0.21 %   $ 560,510     $ 275     0.19 %   $ 571,314     $ 185     0.13 %
    Money markets     246,653       692     1.12       248,191       613     0.99       248,297       536     0.87       274,226       707     1.02       245,899       312     0.50  
    Savings deposits     318,291       26     0.03       327,274       30     0.04       335,215       29     0.03       348,244       28     0.03       366,398       30     0.03  
    Time deposits     258,053       1,842     2.84       263,045       1,725     2.64       244,481       1,331     2.19       221,778       798     1.43       212,159       401     0.75  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits     1,341,365       3,112     0.92       1,351,673       2,643     0.79       1,340,694       2,160     0.65       1,404,758       1,808     0.51       1,395,770       928     0.26  
    Short-term borrowings     38,666       204     2.10       37,256       304     3.28       47,084       339     2.90       56,872       334     2.33       66,942       439     2.60  
    Long-term borrowings     255,316       2,983     4.65       255,305       2,958     4.66       248,701       2,882     4.66       137,026       1,649     4.77       94,554       1,122     4.71  
    Total Borrowings     293,982       3,187     4.31       292,561       3,262     4.48       295,785       3,221     4.38       193,898       1,983     4.06       161,496       1,561     3.83  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities     1,635,347       6,299     1.53       1,644,234       5,905     1.44       1,636,479       5,381     1.32       1,598,656       3,791     0.94       1,557,266       2,489     0.63  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     477,350               485,351               486,648               519,797               541,995          
    Other liabilities     29,946               28,348               26,904               21,648               6,820          
    Stockholders’ Equity     297,473               281,365               279,019               266,799               259,284          
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 2,440,116             $ 2,439,298             $ 2,429,050             $ 2,406,900             $ 2,365,365          
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income         21,100               21,122               20,753               21,658               21,916      
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment         (158 )             (158 )             (160 )             (165 )             (171 )    
    Net Interest Income       $ 20,942             $ 20,964             $ 20,593             $ 21,493             $ 21,745      
    Cost of Funds           1.19 %           1.12 %           1.02 %           0.71 %           0.47 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin           3.77 %           3.82 %           3.77 %           3.93 %           4.01 %
                                                                           
     
    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
           
      Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
      Interest11   Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Interest11   Yield/
    Rate
    ASSETS                      
    Loans:                      
    Taxable $ 1,601,520     $ 67,253     5.61 %   $ 1,479,690     $ 58,130     5.25 %
    Tax-exempt   64,161       1,194     2.49       75,657       1,353     2.39  
    Total Loans12   1,665,681       68,447     5.49       1,555,347       59,483     5.11  
    Investment Securities:                      
    Taxable   450,297       8,932     2.65       507,061       8,647     2.28  
    Tax-exempt   54,644       1,078     2.64       55,307       1,118     2.70  
    Total Investments13   504,941       10,010     2.65       562,368       9,765     2.32  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   51,258       2,104     5.48       71,645       2,627     4.90  
    Total Earning Assets   2,221,880       80,561     4.84       2,189,360       71,875     4.39  
    Cash and due from banks   21,091               30,891          
    Premises and equipment   25,939               26,415          
    Other assets   186,330               159,544          
    Allowance for credit losses   (19,071 )             (18,807 )        
    Total Assets $ 2,436,169             $ 2,387,403          
    LIABILITIES                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 514,757     $ 1,092     0.28 %   $ 580,180     $ 690     0.16 %
    Money markets   247,710       1,841     0.99       276,154       277     0.13  
    Savings deposits   326,895       84     0.03       385,753       94     0.03  
    Time deposits   255,203       4,898     2.56       234,951       826     0.47  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits   1,344,565       7,915     0.79       1,477,038       1,887     0.17  
    Short-term borrowings   40,993       847     2.76       47,852       564     1.58  
    Long-term borrowings   253,116       8,823     4.66       58,333       2,078     4.76  
    Total Borrowings   294,109       9,670     4.39       106,185       2,642     3.33  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities   1,638,674       17,585     1.43       1,583,223       4,529     0.38  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   483,095               550,206          
    Other liabilities   28,406               (2,552 )        
    Stockholders’ Equity   285,994               256,526          
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 2,436,169             $ 2,387,403          
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income       62,976               67,346      
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment       (477 )             (519 )    
    Net Interest Income     $ 62,499             $ 66,827      
    Cost of Funds         1.11 %           0.28 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin         3.79 %           4.11 %
                               

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation
    Note: The Corporation has presented the following non-GAAP financial measures because it believes that these measures provide useful and comparative information to assess trends in the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition. These non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the Corporation’s industry. Investors should recognize that the Corporation’s presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures might not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other corporations. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures, and the Corporation strongly encourages a review of its condensed consolidated financial statements in their entirety.

        Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024   December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    Tangible book value per share                    
    Stockholders’ equity   $ 306,755     $ 289,331     $ 279,920     $ 277,461     $ 255,638  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets     (52,327 )     (52,631 )     (52,946 )     (53,267 )     (53,619 )
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator)   $ 254,428     $ 236,700     $ 226,974     $ 224,194     $ 202,019  
    Shares outstanding, less unvested shares, end of period (denominator)     8,510,187       8,507,191       8,501,137       8,478,460       8,488,446  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 29.90     $ 27.82     $ 26.70     $ 26.44     $ 23.80  
    Tangible book value per share (excluding AOCI)                    
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity   $ 254,428     $ 236,700     $ 226,974     $ 224,194     $ 202,019  
    Less: AOCI     (33,835 )     (46,399 )     (46,824 )     (44,909 )     (64,767 )
    Tangible equity (excluding AOCI)   $ 288,263     $ 283,099     $ 273,798     $ 269,103     $ 266,786  
    Tangible book value per share (excluding AOCI)   $ 33.87     $ 33.28     $ 32.21     $ 31.74     $ 31.43  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (TCE/TA Ratio)                    
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator)   $ 254,428     $ 236,700     $ 226,974     $ 224,194     $ 202,019  
    Total assets   $ 2,420,914     $ 2,457,753     $ 2,414,288     $ 2,418,847     $ 2,388,522  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets     (52,327 )     (52,631 )     (52,946 )     (53,267 )     (53,619 )
    Total tangible assets (denominator)   $ 2,368,587     $ 2,405,122     $ 2,361,342     $ 2,365,580     $ 2,334,903  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets     10.74 %     9.84 %     9.61 %     9.48 %     8.65 %
    Efficiency Ratio                    
    Noninterest expense   $ 18,244     $ 16,391     $ 17,662     $ 17,173     $ 16,336  
    Less: Intangible amortization     304       315       321       352       352  
    Less: Merger-related expense     1,137       23       —       —       —  
    Noninterest expense (numerator)   $ 16,803     $ 16,053     $ 17,341     $ 16,821     $ 15,984  
    Net interest income   $ 20,942     $ 20,964     $ 20,593     $ 21,493     $ 21,745  
    Plus: Total noninterest income     6,833       6,427       5,667       970       6,297  
    Less: Net gains (losses) on sales or calls of securities     —       —       69       (4,501 )     —  
    Less: Net gains (losses) on equity securities     28       1       (10 )     40       (27 )
    Less: Gain on assets held for sale     —       —       —       —       14  
    Total revenue (denominator)   $ 27,747     $ 27,390     $ 26,201     $ 26,924     $ 28,055  
    Efficiency ratio     60.56 %     58.61 %     66.18 %     62.48 %     56.97 %
                                             

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation

    Note: The Corporation has presented the following non-GAAP financial measures because it believes that these measures provide useful and comparative information to assess trends in the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition. These non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the Corporation’s industry. Investors should recognize that the Corporation’s presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures might not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other corporations. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures, and the Corporation strongly encourages a review of its condensed consolidated financial statements in their entirety.

    (Dollars in thousands)   Three Months Ended
    September 30, 2024
    Core return on average assets    
    Net income   $ 7,204  
    Merger-related expense, net of taxes     879  
    Core net income (numerator)   $ 8,083  
    Average assets (denominator)   $ 2,440,116  
    Core return on average assets     1.32 %
         
    Core return on average equity    
    Core net income (numerator)   $ 8,083  
    Average equity (denominator)   $ 297,473  
    Core return on average equity     10.81 %
             

    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the pages titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.
    2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the pages titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.
    3 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the pages titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.
    4 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.
    5 Regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2024 are preliminary.
    6 Non-performing Loans consists of loans on nonaccrual status and loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest.
    7 Non-performing Assets consists of Non-performing Loans and Foreclosed assets held for resale.
    8 Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    9 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    10 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.
    11 Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis (FTE) using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    12 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    13 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.

       
    Contact: Jason H. Weber
      EVP/Treasurer &
      Chief Financial Officer
      717.339.5090
      jweber@acnb.com
       

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Third Quarter of the Year Ending December 31, 2024 and an Increase in the Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ASHEVILLE, N.C., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: HTBI) (“Company”), the holding company of HomeTrust Bank (“Bank”), today announced preliminary net income for the third quarter of the year ending December 31, 2024 and an increase in its quarterly cash dividend.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024:

    • net income was $13.1 million compared to $12.4 million;
    • diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) were $0.76 compared to $0.73;
    • annualized return on assets (“ROA”) was 1.17% compared to 1.13%;
    • annualized return on equity (“ROE”) was 9.76% compared to 9.58%;
    • net interest margin was 4.00% compared to 4.08%;
    • provision for credit losses was $3.0 million compared to $4.3 million; and
    • quarterly cash dividends continued at $0.11 per share totaling $1.9 million for both periods.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023:

    • net income was $40.6 million compared to $36.6 million;
    • diluted EPS were $2.37 compared to $2.18;
    • annualized ROA was 1.22% compared to 1.15%;
    • annualized ROE was 10.39% compared to 10.56%;
    • net interest margin was 4.03% compared to 4.29%;
    • provision for credit losses was $8.4 million compared to $11.7 million;
    • tax-free death benefit proceeds from life insurance were $1.1 million for both periods; and
    • cash dividends of $0.33 per share totaling $5.6 million compared to $0.30 per share totaling $5.1 million.

    Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 include the impact of the merger of Quantum Capital Corp. (“Quantum”) into the Company effective February 12, 2023. The addition of Quantum contributed total assets of $656.7 million, including loans of $561.9 million, and $570.6 million of deposits, all reflecting the impact of purchase accounting adjustments. Merger-related expenses of $4.7 million were recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2023, while a $5.3 million provision for credit losses was recognized during the same period to establish allowances for credit losses on both Quantum’s loan portfolio and off-balance-sheet credit exposure.

    The Company also announced today that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per common share, reflecting a $0.01, or 9.0%, increase over the previous quarter’s dividend. This is the sixth increase of the quarterly dividend since the Company initiated cash dividends in November 2018. The dividend is payable on November 27, 2024 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on November 14, 2024.

    “We are pleased to report another quarter of strong financial results,” said Hunter Westbrook, President and Chief Executive Officer. “We maintained our top quartile net interest margin, our ninth straight quarter at 4.00% or more. In addition, noninterest income and expense were both in line with prior quarters. Our provision for credit losses of $3.0 million included an additional $2.2 million as a reserve build for the potential impact of Hurricane Helene upon our loan portfolio. We have begun working with our loan customers on payment deferrals of up to six months, and although we aren’t currently aware of any collectability issues, we will continue assessing the impact of the storm upon our customer base.

    “As you know, many of the communities we serve were affected by this storm, impacting both our employees and customers. I’d first like to thank our employees who have assisted in maintaining bank operations while also tending to their personal and familial responsibilities. It has been amazing to watch the teamwork, collaboration and personal sacrifice across all areas of the Bank as we remained functionally operational throughout the storm, including our electronic banking services and online operations. Currently, all of our banking locations are open with most of the affected areas in our markets recovering well and operating close to normal. As for our customers in the affected areas, it will take time to assess, react and recover from Hurricane Helene. We are committed to working with them to provide the banking support needed for their businesses and homes.

    “Lastly, I am thankful for the Company’s financial strength and geographic diversification which we have built over the last decade, with respect to both our employees and customer base, which provides the foundation to overcome unforeseen events such as this storm. We remain optimistic as we work together to continue the recovery.”

    WEBSITE: WWW.HTB.COM

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024
    Net Income.  Net income totaled $13.1 million, or $0.76 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $12.4 million, or $0.73 per diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024, an increase of $694,000, or 5.6%. Results for the three months ended September 30, 2024 were positively impacted by a decrease of $1.3 million in the provision for credit losses. Details of the changes in the various components of net income are further discussed below.

    Net Interest Income.  The following table presents the distribution of average assets, liabilities and equity, as well as interest income earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on average interest-bearing liabilities. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

      Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets                      
    Loans receivable(1) $ 3,899,460     $ 63,305   6.46 %   $ 3,885,222     $ 62,161   6.43 %
    Debt securities available for sale   140,246       1,616   4.58       134,334       1,495   4.48  
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   144,931       1,728   4.74       140,376       1,758   5.04  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,184,637       66,649   6.34       4,159,932       65,414   6.32  
    Other assets   264,579               266,983          
    Total assets $ 4,449,216             $ 4,426,915          
    Liabilities and equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities                      
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 548,024     $ 1,278   0.93 %   $ 586,396     $ 1,445   0.99 %
    Money market accounts   1,335,798       10,757   3.20       1,298,177       10,221   3.17  
    Savings accounts   182,618       40   0.09       188,028       41   0.09  
    Certificate accounts   1,012,765       11,617   4.56       902,864       9,976   4.44  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,079,205       23,692   3.06       2,975,465       21,683   2.93  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,079       235   9.28       10,054       234   9.36  
    Borrowings   40,399       648   6.38       87,315       1,331   6.13  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,129,683       24,575   3.12       3,072,834       23,248   3.04  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   719,710               769,016          
    Other liabilities   65,097               63,503          
    Total liabilities   3,914,490               3,905,353          
    Stockholders’ equity   534,726               521,562          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,449,216             $ 4,426,915          
    Net earning assets $ 1,054,954             $ 1,087,098          
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   133.71 %             135.38 %        
    Non-tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 42,074           $ 42,166    
    Interest rate spread         3.22 %           3.28 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.00 %           4.08 %
    Tax-equivalent(4)                      
    Net interest income     $ 42,442           $ 42,520    
    Interest rate spread         3.25 %           3.32 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.03 %           4.11 %

    (1)  Average loans receivable balances include loans held for sale and nonaccruing loans.
    (2)  Average other interest-earning assets consist of FRB stock, FHLB stock, SBIC investments and deposits in other banks.
    (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4)  Tax-equivalent results include adjustments to interest income of $368 and $354 for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively, calculated based on a combined federal and state tax rate of 24%.

    Total interest and dividend income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.2 million, or 1.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, which was driven by a $1.1 million, or 1.8%, increase in loan interest income primarily due to the difference in the number of days in each quarter. Accretion income on acquired loans of $640,000 and $678,000 was recognized during the same periods, respectively, and was included in interest income on loans.

    Total interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.3 million, or 5.7%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily the result of increases in the average balances of money market and certificate accounts, partially offset by a decline in average borrowings outstanding.

    The following table shows the effects that changes in average balances (volume), including the difference in the number of days in the periods compared, and average interest rates (rate) had on the interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

      Increase / (Decrease)
    Due to
      Total
    Increase /
    (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands) Volume   Rate  
    Interest-earning assets          
    Loans receivable $ 916     $ 228     $ 1,144  
    Debt securities available for sale   83       38       121  
    Other interest-earning assets   76       (106 )     (30 )
    Total interest-earning assets   1,075       160       1,235  
    Interest-bearing liabilities          
    Interest-bearing checking accounts   (81 )     (86 )     (167 )
    Money market accounts   413       123       536  
    Savings accounts   (1 )     —       (1 )
    Certificate accounts   1,341       300       1,641  
    Junior subordinated debt   3       (2 )     1  
    Borrowings   (708 )     25       (683 )
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   967       360       1,327  
    Decrease in net interest income         $ (92 )


    Provision for Credit Losses.
      The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) at an appropriate level under the current expected credit losses model.

    The following table presents a breakdown of the components of the provision for credit losses:

      Three Months Ended      
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Provision for credit losses                
    Loans $ 2,990     $ 4,300     $ (1,310 )   (30 )%
    Off-balance-sheet credit exposure   (15 )     (40 )     25     63  
    Total provision for credit losses $ 2,975     $ 4,260     $ (1,285 )   (30 )%

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, offset by net charge-offs of $4.1 million during the quarter:

    • $0.4 million benefit driven by changes in the loan mix.
    • $1.2 million provision due to changes in the projected economic forecast, specifically the national unemployment rate, and changes in qualitative adjustments. Included in this change was the addition of a $2.2 million qualitative allocation for the potential impact of Hurricane Helene upon our loan portfolio.
    • $1.9 million decrease in specific reserves on individually evaluated loans as we charged-off specific reserves which had previously been established.

    For the quarter ended June 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, in addition to net charge-offs of $2.6 million during the quarter:

    • $0.1 million provision driven by changes in the loan mix.
    • $0.4 million benefit due to changes in the projected economic forecast and changes in qualitative adjustments.
    • $2.0 million increase in specific reserves on individually evaluated loans which was proportional to the increase in the associated loan balances which increased from $8.3 million to $16.3 million quarter-over-quarter, concentrated in the equipment finance and SBA portfolios.

    For the quarters ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, the amounts recorded for off-balance-sheet credit exposure were the result of changes in the balance of loan commitments, loan mix and projected economic forecast as outlined above.

    Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $169,000, or 2.1%, when compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Changes in the components of noninterest income are discussed below:

      Three Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts $ 2,336     $ 2,354     $ (18 )   (1 )%
    Loan income and fees   684       647       37     6  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   1,900       1,828       72     4  
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income   828       807       21     3  
    Operating lease income   1,637       1,591       46     3  
    Other   897       886       11     1  
    Total noninterest income $ 8,282     $ 8,113     $ 169     2 %
                                 
    • Gain on sale of loans held for sale: The increase was primarily driven by residential mortgage loans sold during the period. There were $21.7 million of residential mortgage loans originated for sale which were sold during the current quarter with gains of $479,000 compared to $21.3 million sold with gains of $351,000 in the prior quarter, with the improvement in profitability due to movement in interest rates. There were $54.6 million of HELOCs sold for a gain of $414,000 compared to $32.9 million sold with gains of $457,000 in the prior quarter. There were $12.9 million in sales of the guaranteed portion of SBA commercial loans with gains of $1.0 million for the quarter compared to $12.7 million sold and gains of $1.1 million for the prior quarter. Our hedging of mandatory commitments on the residential mortgage loan pipeline resulted in a gain of $18,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 versus a loss of $58,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $375,000, or 1.2%, when compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. Changes in the components of noninterest expense are discussed below:

      Three Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 17,082     $ 16,608     $ 474     3 %
    Occupancy expense, net   2,436       2,419       17     1  
    Computer services   3,192       3,116       76     2  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   547       580       (33 )   (6 )
    Marketing and advertising   408       606       (198 )   (33 )
    Deposit insurance premiums   589       531       58     11  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   567       567       —     —  
    Other   5,764       5,783       (19 )   —  
    Total noninterest expense $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 375     1 %
                                 
    • Salaries and employee benefits: The quarter-over-quarter increase was primarily the result of executive pay increases effective this quarter and additional stock incentive expense associated with the vesting of performance-based equity awards.
    • Marketing and advertising: The decrease in expense was the result of both differences in the timing of when expenses were incurred quarter-over-quarter as well as a reduction in traditional media advertising (print, billboards, etc.) in favor of digital platforms at lower costs.

    Income Taxes.  The amount of income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, tax-exempt income, changes in the statutory rate and the effect of changes in valuation allowances maintained against deferred tax benefits. The effective tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024 were 21.9% and 21.4%, respectively.

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023
    Net Income.  Net income totaled $40.6 million, or $2.37 per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $36.6 million, or $2.18 per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, an increase of $4.0 million, or 11.0%. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 were positively impacted by a decrease of $3.3 million in the provision for credit losses, a $1.4 million increase in noninterest income, and a $2.6 million decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in net interest income and a $1.3 million increase in income tax expense. Details of the changes in the various components of net income are further discussed below.

    Net Interest Income.  The following table presents the distribution of average assets, liabilities and equity, as well as interest income earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on average interest-bearing liabilities. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

      Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets                      
    Loans receivable(1) $ 3,883,040     $ 185,418   6.38 %   $ 3,684,518     $ 162,526   5.90 %
    Debt securities available for sale   133,779       4,424   4.42       155,884       3,780   3.24  
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   138,956       5,576   5.36       137,065       5,356   5.22  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,155,775       195,418   6.28       3,977,467       171,662   5.77  
    Other assets   276,516               266,867          
    Total assets $ 4,432,291             $ 4,244,334          
    Liabilities and equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities                      
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 574,954     $ 4,149   0.96 %   $ 627,200     $ 3,241   0.69 %
    Money market accounts   1,305,217       30,642   3.14       1,206,119       18,604   2.06  
    Savings accounts   187,447       124   0.09       218,683       143   0.09  
    Certificate accounts   934,702       30,778   4.40       649,755       14,967   3.08  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,002,320       65,693   2.92       2,701,757       36,955   1.83  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,054       705   9.37       8,428       563   8.93  
    Borrowings   76,823       3,550   6.17       158,965       6,634   5.58  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,089,197       69,948   3.02       2,869,150       44,152   2.06  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   766,110               857,315          
    Other liabilities   55,217               54,513          
    Total liabilities   3,910,524               3,780,978          
    Stockholders’ equity   521,767               463,356          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,432,291             $ 4,244,334          
    Net earning assets $ 1,066,578             $ 1,108,317          
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   134.53 %             138.63 %        
    Non-tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 125,470           $ 127,510    
    Interest rate spread         3.26 %           3.71 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.03 %           4.29 %
    Tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 126,542           $ 128,413    
    Interest rate spread         3.30 %           3.74 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.07 %           4.32 %

    (1)  Average loans receivable balances include loans held for sale and nonaccruing loans.
    (2)  Average other interest-earning assets consist of FRB stock, FHLB stock, SBIC investments and deposits in other banks.
    (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4)  Tax-equivalent results include adjustments to interest income of $1,072 and $903 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively, calculated based on a combined federal and state tax rate of 24%.

    Total interest and dividend income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $23.8 million, or 13.8%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023, which was driven by a $22.9 million, or 14.1%, increase in interest income on loans. Accretion income on acquired loans of $2.0 million and $1.7 million was recognized during the same periods, respectively, and was included in interest income on loans. The overall increase in average yield on interest-earning assets was the result of both higher average balances and rising interest rates.

    Total interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $25.8 million, or 58.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change was primarily the result of increases in the cost of funds across all funding sources driven by higher market interest rates and increases in the average balances of money market and certificate accounts, partially offset by a decline in average borrowings outstanding.

    The following table shows the effects that changes in average balances (volume), including the difference in the number of days in the periods compared, and average interest rates (rate) had on the interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

      Increase / (Decrease)
    Due to
      Total
    Increase /
    (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands) Volume   Rate  
    Interest-earning assets          
    Loans receivable $ 8,927     $ 13,965     $ 22,892  
    Debt securities available for sale   (532 )     1,176       644  
    Other interest-earning assets   79       141       220  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,474       15,282       23,756  
    Interest-bearing liabilities          
    Interest-bearing checking accounts   (266 )     1,174       908  
    Money market accounts   1,557       10,481       12,038  
    Savings accounts   (20 )     1       (19 )
    Certificate accounts   6,592       9,219       15,811  
    Junior subordinated debt   109       33       142  
    Borrowings   (3,425 )     341       (3,084 )
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,547       21,249       25,796  
    Decrease in net interest income         $ (2,040 )

    Provision for Credit Losses.  The following table presents a breakdown of the components of the provision for credit losses:

      Nine Months Ended      
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Provision for credit losses                
    Loans $ 8,435     $ 12,120     $ (3,685 )   (30 )%
    Off-balance-sheet credit exposure   (35 )     (385 )     350     91  
    Total provision for credit losses $ 8,400     $ 11,735     $ (3,335 )   (28 )%

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of net charge-offs of $8.9 million during the period, partially offset by a $0.4 million benefit due to changes in the loan mix.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, in addition to net charge-offs of $3.9 million during the period:

    • $4.9 million provision to establish an allowance on Quantum’s loan portfolio.
    • $3.0 million provision due to changes in the projected economic forecast, specifically the national unemployment rate, and changes in qualitative adjustments.
    • $0.3 million increase in specific reserves on individually evaluated credits.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, the amounts recorded for off-balance-sheet credit exposure were the result of changes in the balance of loan commitments, loan mix and projected economic forecast as outlined above.

    Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.4 million, or 5.8%, when compared to the same period last year. Changes in the components of noninterest income are discussed below:

      Nine Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts $ 6,839     $ 6,967     $ (128 )   (2 )%
    Loan income and fees   2,009       1,913       96     5  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   5,185       4,213       972     23  
    BOLI income   3,470       2,844       626     22  
    Operating lease income   5,087       4,515       572     13  
    Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment   (9 )     982       (991 )   (101 )
    Other   2,625       2,391       234     10  
    Total noninterest income $ 25,206     $ 23,825     $ 1,381     6 %
                                 
    • Gain on sale of loans held for sale: The increase in the gain on sale of loans held for sale was primarily driven by residential mortgage and SBA loans sold during the period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, there were $58.3 million of residential mortgage loans originated for sale which were sold with gains of $1.1 million compared to $48.7 million sold with gains of $633,000 for the corresponding period in the prior year, with the improvement in profitability due to movement in interest rates. There were $38.5 million of sales of the guaranteed portion of SBA commercial loans with gains of $3.1 million compared to $41.1 million sold and gains of $2.6 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. There were $95.4 million of HELOCs sold during the current period for a gain of $887,000 compared to $66.4 million sold and gains of $552,000 for the corresponding period in the prior year. Our hedging of mandatory commitments on the residential mortgage loan pipeline resulted in a gain of $15,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 versus a gain of $426,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
    • BOLI income: The increase was due to higher yielding policies as a result of restructuring the portfolio at the end of the prior calendar year.
    • Operating lease income: The increase in operating lease income was the result of $1.7 million in additional contractual earnings on a higher average outstanding balance of the associated contracts, partially offset by losses incurred on previously leased equipment, where we recognized a net loss of $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 versus a net loss of $210,000 in the same period last year.
    • Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment: During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, two properties were sold for a combined gain of $982,000. No material disposal activity occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 decreased $2.6 million, or 2.8%, when compared to the same period last year. Changes in the components of noninterest expense are discussed below:

      Nine Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 50,666     $ 49,436     $ 1,230     2 %
    Occupancy expense, net   7,292       7,556       (264 )   (3 )
    Computer services   9,396       9,386       10     —  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   1,712       1,942       (230 )   (12 )
    Marketing and advertising   1,659       1,555       104     7  
    Deposit insurance premiums   1,674       1,878       (204 )   (11 )
    Core deposit intangible amortization   1,896       2,324       (428 )   (18 )
    Merger-related expenses   —       4,741       (4,741 )   (100 )
    Other   16,364       14,490       1,874     13  
    Total noninterest expense $ 90,659     $ 93,308     $ (2,649 )   (3 )%
                               
    • Salaries and employee benefits: The increase was primarily the result of pay increases, partially offset by reductions in incentive pay.
    • Core deposit intangible amortization: The intangible recorded associated with the Quantum merger is being amortized on an accelerated basis, so the rate of amortization slowed year-over-year.
    • Merger-related expenses: The prior period included expenses associated with the Company’s merger with Quantum. No such expenses were incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
    • Other: The increase period-over-period was primarily driven by $1.7 million of additional depreciation expense on equipment subject to operating leases.

    Income Taxes. The amount of income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, tax-exempt income, changes in the statutory rate and the effect of changes in valuation allowances maintained against deferred tax benefits. The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 were 21.3% and 21.0%, respectively.

    Balance Sheet Review
    Total assets decreased by $35.3 million to $4.6 billion and total liabilities decreased by $75.5 million to $4.1 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. The majority of these changes were the result of an increase in deposits, which, combined with the collection of BOLI redemption proceeds and cash and cash equivalents, were used to fund growth in loans and pay down borrowings.

    Stockholders’ equity increased $40.1 million to $540.0 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. Activity within stockholders’ equity included $40.6 million in net income and $4.5 million in stock-based compensation and stock option exercises, partially offset by $5.6 million in cash dividends declared. In addition, the improvement in the accumulated other comprehensive income was driven by a $1.6 million reduction of the unrealized loss on available for sale securities as a result of a decrease in market interest rates.

    As of September 30, 2024, the Bank was considered “well capitalized” in accordance with its regulatory capital guidelines and exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.

    Asset Quality
    The ACL on loans was $48.1 million, or 1.30% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $48.6 million, or 1.34% of total loans, at December 31, 2023. The drivers of this change are discussed in the “Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 – Provision for Credit Losses” section above.

    Net loan charge-offs totaled $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $3.9 million for the same period last year. As discussed in previous quarters, the increase in net charge-offs has been concentrated in our equipment finance portfolio, primarily smaller over-the-road truck loans, with net charge-offs of $5.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024. In response, during the first quarter of calendar year 2024 the Company elected to cease further originations within the transportation sector of equipment finance loans. In spite of the increase, annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average assets for the loan portfolio as a whole were 0.31% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, in line with the Company’s historical experience, as compared to 0.14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

    Nonperforming assets, made up of nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets, increased by $10.4 million, or 54.0%, to $29.8 million, or 0.64% of total assets, at September 30, 2024 compared to $19.3 million, or 0.41% of total assets, at December 31, 2023. Consistent with the change in net charge-offs, equipment finance loans made up the largest portion of nonperforming assets at $8.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively, at these same dates. In addition, owner occupied commercial real estate totaled $7.2 million and $912,000, respectively, at these same dates. These increases were mainly the result of a $3.1 million medical equipment relationship and $5.1 million owner occupied commercial real estate (OO CRE) relationship; however, in both cases losses are not currently anticipated. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans was 0.78% at September 30, 2024 compared to 0.53% at December 31, 2023.

    The ratio of classified assets to total assets increased to 0.99% at September 30, 2024 from 0.90% at December 31, 2023 as classified assets increased $4.1 million, or 9.8%, to $46.1 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $42.0 million at December 31, 2023. The largest portfolios of classified assets at September 30, 2024 included $11.7 million of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, $8.4 million of equipment finance loans, $7.1 million of SBA loans, $6.0 million of 1-4 family residential real estate loans, and $6.0 million of OO CRE loans.

    About HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc.
    HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. is the holding company for the Bank. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had assets of $4.6 billion. The Bank, founded in 1926, is a North Carolina state chartered, community-focused financial institution committed to providing value added relationship banking with over 30 locations as well as online/mobile channels. Locations include: North Carolina (the Asheville metropolitan area, the “Piedmont” region, Charlotte and Raleigh/Cary), South Carolina (Greenville and Charleston), East Tennessee (Kingsport/Johnson City, Knoxville and Morristown), Southwest Virginia (the Roanoke Valley) and Georgia (Greater Atlanta).

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact, but instead are based on certain assumptions including statements with respect to the Company’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, assumptions and statements about future economic performance and projections of financial items. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or implied by forward-looking statements. The factors that could result in material differentiation include, but are not limited to, the impact of bank failures or adverse developments involving other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; the remaining effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on general economic and financial market conditions and on public health, both nationally and in the Company’s market areas; natural disasters, including the effects of Hurricane Helene; expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits from merger and acquisition activities might not be realized to the extent anticipated, within the anticipated time frames, or at all, costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected, and goodwill impairment charges might be incurred; increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; changes in the interest rate environment; changes in general economic conditions, both nationally and in our market areas; legislative and regulatory changes; and the effects of inflation, a potential recession, and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission – which are available on the Company’s website at www.htb.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release or in the documents the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be wrong because of inaccurate assumptions, the factors described above or other factors that management cannot foresee. The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
    (1)
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets                  
    Cash $ 18,980     $ 18,382     $ 16,134     $ 18,307     $ 18,090  
    Interest-bearing deposits   274,497       275,808       364,359       328,833       306,924  
    Cash and cash equivalents   293,477       294,190       380,493       347,140       325,014  
    Certificates of deposit in other banks   29,290       32,131       33,625       34,722       35,380  
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   140,552       134,135       120,807       126,950       134,348  
    FHLB and FRB stock   18,384       19,637       13,691       18,393       19,612  
    SBIC investments, at cost   15,489       15,462       14,568       13,789       14,586  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   2,968       1,614       2,764       3,359       4,616  
    Loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value   189,722       224,976       220,699       198,433       200,834  
    Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs   3,698,892       3,701,454       3,648,152       3,640,022       3,659,914  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans   (48,131 )     (49,223 )     (47,502 )     (48,641 )     (47,417 )
    Loans, net   3,650,761       3,652,231       3,600,650       3,591,381       3,612,497  
    Premises and equipment, net   69,603       69,880       70,588       70,937       72,463  
    Accrued interest receivable   17,523       18,412       16,944       16,902       16,513  
    Deferred income taxes, net   10,100       10,512       11,222       11,796       9,569  
    BOLI   90,021       89,176       88,369       88,257       106,059  
    Goodwill   34,111       34,111       34,111       34,111       34,111  
    Core deposit intangibles, net   7,162       7,730       8,297       9,059       9,918  
    Other assets   68,130       66,667       67,183       107,404       56,477  
    Total assets $ 4,637,293     $ 4,670,864     $ 4,684,011     $ 4,672,633     $ 4,651,997  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                  
    Liabilities                  
    Deposits $ 3,761,588     $ 3,707,779     $ 3,799,807     $ 3,661,373     $ 3,640,961  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,096       10,070       10,045       10,021       9,995  
    Borrowings   260,013       364,513       291,513       433,763       452,263  
    Other liabilities   65,592       64,874       69,473       67,583       64,367  
    Total liabilities   4,097,289       4,147,236       4,170,838       4,172,740       4,167,586  
    Stockholders’ equity                  
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding   —       —       —       —       —  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized(2)   175       175       175       174       174  
    Additional paid in capital   175,495       172,907       172,919       172,366       171,663  
    Retained earnings   368,383       357,147       346,598       333,401       321,799  
    Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) shares   (4,099 )     (4,232 )     (4,364 )     (4,497 )     (4,629 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   50       (2,369 )     (2,155 )     (1,551 )     (4,596 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   540,004       523,628       513,173       499,893       484,411  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,637,293     $ 4,670,864     $ 4,684,011     $ 4,672,633     $ 4,651,997  

    (1)  Derived from audited financial statements.
    (2)  Shares of common stock issued and outstanding were 17,514,922 at September 30, 2024; 17,437,326 at June 30, 2024; 17,444,787 at March 31, 2024; 17,387,069 at December 31, 2023; and 17,380,307 at September 30, 2023.

    Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest and dividend income              
    Loans $ 63,305     $ 62,161     $ 185,418     $ 162,526  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,616       1,495       4,424       3,780  
    Other investments and interest-bearing deposits   1,728       1,758       5,576       5,356  
    Total interest and dividend income   66,649       65,414       195,418       171,662  
    Interest expense              
    Deposits   23,692       21,683       65,693       36,955  
    Junior subordinated debt   235       234       705       563  
    Borrowings   648       1,331       3,550       6,634  
    Total interest expense   24,575       23,248       69,948       44,152  
    Net interest income   42,074       42,166       125,470       127,510  
    Provision for credit losses   2,975       4,260       8,400       11,735  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   39,099       37,906       117,070       115,775  
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts   2,336       2,354       6,839       6,967  
    Loan income and fees   684       647       2,009       1,913  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   1,900       1,828       5,185       4,213  
    BOLI income   828       807       3,470       2,844  
    Operating lease income   1,637       1,591       5,087       4,515  
    Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment   —       —       (9 )     982  
    Other   897       886       2,625       2,391  
    Total noninterest income   8,282       8,113       25,206       23,825  
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,082       16,608       50,666       49,436  
    Occupancy expense, net   2,436       2,419       7,292       7,556  
    Computer services   3,192       3,116       9,396       9,386  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   547       580       1,712       1,942  
    Marketing and advertising   408       606       1,659       1,555  
    Deposit insurance premiums   589       531       1,674       1,878  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   567       567       1,896       2,324  
    Merger-related expenses   —       —       —       4,741  
    Other   5,764       5,783       16,364       14,490  
    Total noninterest expense   30,585       30,210       90,659       93,308  
    Income before income taxes   16,796       15,809       51,617       46,292  
    Income tax expense   3,684       3,391       11,020       9,712  
    Net income $ 13,112     $ 12,418     $ 40,597     $ 36,580  

    Per Share Data

        Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net income per common share(1)                
    Basic   $ 0.77     $ 0.73     $ 2.38     $ 2.19  
    Diluted   $ 0.76     $ 0.73     $ 2.37     $ 2.18  
    Average shares outstanding                
    Basic     16,931,793       16,883,028       16,891,619       16,532,335  
    Diluted     17,027,824       16,904,098       16,938,328       16,553,319  
    Book value per share at end of period   $ 30.83     $ 30.03     $ 30.83     $ 27.87  
    Tangible book value per share at end of period(2)   $ 28.57     $ 27.73     $ 28.57     $ 25.47  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.33     $ 0.30  
    Total shares outstanding at end of period     17,514,922       17,437,326       17,514,922       17,380,307  

    (1)  Basic and diluted net income per common share have been prepared in accordance with the two-class method.
    (2)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Performance ratios(1)          
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) 1.17 %   1.13 %   1.22 %   1.15 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) 9.76     9.58     10.39     10.56  
    Yield on earning assets 6.34     6.32     6.28     5.77  
    Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities 3.12     3.04     3.02     2.06  
    Average interest rate spread 3.22     3.28     3.26     3.71  
    Net interest margin(2) 4.00     4.08     4.03     4.29  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 133.71     135.38     134.53     138.63  
    Noninterest expense to average total assets 2.73     2.74     2.73     2.94  
    Efficiency ratio 60.74     60.08     60.17     61.66  
    Efficiency ratio – adjusted(3) 60.30     59.66     60.19     58.98  

    (1)  Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
    (2)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (3)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

      At or For the Three Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Asset quality ratios                  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets(1) 0.64 %   0.54 %   0.43 %   0.41 %   0.25 %
    Nonperforming loans to total loans(1) 0.78     0.68     0.55     0.53     0.32  
    Total classified assets to total assets 0.99     0.91     0.80     0.90     0.76  
    Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans(1) 166.51     194.80     235.18     251.60     400.41  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans 1.30     1.33     1.30     1.34     1.30  
    Net charge-offs to average loans (annualized) 0.42     0.27     0.24     0.29     0.27  
    Capital ratios                  
    Equity to total assets at end of period 11.64 %   11.21 %   10.96 %   10.70 %   10.41 %
    Tangible equity to total tangible assets(2) 10.88     10.44     10.18     9.91     9.60  
    Average equity to average assets 12.02     11.78     11.51     11.03     10.84  

    (1)  Nonperforming assets include nonaccruing loans and repossessed assets. There were no accruing loans more than 90 days past due at the dates indicated. At September 30, 2024, $8.7 million, or 30.4%, of nonaccruing loans were current on their loan payments as of that date.
    (2)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

    Loans

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial real estate loans                  
    Construction and land development $ 300,905     $ 316,050     $ 304,727     $ 305,269     $ 352,143  
    Commercial real estate – owner occupied   544,689       545,631       532,547       536,545       526,534  
    Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied   881,340       892,653       881,143       875,694       880,348  
    Multifamily   114,155       92,292       89,692       88,623       83,430  
    Total commercial real estate loans   1,841,089       1,846,626       1,808,109       1,806,131       1,842,455  
    Commercial loans                  
    Commercial and industrial   286,809       266,136       243,732       237,255       237,366  
    Equipment finance   443,033       461,010       462,649       465,573       470,387  
    Municipal leases   158,560       152,509       151,894       150,292       147,821  
    Total commercial loans   888,402       879,655       858,275       853,120       855,574  
    Residential real estate loans                  
    Construction and land development   63,016       70,679       85,840       96,646       103,381  
    One-to-four family   627,845       621,196       605,570       584,405       560,399  
    HELOCs   194,909       188,465       184,274       185,878       185,289  
    Total residential real estate loans   885,770       880,340       875,684       866,929       849,069  
    Consumer loans   83,631       94,833       106,084       113,842       112,816  
    Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs   3,698,892       3,701,454       3,648,152       3,640,022       3,659,914  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans   (48,131 )     (49,223 )     (47,502 )     (48,641 )     (47,417 )
    Loans, net $ 3,650,761     $ 3,652,231     $ 3,600,650     $ 3,591,381     $ 3,612,497  

    Deposits

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Core deposits                  
    Noninterest-bearing accounts $ 684,501     $ 683,346     $ 773,901     $ 784,950     $ 827,362  
    NOW accounts   534,517       561,789       600,561       591,270       602,804  
    Money market accounts   1,345,289       1,311,940       1,308,467       1,246,807       1,195,482  
    Savings accounts   179,762       185,499       191,302       194,486       202,971  
    Total core deposits   2,744,069       2,742,574       2,874,231       2,817,513       2,828,619  
    Certificates of deposit   1,017,519       965,205       925,576       843,860       812,342  
    Total $ 3,761,588     $ 3,707,779     $ 3,799,807     $ 3,661,373     $ 3,640,961  

    Non-GAAP Reconciliations
    In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures, which include: the efficiency ratio, tangible book value, tangible book value per share and the tangible equity to tangible assets ratio. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures and ratios as presented are useful for both investors and management to understand the effects of certain items and provide an alternative view of its performance over time and in comparison to its competitors. These non-GAAP measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of the Company’s efficiency ratio:

        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Noninterest expense   $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 90,659     $ 93,308  
    Less: merger expense     —       —       —       4,741  
    Noninterest expense – adjusted   $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 90,659     $ 88,567  
                     
    Net interest income   $ 42,074     $ 42,166     $ 125,470     $ 127,510  
    Plus: tax-equivalent adjustment     368       354       1,072       903  
    Plus: noninterest income     8,282       8,113       25,206       23,825  
    Less: BOLI death benefit proceeds in excess of cash surrender value     —       —       1,143       1,092  
    Less: loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment     —       —       (9 )     982  
    Net interest income plus noninterest income – adjusted   $ 50,724     $ 50,633     $ 150,614     $ 150,164  
    Efficiency ratio   60.74 %   60.08 %   60.17 %   61.66 %
    Efficiency ratio – adjusted   60.30 %   59.66 %   60.19 %   58.98 %
                             

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of tangible book value and tangible book value per share:

        As of
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 540,004     $ 523,628     $ 513,173     $ 499,893     $ 484,411  
    Less: goodwill, core deposit intangibles, net of taxes     39,626       40,063       40,500       41,086       41,748  
    Tangible book value   $ 500,378     $ 483,565     $ 472,673     $ 458,807     $ 442,663  
    Common shares outstanding     17,514,922       17,437,326       17,444,787       17,387,069       17,380,307  
    Book value per share   $ 30.83     $ 30.03     $ 29.42     $ 28.75     $ 27.87  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 28.57     $ 27.73     $ 27.10     $ 26.39     $ 25.47  

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of tangible equity to tangible assets:

        As of
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Tangible equity(1)   $ 500,378     $ 483,565     $ 472,673     $ 458,807     $ 442,663  
    Total assets     4,637,293       4,670,864       4,684,011       4,672,633       4,651,997  
    Less: goodwill, core deposit intangibles, net of taxes     39,626       40,063       40,500       41,086       41,748  
    Total tangible assets   $ 4,597,667     $ 4,630,801     $ 4,643,511     $ 4,631,547     $ 4,610,249  
    Tangible equity to tangible assets   10.88 %   10.44 %   10.18 %   9.91 %   9.60 %

    (1)  Tangible equity (or tangible book value) is equal to total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of related deferred tax liabilities.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: West Bancorporation, Inc. Announces Third Quarter 2024 Financial Results and Declares Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WEST DES MOINES, Iowa, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — West Bancorporation, Inc. (Nasdaq: WTBA; the “Company”), parent company of West Bank, today reported third quarter 2024 net income of $6.0 million, or $0.35 per diluted common share, compared to second quarter 2024 net income of $5.2 million, or $0.31 per diluted common share, and third quarter 2023 net income of $5.9 million, or $0.35 per diluted common share. On October 23, 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per common share. The dividend is payable on November 20, 2024, to stockholders of record on November 6, 2024.

    David Nelson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, commented, “Our third quarter results include moderate growth in loans and core deposits along with an increase in quarterly net interest income and net interest margin. Our credit quality remains pristine as a result of our disciplined loan growth and credit risk management practices. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets remains negligible at 0.01%.”

    David Nelson added, “West Bank is focused on initiatives that will drive sustained core profitability. Those initiatives are centered around our culture of building strong relationships and providing exceptional personal service to drive growth in both commercial and consumer banking services.”

    Third Quarter 2024 Financial Highlights

        Quarter Ended
    September 30, 2024
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30, 2024
      Net income (in thousands) $5,952     $16,953  
      Return on average equity   10.41%       10.18%  
      Return on average assets   0.60%       0.59%  
      Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure)   63.28%       64.16%  
      Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.01%       0.01%  
                     

    Third Quarter 2024 Compared to Second Quarter 2024 Overview

    • Loans increased $22.4 million in the third quarter of 2024, or 3.0 percent annualized. The increase is primarily due to the funding of previously committed construction loans.
    • A provision for credit losses on loans of $1.0 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2024, compared to no provision in the second quarter of 2024. A negative provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments of $1.0 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2024, compared to no provision in the second quarter of 2024. The provision for loans in the third quarter of 2024 was primarily due to changes in the forecasted loss rates due to increases in forecasted unemployment rates. The negative provision for unfunded commitments was primarily due to the decline in unfunded commitments resulting primarily from the funding of construction loans.
    • The allowance for credit losses to total loans was 0.97 percent and 0.95 percent at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2024 consisted of two loans with a total balance of $233 thousand, compared to three loans with a balance of $521 thousand at June 30, 2024.
    • Deposits increased $97.6 million, or 3.1 percent, in the third quarter of 2024. Brokered deposits totaled $425.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $370.3 million at June 30, 2024, an increase of $55.6 million. Excluding brokered deposits, deposits increased $42.0 million during the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, estimated uninsured deposits, which exclude deposits in the IntraFi® reciprocal network, brokered deposits and public funds protected by state programs, accounted for approximately 27.8 percent of total deposits.
    • Borrowed funds decreased to $438.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $525.5 million at June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the balance of federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings decreasing to $0 as of September 30, 2024, from $85.5 million as of June 30, 2024 as a result of growth in deposits.
    • The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) was 63.28 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 67.14 percent for the second quarter of 2024. The improvement in the efficiency ratio was primarily due to the increase in net interest income. In the third quarter of 2024, the increase in interest income on loans outpaced the increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds.
    • Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis (a non-GAAP measure), was 1.91 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.86 percent for the second quarter of 2024. Net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $18.0 million, compared to $17.2 million for the second quarter of 2024.
    • The tangible common equity ratio was 5.90 percent as of September 30, 2024, compared to 5.65 percent as of June 30, 2024. The increase in the tangible common equity ratio was driven by retained net income and the decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which was primarily the result of the increase in the market value of our available for sale investment portfolio.

    Third Quarter 2024 Compared to Third Quarter 2023 Overview

    • Loans increased $171.4 million at September 30, 2024, or 6.0 percent, compared to September 30, 2023. The increase is primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans and the funding of previously committed construction loans.
    • Deposits increased to $3.3 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.8 billion at September 30, 2023. Included in deposits were brokered deposits totaling $425.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $237.0 million at September 30, 2023. Brokered deposits were used to reduce short-term borrowed funds and to fund loan growth. Excluding brokered deposits, deposits increased $334.2 million, or 13.3 percent, as of September 30, 2024, compared to September 30, 2023. Deposit growth included a mix of public funds and commercial and consumer deposits.
    • Borrowed funds decreased to $438.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $705.1 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $261.5 million in federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings as a result of growth in deposits.
    • The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) was 63.28 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.83 percent for the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the efficiency ratio in the third quarter of 2024 compared to the third quarter of 2023 was primarily due to the increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. Occupancy and equipment expense increased primarily due to the occupancy costs associated with the Company’s newly constructed headquarters.
    • Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis (a non-GAAP measure), was 1.91 percent for both the third quarter of 2024 and the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $18.0 million, compared to $16.6 million for the third quarter of 2023.

    The Company filed its report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission today. Please refer to that document for a more in-depth discussion of the Company’s financial results. The Form 10-Q is available on the Investor Relations section of West Bank’s website at www.westbankstrong.com.

    The Company will discuss its results in a conference call scheduled for 2:00 p.m. Central Time on Thursday, October 24, 2024. The telephone number for the conference call is 800-715-9871. The conference ID for the conference call is 7846129. A recording of the call will be available until November 7, 2024, by dialing 800-770-2030. The conference ID for the replay call is 7846129, followed by the # key.

    About West Bancorporation, Inc. (Nasdaq: WTBA)

    West Bancorporation, Inc. is headquartered in West Des Moines, Iowa. Serving customers since 1893, West Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of West Bancorporation, Inc., is a community bank that focuses on lending, deposit services, and trust services for small- to medium-sized businesses and consumers. West Bank has six offices in the Des Moines, Iowa metropolitan area, one office in Coralville, Iowa, and four offices in Minnesota in the cities of Rochester, Owatonna, Mankato and St. Cloud.

    Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to the Company’s business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements” within the meanings of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements may appear throughout this report. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the words “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “future,” “confident,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “strategy,” “plan,” “opportunity,” “will be,” “will likely result,” “will continue” or similar references, or references to estimates, predictions or future events. Such forward-looking statements are based upon certain underlying assumptions, risks and uncertainties. Because of the possibility that the underlying assumptions are incorrect or do not materialize as expected in the future, actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties that may affect future results include: interest rate risk, including the effects of changes in interest rates; fluctuations in the values of the securities held in our investment portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; competitive pressures, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions, “fintech” companies and digital asset service providers; pricing pressures on loans and deposits; our ability to successfully manage liquidity risk; changes in credit and other risks posed by the Company’s loan portfolio, including declines in commercial or residential real estate values or changes in the allowance for credit losses dictated by new market conditions, accounting standards or regulatory requirements; the concentration of large deposits from certain clients, including those who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits; changes in local, national and international economic conditions, including the level and impact of inflation and possible recession; the effects of recent developments and events in the financial services industry, including the large-scale deposit withdrawals over a short period of time that resulted in recent bank failures; changes in legal and regulatory requirements, limitations and costs including in response to the recent bank failures; changes in customers’ acceptance of the Company’s products and services; the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our or our third-party partners’ information security controls or cyber-security related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools; unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation involving the Company; the monetary, trade and other regulatory policies of the U.S. government; acts of war or terrorism, including the ongoing Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events; risks related to climate change and the negative impact it may have on our customers and their businesses; changes to U.S. tax laws, regulations and guidance; potential changes in federal policy and at regulatory agencies as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election; talent and labor shortages; and any other risks described in the “Risk Factors” sections of reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update such forward-looking statements to reflect current or future events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    For more information contact:
    Jane Funk, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (515) 222-5766

                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        As of
    CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets                    
    Cash and due from banks   $ 34,157     $ 27,994     $ 27,071     $ 33,245     $ 18,819  
    Interest-bearing deposits     123,646       121,825       120,946       32,112       1,802  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value     597,745       588,452       605,735       623,919       609,365  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     17,195       21,065       26,181       22,957       26,691  
    Loans     3,021,221       2,998,774       2,980,133       2,927,535       2,849,777  
    Allowance for credit losses     (29,419 )     (28,422 )     (28,373 )     (28,342 )     (28,147 )
    Loans, net     2,991,802       2,970,352       2,951,760       2,899,193       2,821,630  
    Premises and equipment, net     106,771       101,965       95,880       86,399       75,675  
    Bank-owned life insurance     44,703       44,416       44,138       43,864       43,589  
    Other assets     72,547       89,046       90,981       84,069       104,329  
    Total assets   $ 3,988,566     $ 3,965,115     $ 3,962,692     $ 3,825,758     $ 3,701,900  
                         
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                    
    Deposits   $ 3,278,553     $ 3,180,922     $ 3,065,030     $ 2,973,779     $ 2,755,529  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     —       85,500       198,500       150,270       261,510  
    Other borrowings     438,814       439,998       441,183       442,367       443,552  
    Other liabilities     35,846       34,812       34,223       34,299       37,376  
    Stockholders’ equity     235,353       223,883       223,756       225,043       203,933  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,988,566     $ 3,965,115     $ 3,962,692     $ 3,825,758     $ 3,701,900  
                         
        For the Quarter Ended
    AVERAGE BALANCES   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets   $ 3,973,824     $ 3,964,109     $ 3,812,199     $ 3,706,497     $ 3,679,541  
    Loans     2,991,272       2,994,492       2,949,672       2,857,594       2,813,213  
    Deposits     3,258,669       3,123,282       2,956,635       2,878,676       2,764,184  
    Stockholders’ equity     227,513       219,771       219,835       201,920       215,230  
                                             
                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        As of
    LOANS   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial   $ 512,884     $ 526,589     $ 544,293     $ 531,594     $ 529,293  
    Real estate:                    
    Construction, land and land development     520,516       496,864       465,247       413,477       399,253  
    1-4 family residential first mortgages     89,749       92,230       108,065       106,688       89,713  
    Home equity     17,140       15,264       14,020       14,618       12,429  
    Commercial     1,870,132       1,856,301       1,839,580       1,854,510       1,812,816  
    Consumer and other     14,261       15,234       12,844       10,930       10,123  
          3,024,682       3,002,482       2,984,049       2,931,817       2,853,627  
    Net unamortized fees and costs     (3,461 )     (3,708 )     (3,916 )     (4,282 )     (3,850 )
    Total loans   $ 3,021,221     $ 2,998,774     $ 2,980,133     $ 2,927,535     $ 2,849,777  
    Less: allowance for credit losses     (29,419 )     (28,422 )     (28,373 )     (28,342 )     (28,147 )
    Net loans   $ 2,991,802     $ 2,970,352     $ 2,951,760     $ 2,899,193     $ 2,821,630  
                         
    CREDIT QUALITY                    
    Pass   $ 3,016,493     $ 2,994,310     $ 2,983,618     $ 2,931,377     $ 2,853,100  
    Watch     7,956       7,651       142       144       184  
    Substandard     233       521       289       296       343  
    Doubtful     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total loans   $ 3,024,682     $ 3,002,482     $ 2,984,049     $ 2,931,817     $ 2,853,627  
                         
    DEPOSITS                    
    Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 525,332     $ 530,441     $ 521,377     $ 548,726     $ 551,688  
    Interest-bearing demand     438,402       443,658       449,946       481,207       417,802  
    Savings and money market – non-brokered     1,481,840       1,483,264       1,315,698       1,315,741       1,249,309  
    Money market – brokered     123,780       97,259       119,840       124,335       99,282  
    Total nonmaturity deposits     2,569,354       2,554,622       2,406,861       2,470,009       2,318,081  
    Time – non-brokered     407,109       353,269       381,646       322,694       299,683  
    Time – brokered     302,090       273,031       276,523       181,076       137,765  
    Total time deposits     709,199       626,300       658,169       503,770       437,448  
    Total deposits   $ 3,278,553     $ 3,180,922     $ 3,065,030     $ 2,973,779     $ 2,755,529  
                         
    BORROWINGS                    
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings   $ —     $ 85,500     $ 198,500     $ 150,270     $ 261,510  
    Subordinated notes, net     79,828       79,762       79,697       79,631       79,566  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     315,000       315,000       315,000       315,000       315,000  
    Long-term debt     43,986       45,236       46,486       47,736       48,986  
    Total borrowings   $ 438,814     $ 525,498     $ 639,683     $ 592,637     $ 705,062  
                         
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Preferred stock   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —  
    Common stock     3,000       3,000       3,000       3,000       3,000  
    Additional paid-in capital     34,960       34,322       33,685       34,197       33,487  
    Retained earnings     275,724       273,981       272,997       271,369       271,025  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (78,331 )     (87,420 )     (85,926 )     (83,523 )     (103,579 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 235,353     $ 223,883     $ 223,756     $ 225,043     $ 203,933  
                                             
                     
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY                
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        For the Quarter Ended
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest income:                    
    Loans, including fees   $ 42,504     $ 41,700     $ 40,196     $ 38,208     $ 36,756  
    Securities:                    
    Taxable     3,261       3,394       3,416       3,521       3,427  
    Tax-exempt     806       808       810       869       880  
    Interest-bearing deposits     2,041       1,666       148       85       29  
    Total interest income     48,612       47,568       44,570       42,683       41,092  
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits     26,076       23,943       21,559       20,024       17,156  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     115       1,950       2,183       2,024       3,165  
    Subordinated notes     1,112       1,105       1,108       1,114       1,113  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     2,748       2,718       2,325       2,482       2,329  
    Long-term debt     601       622       645       678       695  
    Total interest expense     30,652       30,338       27,820       26,322       24,458  
    Net interest income     17,960       17,230       16,750       16,361       16,634  
    Credit loss expense     —       —       —       500       200  
    Net interest income after credit loss expense     17,960       17,230       16,750       15,861       16,434  
    Noninterest income:                    
    Service charges on deposit accounts     459       462       460       476       463  
    Debit card usage fees     500       490       458       488       495  
    Trust services     828       794       776       782       831  
    Increase in cash value of bank-owned life insurance     287       278       274       275       262  
    Loan swap fees     —       —       —       —       431  
    Realized securities losses, net     —       —       —       (431 )     —  
    Other income     285       322       331       308       340  
    Total noninterest income     2,359       2,346       2,299       1,898       2,822  
    Noninterest expense:                    
    Salaries and employee benefits     6,823       7,169       6,489       6,468       6,696  
    Occupancy and equipment     1,926       1,852       1,447       1,499       1,359  
    Data processing     771       754       714       723       703  
    Technology and software     722       731       700       676       573  
    FDIC insurance     711       631       519       475       439  
    Professional fees     239       244       257       235       254  
    Director fees     223       236       199       240       196  
    Other expenses     1,477       1,577       1,543       1,845       1,685  
    Total noninterest expense     12,892       13,194       11,868       12,161       11,905  
    Income before income taxes     7,427       6,382       7,181       5,598       7,351  
    Income taxes     1,475       1,190       1,372       1,073       1,445  
    Net income   $ 5,952     $ 5,192     $ 5,809     $ 4,525     $ 5,906  
                         
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35  
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35  
                                             
         
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY    
    Financial Information (unaudited)        
    (in thousands)        
        For the Nine Months Ended
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME   September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Interest income:        
    Loans, including fees   $ 124,400     $ 104,715  
    Securities:        
    Taxable     10,071       10,175  
    Tax-exempt     2,424       2,648  
    Interest-bearing deposits     3,855       84  
    Total interest income     140,750       117,622  
    Interest expense:        
    Deposits     71,578       46,772  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     4,248       7,508  
    Subordinated notes     3,325       3,328  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     7,791       5,212  
    Long-term debt     1,868       2,132  
    Total interest expense     88,810       64,952  
    Net interest income     51,940       52,670  
    Credit loss expense     —       200  
    Net interest income after credit loss expense     51,940       52,470  
    Noninterest income:        
    Service charges on deposit accounts     1,381       1,383  
    Debit card usage fees     1,448       1,492  
    Trust services     2,398       2,286  
    Increase in cash value of bank-owned life insurance     839       769  
    Loan swap fees     —       431  
    Gain from bank-owned life insurance     —       691  
    Other income     938       1,116  
    Total noninterest income     7,004       8,168  
    Noninterest expense:        
    Salaries and employee benefits     20,481       20,592  
    Occupancy and equipment     5,225       4,008  
    Data processing     2,239       2,067  
    Technology and software     2,153       1,665  
    FDIC insurance     1,861       1,275  
    Professional fees     740       791  
    Director fees     658       652  
    Other expenses     4,597       5,400  
    Total noninterest expense     37,954       36,450  
    Income before income taxes     20,990       24,188  
    Income taxes     4,037       4,576  
    Net income   $ 16,953     $ 19,612  
             
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.01     $ 1.17  
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 1.00     $ 1.17  
                     
                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                            
                                 
        As of and for the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
    COMMON SHARE DATA   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Earnings per common share (basic)   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35     $ 1.01     $ 1.17  
    Earnings per common share (diluted)     0.35       0.31       0.35       0.27       0.35       1.00       1.17  
    Dividends per common share     0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.75       0.75  
    Book value per common share(1)     13.98       13.30       13.31       13.46       12.19          
    Closing stock price     19.01       17.90       17.83       21.20       16.31          
    Market price/book value(2)     135.98 %     134.59 %     133.96 %     157.50 %     133.80 %        
    Price earnings ratio(3)     13.65       14.36       12.77       19.79       11.75          
    Annualized dividend yield(4)     5.26 %     5.59 %     5.61 %     4.72 %     6.13 %        
                                 
    REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS                            
    Consolidated:                            
    Total risk-based capital ratio     11.95 %     11.85 %     11.78 %     11.88 %     11.96 %        
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     9.39       9.30       9.23       9.30       9.37          
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio     8.15       8.08       8.36       8.50       8.58          
    Common equity tier 1 ratio     8.83       8.74       8.67       8.74       8.80          
    West Bank:                            
    Total risk-based capital ratio     12.73 %     12.66 %     12.63 %     12.76 %     12.89 %        
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     11.86       11.79       11.76       11.89       12.01          
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio     10.29       10.25       10.65       10.86       11.00          
    Common equity tier 1 ratio     11.86       11.79       11.76       11.89       12.01          
                                 
    KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS                            
    Return on average assets(5)     0.60 %     0.53 %     0.61 %     0.48 %     0.64 %     0.59 %     0.72 %
    Return on average equity(6)     10.41       9.50       10.63       8.89       10.89       10.18       12.22  
    Net interest margin(7)(13)     1.91       1.86       1.88       1.87       1.91       1.88       2.05  
    Yield on interest-earning assets(8)(13)     5.16       5.13       4.99       4.87       4.70       5.10       4.56  
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities     3.84       3.83       3.70       3.60       3.38       3.79       3.09  
    Efficiency ratio(9)(13)     63.28       67.14       62.04       64.66       60.83       64.16       59.52  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets(10)     0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01          
    ACL ratio(11)     0.97       0.95       0.95       0.97       0.99          
    Loans/total assets     75.75       75.63       75.20       76.52       76.98          
    Loans/total deposits     92.15       94.27       97.23       98.44       103.42          
    Tangible common equity ratio(12)     5.90       5.65       5.65       5.88       5.51          
                                                     
    (1) Includes accumulated other comprehensive loss.
    (2) Closing stock price divided by book value per common share.
    (3) Closing stock price divided by annualized earnings per common share (basic).
    (4) Annualized dividend divided by period end closing stock price.
    (5) Annualized net income divided by average assets.
    (6) Annualized net income divided by average stockholders’ equity.
    (7) Annualized tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (8) Annualized tax-equivalent interest income on interest-earning assets divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (9) Noninterest expense (excluding other real estate owned expense and write-down of premises) divided by noninterest income (excluding net securities gains/losses and gains/losses on disposition of premises and equipment) plus tax-equivalent net interest income.
    (10) Total nonperforming assets divided by total assets.
    (11) Allowance for credit losses on loans divided by total loans.
    (12) Common equity less intangible assets (none held) divided by tangible assets.
    (13) A non-GAAP measure.
       

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

    This report contains references to financial measures that are not defined in GAAP. Such non-GAAP financial measures include the Company’s presentation of net interest income and net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis and the presentation of the efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis, excluding certain income and expenses. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to both management and investors to analyze and evaluate the Company’s financial performance. These measures are considered standard measures of comparison within the banking industry. Additionally, management believes providing measures on a FTE basis enhances the comparability of income arising from taxable and nontaxable sources. Limitations associated with non-GAAP financial measures include the risks that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items included in these measures and that different companies might calculate these measures differently. These non-GAAP disclosures should not be considered an alternative to the Company’s GAAP results. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income and net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis and efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis.

             
    (in thousands)   For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Reconciliation of net interest income and net interest margin on a FTE basis to GAAP:                            
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 17,960     $ 17,230     $ 16,750     $ 16,361     $ 16,634     $ 51,940     $ 52,670  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment (1)     29       55       82       95       113       166       396  
    Net interest income on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)     17,989       17,285       16,832       16,456       16,747       52,106       53,066  
    Average interest-earning assets     3,749,688       3,731,674       3,595,954       3,487,799       3,478,053       3,692,647       3,458,606  
    Net interest margin on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)     1.91 %     1.86 %     1.88 %     1.87 %     1.91 %     1.88 %     2.05 %
                                 
    Reconciliation of efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis to GAAP:                            
    Net interest income on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)   $ 17,989     $ 17,285     $ 16,832     $ 16,456     $ 16,747     $ 52,106     $ 53,066  
    Noninterest income     2,359       2,346       2,299       1,898       2,822       7,004       8,168  
    Adjustment for realized securities losses, net     —       —       —       431       —       —       —  
    Adjustment for losses on disposal of premises and equipment, net     26       21       —       24       3       47       5  
    Adjusted income     20,374       19,652       19,131       18,809       19,572       59,157       61,239  
    Noninterest expense     12,892       13,194       11,868       12,161       11,905       37,954       36,450  
    Efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis (non-GAAP) (2)     63.28 %     67.14 %     62.04 %     64.66 %     60.83 %     64.16 %     59.52 %
                                                             
    (1) Computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21 percent, adjusted to reflect the effect of the nondeductible interest expense associated with owning tax-exempt securities and loans. Management believes the presentation of this non-GAAP measure provides supplemental useful information for proper understanding of the financial results, as it enhances the comparability of income arising from taxable and nontaxable sources.
    (2) The efficiency ratio expresses noninterest expense as a percent of fully taxable equivalent net interest income and noninterest income, excluding specific noninterest income and expenses. Management believes the presentation of this non-GAAP measure provides supplemental useful information for proper understanding of the Company’s financial performance. It is a standard measure of comparison within the banking industry. A lower ratio is more desirable.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Global: Colorado’s Amendment 80 wants to make school choice ‘a right’ when it already is – an expert in educational policy explains the disconnect

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Christopher Lubienski, Professor of Education Policy, Indiana University

    In November, Colorado voters will decide whether the state’s constitution should be amended to specify a right to school choice.

    But school choice is already guaranteed by state statute and federal courts. So why is this initiative being posed at all?

    Even the initiative’s backers acknowledge that Colorado already has “one of the best school choice statutes in the nation.” Moreover, the ability for parents to choose private schools has been affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court for at least a century.

    I have been studying school choice for almost three decades and can say Amendment 80 raises serious questions about the strategies being used by the school choice advocates who put it on the ballot.

    School choice in Colorado

    School choice options have expanded rapidly across the U.S. in recent years. Currently, it is estimated that over 3.5 million students now attend charter schools, and in the past three years, nine states have approved new programs that provide public funds for private schooling.

    In 1993, Colorado became one of the first states to authorize charter schools. Charter schools are publicly funded but privately or independently managed. They are now legal in 45 states.

    Likewise, Colorado law enables parents to choose public schools outside their district — an open-enrollment option that is also quite common throughout the U.S., permitted in 43 states.

    But a new wave of school choice policies is emerging from conservative legislatures. Several red states, like Utah, Iowa and Indiana, recently created policies to fund universal or near-universal private school choice. These programs – vouchers or education savings accounts – use taxpayer funds to pay for private school tuition and, with education savings accounts, other educational expenses as well. Unlike charter schools, which are technically public schools and accountable to public authorities, these programs funding private schools have few if any regulations on the schools receiving taxpayer dollars.

    Colorado is in a different category altogether.

    Indeed, Colorado voters have repeatedly rejected ballot measures to implement private school choice. That mirrors voters across the country, who tend to reject these intiatives, often resoundingly.

    Moreover, Colorado’s original state constitution explicitly prohibits sending public funds to private schools.

    In essence, Colorado is a trailblazer when it comes to funding school choice in the public sector – but not the private sector. Like all Americans, Coloradans have every right under federal law to choose a private school at their own expense.

    Amendment 80 would give children the ‘right’ to choose from neighborhood, charter, private and home schools, as well as ‘future innovations in education.’
    Ed Andrieski/AP Photo

    Who supports Amendment 80

    Amendment 80 reflects a familiar political divide when it comes to school choice policies.

    Republicans largely support more parental prerogatives to choose schools, including private schools, and fewer restrictions on those schools.

    Democrats tend to oppose unregulated choice and programs that fund private schools, and support accountability measures for schools that receive public funds.

    There are, of course, exceptions to this partisan divide.

    Some Democrats, including Colorado Gov. Jared Polis, who founded two charter schools, have objected to efforts to regulate charters.

    Meanwhile, some conservatives, including Christian homeschoolers, have expressed concerns about government involvement in private schooling, which they fear could lead to regulation.

    The proposal frames school choice as a child’s right, leading some to worry it will give a student’s wishes legal predominance over their parents’.

    Those skeptics may have a point. Rather than push directly for school vouchers, backers of Amendment 80 simply make the seemingly innocuous assertion that school choice is a “right.”

    School choice as a ‘right’

    The fact that advocates for this measure are framing the issue this way – rather than as an effective taxpayer-funded policy, for example – is telling.

    While there are different forms of school choice, like charter and magnet schools, the modern private school choice movement emerged as a way for Southern segregationists to avoid integration.

    The movement gained momentum in the 1990s by asserting that choice leads to better educational outcomes, and that it gives low-income students an equitable opportunity to attend better schools.

    Those claims have not stood up.

    Every rigorous study of statewide voucher programs in the past 10 years has shown that they do not improve student outcomes. In fact, they have led to some of the largest learning losses ever measured — comparable to the losses from the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Rather than simply giving low-income students opportunities beyond their segregated schools, charter schools lead to higher levels of segregation.

    Additionally, statewide private school choice programs, such as what one might envision arising from Amendment 80, are budget-busters for state treasuries and for rural schools as they channel public funds away from high-need areas to affluent families using these programs.

    In light of that track record, it is not surprising to see choice advocates move away from their earlier equity claims and focus instead on “rights” — even when such a right can lead to worse educational outcomes for kids.

    But even if the rhetorical strategy around Amendment 80 is clear, the question still stands: Why push to enshrine rights that are already effectively available through both Colorado law and U.S. Supreme Court rulings?

    The full text of Amendment 80 that appears on the November 2024 ballot in Colorado.
    Colorado Secretary of State

    Public funds for private schools

    Michael Fields, the president of Advance Colorado, the organization that promoted the proposal, noted that the idea is to “preserve” and “protect families’ ability to choose the best educational options for themselves.”

    Elsewhere, he said, “It’s really just cementing the school choice laws that we have in Colorado right now into the constitution.”

    Essentially he is arguing that Amendment 80 would confirm the status quo in Colorado.

    But the actual language of the initiative tells a different story.

    Rather than simply affirming an existing right to choose a public, charter or homeschool, the more important issue here is the right to choose a private school.

    Of course, this right already exists. Since at least 1925, parents across the U.S. have been guaranteed the right to choose private schools for their children, but at their own expense.

    If Amendment 80 passes, I expect we will see the argument that such a right is meaningless without funding to support the choice of private schools. After all, when people talk about the right to public education or health care, the underlying assumption is that there is no cost barrier to exercising that right, which is funded by taxpayers.

    Recent rulings by the U.S. Supreme Court suggest Colorado’s prohibition on the use of public funds for “church or sectarian” schools could be challenged in court. Adding a right to private school choice to the state’s constitution through Amendment 80 appears to be designed to provide the basis for such a challenge.

    Early voting is happening now in Colorado. Find your polling place here.

    Christopher Lubienski does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Colorado’s Amendment 80 wants to make school choice ‘a right’ when it already is – an expert in educational policy explains the disconnect – https://theconversation.com/colorados-amendment-80-wants-to-make-school-choice-a-right-when-it-already-is-an-expert-in-educational-policy-explains-the-disconnect-240896

    MIL OSI – Global Reports –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: $100 Million to Expand Free and Low-Cost Afterschool Programs

    Source: US State of New York

    Governor Kathy Hochul today announced New York State has awarded about $100 million in grants to support free and low-cost afterschool programs serving nearly 40,000 children in high-need areas statewide. State officials from the Office of Children and Family Services (OCFS) also participated in the 25th Annual Lights on Afterschool initiative today by visiting programs in New York City and the Capital Region.

    “Afterschool programs give our kids outlets to explore their creativity, build their skills and thrive in a supportive environment,” Governor Hochul said. “We’re continuing to invest in free and low-cost afterschool programs and expanding access to affordable child care to help young people grow and give families the support they need.”

    The State grants announced today were awarded by OCFS through the Learning and Enrichment Afterschool Program Supports (LEAPS) initiative to help fund new or continuing afterschool programs targeted to children in high-need areas in New York State.

    These LEAPS grants were awarded to a total of 238 afterschool program sites statewide. The full list of awarded sites can be seen here.

    Site Awards by Region
    Region Number of Sites Awarded Funding Awarded
    Capital Region 22 $6,480,000
    Central New York 18 $6,400,000
    Finger Lakes 17 $5,750,000
    Long Island 20 $8,920,000
    Mid-Hudson 22 $12,340,000
    Mohawk Valley 19 $4,960,000
    New York City 74 $38,690,000
    North Country 14 $3,380,000
    Southern Tier 5 $1,530,000
    Western New York 27 $8,450,000

    As a part of the OCFS Commissioner’s participation in the Lights On Afterschool initiative, Dr. DaMiaHarris-Madden visited programs in the Bronx operated by the Committee for Hispanic Children and Families and Good Shepherd Services, while other members of the OCFS leadership team visited the Lansingburgh Boys & Girls Club in Troy. Now in its 25th year, the initiative recognizes the many ways afterschool programs support students by offering educational opportunities and the development of new skills.

    Programs eligible for LEAPS grants included State-licensed school-age child care programs – or organizations interested in becoming a licensed school-age child care provider – that serve children in high-need school districts. Per-site funding amounts were based on each program’s OCFS-licensed capacity. The grants are intended to fund the critical programming and other costs of developing and running the program. Grants are contingent on programs completing all licensing and contract requirements and therefore subject to change.

    The grants announced today are part of Governor Hochul’s continued efforts to make high-quality child care more affordable and accessible. Other recent efforts include expanding access to the State’s Child Care Assistance Program (CCAP). Eligible families can apply online for CCAP, which currently covers free or low-cost child care for 130,000 children statewide. While eligibility is based on multiple factors, including income and family size, many families may qualify for CCAP if their household income is at or below 85 percent of the State Median Income. Currently, 85 percent of the State Median Income for a family of four is approximately $108,000. Under CCAP, most eligible families pay no more than $15 per week for child care.

    OCFS Commissioner Dr. DaMia Harris-Madden said, “We thank Governor Hochul and the afterschool providers across NYS for ensuring that are children have protective and stimulating environments during the challenging hours of 3-6 p.m. Afterschool programs are tried-and-true interventions that keep our kids safe and engaged through a variety of pro-social experiences and positive youth development opportunities to include the arts, academics, sports, and college/career exploration. Structured programming that introduces caring adults also aids in the development of children’s emotional and physical well-being and provides alternatives to unproductive use of leisure time.”

    OCFS Deputy Commissioner for the Division of Child Care Services Nora Yates said, “The new LEAPS funding will provide the high-quality afterschool academic support and enrichment vital to enabling our children and youth to reach their full potential and keep them engaged in healthy, productive activities during out-of-school time. The programs will ensure higher pay rates for staff and also help mitigate the ongoing impacts from the pandemic by expanding students’ access to social and emotional support services as well as other family and community supports.”

    New York State Alliance of Boys and Girls Clubs Executive Director Jackie Negri said, “Governor Hochul’s new streamlined LEAPS initiative demonstrates unprecedented support for community-based afterschool programs across the State and the youth they serve. After-school programs like Boys & Girls Clubs are proven to provide academic support, enrichment and a safe place for New York’s youth. This initiative will increase positive youth development programs and services for more youth and families in high-needs areas statewide.”

    New York State Network for Youth Success Chief Executive Officer Kelly McMahon said, “The NYS Network for Youth Success celebrates the transformative impact of the LEAPS grant, which is expanding access to high-quality afterschool programs across New York. With significant improvements to funding structures, including streamlined processes, added technical assistance and enhanced support per student, LEAPS addresses long-standing challenges and lays a stronger foundation for the future. This moment reinforces our commitment to meeting afterschool needs in every community and underscores the importance of achieving universal afterschool access for all.”

    New York State YMCAs Executive Director Kyle A. Stewart said, “On behalf of the 36 YMCAs and their more than 140 branches across the Empire State, the Alliance of New York State YMCAs was pleased to embrace and promote the LEAPS initiative and applauds Governor Hochul for prioritizing the development of a more streamlined and holistic school-age child care system. YMCAs are proud to serve over 25,000 youth as the largest provider of out-of-school time programs across New York State. Furthermore, the Alliance of New York State YMCAs appreciates our longstanding partnership with OCFS and their efficient LEAPS implementation process. YMCAs are poised to continue serving youth alongside other LEAPS grantees and look forward to continuing to build a robust afterschool system in New York State.”

    Governor Hochul also highlighted that the State is lighting landmarks yellow and blue tonight in recognition of Lights on Afterschool. The following landmarks will be lit yellow and blue:

    • One World Trade Center
    • Governor Mario M. Cuomo Bridge
    • Kosciuszko Bridge
    • The H. Carl McCall SUNY Building
    • State Education Building
    • Alfred E. Smith State Office Building
    • Empire State Plaza
    • State Fairgrounds – Main Gate & Expo Center
    • Niagara Falls
    • The “Franklin D. Roosevelt” Mid-Hudson Bridge
    • Albany International Airport Gateway
    • MTA LIRR – East End Gateway at Penn Station
    • Fairport Lift Bridge over the Erie Canal
    • Moynihan Train Hall
    • Walkway Over the Hudson State Historic Park

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Canada: Government of Canada reduces immigration

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Today, the Honourable Marc Miller, Minister of Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship, announced the 2025–2027 Immigration Levels Plan: a plan that will pause population growth in the short term to achieve well-managed, sustainable growth in the long term. For the first time ever, the levels plan includes controlled targets for temporary residents, specifically international students and foreign workers, as well as for permanent residents.

    October 24, 2024—Ottawa—Today, the Honourable Marc Miller, Minister of Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship, announced the 2025–2027 Immigration Levels Plan: a plan that will pause population growth in the short term to achieve well-managed, sustainable growth in the long term. For the first time ever, the levels plan includes controlled targets for temporary residents, specifically international students and foreign workers, as well as for permanent residents.

    Immigration is essential to our country’s economic success and growth. As Canada reopened following the pandemic, the needs of businesses were greater than the supply of workers available to support their recovery. We took decisive measures to attract some of the world’s best and brightest to study and work in Canada, and to integrate them into the economy quickly. This meant a faster economic recovery. It also meant that robust immigration helped prevent a recession, while contributing to Canada’s workforce.

    In response to the evolving needs of our country, this transitional levels plan alleviates pressures on housing, infrastructure and social services so that over the long term we can grow our economic and social prosperity through immigration. This unprecedented plan offers a comprehensive approach to welcoming newcomers—one that preserves the integrity of our immigration programs and sets newcomers up for success. Canadians also expect a well-managed immigration system from the Government of Canada.

    The 2025–2027 Immigration Levels Plan is expected to result in a marginal population decline of 0.2% in both 2025 and 2026 before returning to a population growth of 0.8% in 2027. These forecasts account for today’s announcement of reduced targets across multiple immigration streams over the next two years, as well as expected temporary resident outflows resulting from the 5% target, natural population loss and other factors.

    With this year’s levels plan, we have listened to Canadians. We are reducing our permanent resident targets. Compared to last year’s plan, we are:

    • reducing from 500,000 permanent residents to 395,000 in 2025
    • reducing from 500,000 permanent residents to 380,000 in 2026
    • setting a target of 365,000 permanent residents in 2027

    The Levels Plan also supports efforts to reduce temporary resident volumes to 5% of Canada’s population by the end of 2026. Given temporary resident reduction measures announced in September and this past year, Canada’s temporary population will decrease over the next few years as significantly more temporary residents will transition to being permanent residents or leave Canada compared to new ones arriving.

    Specifically, compared to each previous year, we will see Canada’s temporary population decline by

    • 445,901 in 2025
    • 445,662 in 2026
    • a modest increase of 17,439 in 2027

    These reductions are the result of a series of changes over the past year, including a cap on international students and tightened eligibility requirements for temporary foreign workers, implemented to decrease volumes and strengthen the integrity and quality of our temporary resident programs. The changes are designed with long-term economic goals in mind to make sure that we continue to attract the best and the brightest.

    These changes will help provinces, territories and stakeholders align their capacities and allow the population to grow at a sustainable pace as we encourage institutions to do their part in better welcoming newcomers.

    Other measures from the 2025-2027 Immigration Levels Plan include the following:

    • Transitioning more temporary residents who are already in Canada as students and workers to permanent residents
      Representing more than 40% of overall permanent resident admissions in 2025, these residents are skilled, educated and integrated into Canadian society. They will continue to support the workforce and economy without placing additional demands on our social services because they are already established, with housing and employment.
    • Focusing on long-term economic growth and key labour market sectors, such as health and trades
      Permanent resident admissions in the economic class will reach 61.7% of total admissions by 2027.
    • Strengthening Francophone communities outside Quebec and supporting their economic prosperity
      Of the overall permanent resident admission targets, Francophone immigration will represent 
      • 8.5% in 2025
      • 9.5% in 2026
      • 10% in 2027

    Through this plan, we are using our existing programs so that everyone—including newcomers—has access to the well-paying jobs, affordable homes and social services they need to thrive in our beautiful country.

    Aïssa Diop
    Director of Communications
    Minister’s Office
    Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada
    Aissa.Diop@cic.gc.ca

    Media Relations
    Communications Sector
    Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada
    613-952-1650
    media@cic.gc.ca

    MIL OSI Canada News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Remote Access for Education: Transforming Learning with TSplus Solutions

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — As schools and universities navigate the shift towards digital learning, recent feedback from schools in the UK underscores the vital role TSplus remote access solutions can play in maintaining continuity and efficiency in education. Designed to support both educators and students, TSplus provides secure, flexible, and easy-to-use solutions that enable seamless access to educational resources from anywhere.

    Remote Access for Education Enhances Remote Learning and Security

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, Longdendale High School turned to TSplus to facilitate remote learning. According to Malcolm Ogden, Network Manager at the school, TSplus delivered the perfect balance of functionality and security.

    “We initially implemented TSplus because the remote tools we were using weren’t reliable,” Malcolm shares. “TSplus allowed us to set up a secure server within an hour, a lifesaver during those critical times.”

    The software’s remote desktop access enabled staff and students to connect to the school’s network with ease, enhancing both learning and collaboration. “It’s incredibly user-friendly, and the performance is outstanding even with multiple users. The system has run smoothly, ensuring education was never interrupted,” Malcolm adds.

    Security was another crucial factor. Longdendale’s use of two-factor authentication (2FA) and advanced security features ensured the protection of sensitive student data. “Knowing our network is secure allows us to focus on what matters—supporting our students,” says Malcolm.

    Cost-Effective and Reliable Remote Access for Education

    At Rayner Stephens High School, IT Manager Simon praises TSplus for its adaptability and cost-effectiveness. “We used to rely on Microsoft Remote Desktop, but it was expensive and difficult to manage. TSplus, on the other hand, is straightforward, customizable, and doesn’t strain our server resources.”

    TSplus also ensured continuity of education during remote learning periods, with Simon particularly noting the 2FA feature that strengthened the school’s cybersecurity. “TSplus offers a robust, affordable solution that evolves with our needs,” Simon explains.

    TSplus Remote Access for Education Trial Version

    TSplus is committed to empowering educational institutions with cutting-edge remote access solutions. Their technologies are trusted by prestigious institutions worldwide, including Harvard University, the University of Sheffield, and the University of Stuttgart, to provide secure, efficient remote access for staff and students alike.

    Schools looking to optimize their remote learning environment are invited to visit https://tsplus.net/remote-access-for-education/ and to experience the benefits firsthand by downloading the free trial (Here).

    Watch the video here to see how TSplus is transforming the future of education.

    About TSplus

    TSplus is a leading provider of remote desktop and application delivery solutions, designed to simplify and secure access to business and educational resources from any location. With a focus on affordability, security, and user experience, TSplus serves thousands of organizations worldwide, helping them improve efficiency and flexibility through reliable remote access technology. Whether in education, healthcare, or business, TSplus is committed to enabling seamless digital experiences for users across the globe.

    Press Contact:

    Floriane Mer

    Marketing Manager at TSplus

    Floriane.mer@tsplus.net

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/e125a62c-8542-4ba4-929a-c524e6de8cf0

    A video accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/9e2946d0-268f-46cb-8e1c-7073fedb3a5c

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Memorandum on Advancing the United  States’ Leadership in Artificial Intelligence; Harnessing Artificial Intelligence to Fulfill National Security Objectives; and Fostering the Safety, Security, and Trustworthiness of Artificial  Intelligence

    US Senate News:

    Source: The White House
    MEMORANDUM FOR THE VICE PRESIDENT
                   THE SECRETARY OF STATE
                   THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY
                   THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
                   THE ATTORNEY GENERAL
                   THE SECRETARY OF COMMERCE
                   THE SECRETARY OF ENERGY
                   THE SECRETARY OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
                   THE SECRETARY OF HOMELAND SECURITY
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
                   THE DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
                   THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA TO THE UNITED NATIONS
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
                   THE ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OF STAFF
                   THE ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT FOR NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS
                   THE ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT FOR ECONOMIC
                      POLICY AND DIRECTOR OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMIC COUNCIL
                   THE CHAIR OF THE COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY POLICY
                   THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE UNITED STATES AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
                   THE NATIONAL CYBER DIRECTOR
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF PANDEMIC PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE POLICY
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
                   THE DIRECTOR OF THE DEFENSE INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
    SUBJECT:       Advancing the United States’ Leadership in
                   Artificial Intelligence; Harnessing Artificial
                   Intelligence to Fulfill National Security
                   Objectives; and Fostering the Safety, Security,
                   and Trustworthiness of Artificial Intelligence
         Section 1.  Policy.  (a)  This memorandum fulfills the directive set forth in subsection 4.8 of Executive Order 14110 of October 30, 2023 (Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence).  This memorandum provides further direction on appropriately harnessing artificial intelligence (AI) models and AI-enabled technologies in the United States Government, especially in the context of national security systems (NSS), while protecting human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety in AI-enabled national security activities.  A classified annex to this memorandum addresses additional sensitive national security issues, including countering adversary use of AI that poses risks to United States national security.
         (b)  United States national security institutions have historically triumphed during eras of technological transition.  To meet changing times, they developed new capabilities, from submarines and aircraft to space systems and cyber tools.  To gain a decisive edge and protect national security, they pioneered technologies such as radar, the Global Positioning System, and nuclear propulsion, and unleashed these hard-won breakthroughs on the battlefield.  With each paradigm shift, they also developed new systems for tracking and countering adversaries’ attempts to wield cutting-edge technology for their own advantage.
         (c)  AI has emerged as an era-defining technology and has demonstrated significant and growing relevance to national security.  The United States must lead the world in the responsible application of AI to appropriate national security functions.  AI, if used appropriately and for its intended purpose, can offer great benefits.  If misused, AI could threaten United States national security, bolster authoritarianism worldwide, undermine democratic institutions and processes, facilitate human rights abuses, and weaken the rules-based international order.  Harmful outcomes could occur even without malicious intent if AI systems and processes lack sufficient protections.
         (d)  Recent innovations have spurred not only an increase in AI use throughout society, but also a paradigm shift within the AI field — one that has occurred mostly outside of Government.  This era of AI development and deployment rests atop unprecedented aggregations of specialized computational power, as well as deep scientific and engineering expertise, much of which is concentrated in the private sector.  This trend is most evident with the rise of large language models, but it extends to a broader class of increasingly general-purpose and computationally intensive systems.  The United States Government must urgently consider how this current AI paradigm specifically could transform the national security mission.
         (e)  Predicting technological change with certainty is impossible, but the foundational drivers that have underpinned recent AI progress show little sign of abating.  These factors include compounding algorithmic improvements, increasingly efficient computational hardware, a growing willingness in industry to invest substantially in research and development, and the expansion of training data sets.  AI under the current paradigm may continue to become more powerful and general-purpose.  Developing and effectively using these systems requires an evolving array of resources, infrastructure, competencies, and workflows that in many cases differ from what was required to harness prior technologies, including previous paradigms of AI.
         (f)  If the United States Government does not act with responsible speed and in partnership with industry, civil society, and academia to make use of AI capabilities in service of the national security mission — and to ensure the safety, security, and trustworthiness of American AI innovation writ large — it risks losing ground to strategic competitors.  Ceding the United States’ technological edge would not only greatly harm American national security, but it would also undermine United States foreign policy objectives and erode safety, human rights, and democratic norms worldwide.
         (g)  Establishing national security leadership in AI will require making deliberate and meaningful changes to aspects of the United States Government’s strategies, capabilities, infrastructure, governance, and organization.  AI is likely to affect almost all domains with national security significance, and its use cannot be relegated to a single institutional silo.  The increasing generality of AI means that many functions that to date have been served by individual bespoke tools may, going forward, be better fulfilled by systems that, at least in part, rely on a shared, multi-purpose AI capability.  Such integration will only succeed if paired with appropriately redesigned United States Government organizational and informational infrastructure.
         (h)  In this effort, the United States Government must also protect human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety, and lay the groundwork for a stable and responsible international AI governance landscape.  Throughout its history, the United States has been a global leader in shaping the design, development, and use of new technologies not only to advance national security, but also to protect and promote democratic values.  The United States Government must develop safeguards for its use of AI tools, and take an active role in steering global AI norms and institutions.  The AI frontier is moving quickly, and the United States Government must stay attuned to ongoing technical developments without losing focus on its guiding principles.
         (i)  This memorandum aims to catalyze needed change in how the United States Government approaches AI national security policy.  In line with Executive Order 14110, it directs actions to strengthen and protect the United States AI ecosystem; improve the safety, security, and trustworthiness of AI systems developed and used in the United States; enhance the United States Government’s appropriate, responsible, and effective adoption of AI in service of the national security mission; and minimize the misuse of AI worldwide.
    Sec. 2.  Objectives.  It is the policy of the United States Government that the following three objectives will guide its activities with respect to AI and national security.
         (a)  First, the United States must lead the world’s development of safe, secure, and trustworthy AI.  To that end, the United States Government must — in partnership with industry, civil society, and academia — promote and secure the foundational capabilities across the United States that power AI development.  The United States Government cannot take the unmatched vibrancy and innovativeness of the United States AI ecosystem for granted; it must proactively strengthen it, ensuring that the United States remains the most attractive destination for global talent and home to the world’s most sophisticated computational facilities.  The United States Government must also provide appropriate safety and security guidance to AI developers and users, and rigorously assess and help mitigate the risks that AI systems could pose.
         (b)  Second, the United States Government must harness powerful AI, with appropriate safeguards, to achieve national security objectives.  Emerging AI capabilities, including increasingly general-purpose models, offer profound opportunities for enhancing national security, but employing these systems effectively will require significant technical, organizational, and policy changes.  The United States must understand AI’s limitations as it harnesses the technology’s benefits, and any use of AI must respect democratic values with regard to transparency, human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety.
         (c)  Third, the United States Government must continue cultivating a stable and responsible framework to advance international AI governance that fosters safe, secure, and trustworthy AI development and use; manages AI risks; realizes democratic values; respects human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, and privacy; and promotes worldwide benefits from AI.  It must do so in collaboration with a wide range of allies and partners.  Success for the United States in the age of AI will be measured not only by the preeminence of United States technology and innovation, but also by the United States’ leadership in developing effective global norms and engaging in institutions rooted in international law, human rights, civil rights, and democratic values.
    Sec. 3.  Promoting and Securing the United States’ Foundational AI Capabilities.  (a)  To preserve and expand United States advantages in AI, it is the policy of the United States Government to promote progress, innovation, and competition in domestic AI development; protect the United States AI ecosystem against foreign intelligence threats; and manage risks to AI safety, security, and trustworthiness.  Leadership in responsible AI development benefits United States national security by enabling applications directly relevant to the national security mission, unlocking economic growth, and avoiding strategic surprise.  United States technological leadership also confers global benefits by enabling like-minded entities to collectively mitigate the risks of AI misuse and accidents, prevent the unchecked spread of digital authoritarianism, and prioritize vital research.
         3.1.  Promoting Progress, Innovation, and Competition in United States AI Development.  (a)  The United States’ competitive edge in AI development will be at risk absent concerted United States Government efforts to promote and secure domestic AI progress, innovation, and competition.  Although the United States has benefited from a head start in AI, competitors are working hard to catch up, have identified AI as a top strategic priority, and may soon devote resources to research and development that United States AI developers cannot match without appropriately supportive Government policies and action.  It is therefore the policy of the United States Government to enhance innovation and competition by bolstering key drivers of AI progress, such as technical talent and computational power.
         (b)  It is the policy of the United States Government that advancing the lawful ability of noncitizens highly skilled in AI and related fields to enter and work in the United States constitutes a national security priority.  Today, the unparalleled United States AI industry rests in substantial part on the insights of brilliant scientists, engineers, and entrepreneurs who moved to the United States in pursuit of academic, social, and economic opportunity.  Preserving and expanding United States talent advantages requires developing talent at home and continuing to attract and retain top international minds.
         (c)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)    On an ongoing basis, the Department of State, the Department of Defense (DOD), and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) shall each use all available legal authorities to assist in attracting and rapidly bringing to the United States individuals with relevant technical expertise who would improve United States competitiveness in AI and related fields, such as semiconductor design and production.  These activities shall include all appropriate vetting of these individuals and shall be consistent with all appropriate risk mitigation measures.  This tasking is consistent with and additive to the taskings on attracting AI talent in section 5 of Executive Order 14110.
    (ii)   Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, the Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers shall prepare an analysis of the AI talent market in the United States and overseas, to the extent that reliable data is available.
    (iii)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy and Director of the National Economic Council shall coordinate an economic assessment of the relative competitive advantage of the United States private sector AI ecosystem, the key sources of the United States private sector’s competitive advantage, and possible risks to that position, and shall recommend policies to mitigate them.  The assessment could include areas including (1) the design, manufacture, and packaging of chips critical in AI-related activities; (2) the availability of capital; (3) the availability of workers highly skilled in AI-related fields; (4) computational resources and the associated electricity requirements; and (5) technological platforms or institutions with the requisite scale of capital and data resources for frontier AI model development, as well as possible other factors.
    (iv)   Within 90 days of the date of this memorandum, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs (APNSA) shall convene appropriate executive departments and agencies (agencies) to explore actions for prioritizing and streamlining administrative processing operations for all visa applicants working with sensitive technologies.  Doing so shall assist with streamlined processing of highly skilled applicants in AI and other critical and emerging technologies.  This effort shall explore options for ensuring the adequate resourcing of such operations and narrowing the criteria that trigger secure advisory opinion requests for such applicants, as consistent with national security objectives.
         (d)  The current paradigm of AI development depends heavily on computational resources.  To retain its lead in AI, the United States must continue developing the world’s most sophisticated AI semiconductors and constructing its most advanced AI-dedicated computational infrastructure.
         (e)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)    DOD, the Department of Energy (DOE) (including national laboratories), and the Intelligence Community (IC) shall, when planning for and constructing or renovating computational facilities, consider the applicability of large-scale AI to their mission.  Where appropriate, agencies shall design and build facilities capable of harnessing frontier AI for relevant scientific research domains and intelligence analysis.  Those investments shall be consistent with the Federal Mission Resilience Strategy adopted in Executive Order 13961 of December 7, 2020 (Governance and Integration of Federal Mission Resilience).
    (ii)   On an ongoing basis, the National Science Foundation (NSF) shall, consistent with its authorities, use the National AI Research Resource (NAIRR) pilot project and any future NAIRR efforts to distribute computational resources, data, and other critical assets for AI development to a diverse array of actors that otherwise would lack access to such capabilities — such as universities, nonprofits, and independent researchers (including trusted international collaborators) — to ensure that AI research in the United States remains competitive and innovative.  This tasking is consistent with the NAIRR pilot assigned in section 5 of Executive Order 14110.
    (iii)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, DOE shall launch a pilot project to evaluate the performance and efficiency of federated AI and data sources for frontier AI-scale training, fine-tuning, and inference.
    (iv)   The Office of the White House Chief of Staff, in coordination with DOE and other relevant agencies, shall coordinate efforts to streamline permitting, approvals, and incentives for the construction of AI-enabling infrastructure, as well as surrounding assets supporting the resilient operation of this infrastructure, such as clean energy generation, power transmission lines, and high-capacity fiber data links.  These efforts shall include coordination, collaboration, consultation, and partnership with State, local, Tribal, and territorial governments, as appropriate, and shall be consistent with the United States’ goals for managing climate risks.
    (v)    The Department of State, DOD, DOE, the IC, and the Department of Commerce (Commerce) shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, use existing authorities to make public investments and encourage private investments in strategic domestic and foreign AI technologies and adjacent fields.  These agencies shall assess the need for new authorities for the purposes of facilitating public and private investment in AI and adjacent capabilities.
         3.2.  Protecting United States AI from Foreign Intelligence Threats.  (a)  In addition to pursuing industrial strategies that support their respective AI industries, foreign states almost certainly aim to obtain and repurpose the fruits of AI innovation in the United States to serve their national security goals.  Historically, such competitors have employed techniques including research collaborations, investment schemes, insider threats, and advanced cyber espionage to collect and exploit United States scientific insights.  It is the policy of the United States Government to protect United States industry, civil society, and academic AI intellectual property and related infrastructure from foreign intelligence threats to maintain a lead in foundational capabilities and, as necessary, to provide appropriate Government assistance to relevant non-government entities.
         (b)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)   Within 90 days of the date of this memorandum, the National Security Council (NSC) staff and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) shall review the President’s Intelligence Priorities and the National Intelligence Priorities Framework consistent with National Security Memorandum 12 of July 12, 2022 (The President’s Intelligence Priorities), and make recommendations to ensure that such priorities improve identification and assessment of foreign intelligence threats to the United States AI ecosystem and closely related enabling sectors, such as those involved in semiconductor design and production.
    (ii)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, and on an ongoing basis thereafter, ODNI, in coordination with DOD, the Department of Justice (DOJ), Commerce, DOE, DHS, and other IC elements as appropriate, shall identify critical nodes in the AI supply chain, and develop a list of the most plausible avenues through which these nodes could be disrupted or compromised by foreign actors.  On an ongoing basis, these agencies shall take all steps, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, to reduce such risks.
         (c)  Foreign actors may also seek to obtain United States intellectual property through gray-zone methods, such as technology transfer and data localization requirements.  AI-related intellectual property often includes critical technical artifacts (CTAs) that would substantially lower the costs of recreating, attaining, or using powerful AI capabilities.  The United States Government must guard against these risks.
         (d)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  In furtherance of Executive Order 14083 of September 15, 2022 (Ensuring Robust Consideration of Evolving National Security Risks by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States), the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States shall, as appropriate, consider whether a covered transaction involves foreign actor access to proprietary information on AI training techniques, algorithmic improvements, hardware advances, CTAs, or other proprietary insights that shed light on how to create and effectively use powerful AI systems.
         3.3.  Managing Risks to AI Safety, Security, and Trustworthiness.  (a)  Current and near-future AI systems could pose significant safety, security, and trustworthiness risks, including those stemming from deliberate misuse and accidents.  Across many technological domains, the United States has historically led the world not only in advancing capabilities, but also in developing the tests, standards, and norms that underpin reliable and beneficial global adoption.  The United States approach to AI should be no different, and proactively constructing testing infrastructure to assess and mitigate AI risks will be essential to realizing AI’s positive potential and to preserving United States AI leadership.
         (b)  It is the policy of the United States Government to pursue new technical and policy tools that address the potential challenges posed by AI.  These tools include processes for reliably testing AI models’ applicability to harmful tasks and deeper partnerships with institutions in industry, academia, and civil society capable of advancing research related to AI safety, security, and trustworthiness.
         (c)  Commerce, acting through the AI Safety Institute (AISI) within the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), shall serve as the primary United States Government point of contact with private sector AI developers to facilitate voluntary pre- and post-public deployment testing for safety, security, and trustworthiness of frontier AI models.  In coordination with relevant agencies as appropriate, Commerce shall establish an enduring capability to lead voluntary unclassified pre-deployment safety testing of frontier AI models on behalf of the United States Government, including assessments of risks relating to cybersecurity, biosecurity, chemical weapons, system autonomy, and other risks as appropriate (not including nuclear risk, the assessment of which shall be led by DOE).  Voluntary unclassified safety testing shall also, as appropriate, address risks to human rights, civil rights, and civil liberties, such as those related to privacy, discrimination and bias, freedom of expression, and the safety of individuals and groups.  Other agencies, as identified in subsection 3.3(f) of this section, shall establish enduring capabilities to perform complementary voluntary classified testing in appropriate areas of expertise.  The directives set forth in this subsection are consistent with broader taskings on AI safety in section 4 of Executive Order 14110, and provide additional clarity on agencies’ respective roles and responsibilities.
         (d)  Nothing in this subsection shall inhibit agencies from performing their own evaluations of AI systems, including tests performed before those systems are released to the public, for the purposes of evaluating suitability for that agency’s acquisition and procurement.  AISI’s responsibilities do not extend to the evaluation of AI systems for the potential use by the United States Government for national security purposes; those responsibilities lie with agencies considering such use, as outlined in subsection 4.2(e) of this memorandum and the associated framework described in that subsection.
         (e)  Consistent with these goals, Commerce, acting through AISI within NIST, shall take the following actions to aid in the evaluation of current and near-future AI systems:
    (i)    Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum and subject to private sector cooperation, AISI shall pursue voluntary preliminary testing of at least two frontier AI models prior to their public deployment or release to evaluate capabilities that might pose a threat to national security.  This testing shall assess models’ capabilities to aid offensive cyber operations, accelerate development of biological and/or chemical weapons, autonomously carry out malicious behavior, automate development and deployment of other models with such capabilities, and give rise to other risks identified by AISI.  AISI shall share feedback with the APNSA, interagency counterparts as appropriate, and the respective model developers regarding the results of risks identified during such testing and any appropriate mitigations prior to deployment.
    (ii)   Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, AISI shall issue guidance for AI developers on how to test, evaluate, and manage risks to safety, security, and trustworthiness arising from dual-use foundation models, building on guidelines issued pursuant to subsection 4.1(a) of Executive Order 14110.  AISI shall issue guidance on topics including:
    (A)  How to measure capabilities that are relevant to the risk that AI models could enable the development of biological and chemical weapons or the automation of offensive cyber operations;
    (B)  How to address societal risks, such as the misuse of models to harass or impersonate individuals;
    (C)  How to develop mitigation measures to prevent malicious or improper use of models;
    (D)  How to test the efficacy of safety and security mitigations; and
    (E)  How to apply risk management practices throughout the development and deployment lifecycle (pre-development, development, and deployment/release).
    (iii)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, AISI, in consultation with other agencies as appropriate, shall develop or recommend benchmarks or other methods for assessing AI systems’ capabilities and limitations in science, mathematics, code generation, and general reasoning, as well as other categories of activity that AISI deems relevant to assessing general-purpose capabilities likely to have a bearing on national security and public safety.
    (iv)   In the event that AISI or another agency determines that a dual-use foundation model’s capabilities could be used to harm public safety significantly, AISI shall serve as the primary point of contact through which the United States Government communicates such findings and any associated recommendations regarding risk mitigation to the developer of the model.
    (v)    Within 270 days of the date of this memorandum, and at least annually thereafter, AISI shall submit to the President, through the APNSA, and provide to other interagency counterparts as appropriate, at minimum one report that shall include the following:
    (A)  A summary of findings from AI safety assessments of frontier AI models that have been conducted by or shared with AISI;
    (B)  A summary of whether AISI deemed risk mitigation necessary to resolve any issues identified in the assessments, along with conclusions regarding any mitigations’ efficacy; and
    (C)  A summary of the adequacy of the science-based tools and methods used to inform such assessments.
         (f)  Consistent with these goals, other agencies specified below shall take the following actions, in coordination with Commerce, acting through AISI within NIST, to provide classified sector-specific evaluations of current and near-future AI systems for cyber, nuclear, and radiological risks:
    (i)    All agencies that conduct or fund safety testing and evaluations of AI systems shall share the results of such evaluations with AISI within 30 days of their completion, consistent with applicable protections for classified and controlled information.
    (ii)   Within 120 days of the date of this memorandum, the National Security Agency (NSA), acting through its AI Security Center (AISC) and in coordination with AISI, shall develop the capability to perform rapid systematic classified testing of AI models’ capacity to detect, generate, and/or exacerbate offensive cyber threats.  Such tests shall assess the degree to which AI systems, if misused, could accelerate offensive cyber operations.
    (iii)  Within 120 days of the date of this memorandum, DOE, acting primarily through the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA) and in close coordination with AISI and NSA, shall seek to develop the capability to perform rapid systematic testing of AI models’ capacity to generate or exacerbate nuclear and radiological risks.  This initiative shall involve the development and maintenance of infrastructure capable of running classified and unclassified tests, including using restricted data and relevant classified threat information.  This initiative shall also feature the creation and regular updating of automated evaluations, the development of an interface for enabling human-led red-teaming, and the establishment of technical and legal tooling necessary for facilitating the rapid and secure transfer of United States Government, open-weight, and proprietary models to these facilities.  As part of this initiative:
    (A)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, DOE shall use the capability described in subsection 3.3(f)(iii) of this section to complete initial evaluations of the radiological and nuclear knowledge, capabilities, and implications of a frontier AI model no more than 30 days after the model has been made available to NNSA at an appropriate classification level.  These evaluations shall involve tests of AI systems both without significant modifications and, as appropriate, with fine-tuning or other modifications that could enhance performance.
    (B)  Within 270 days of the date of this memorandum, and at least annually thereafter, DOE shall submit to the President, through the APNSA, at minimum one assessment that shall include the following:
    (1)  A concise summary of the findings of each AI model evaluation for radiological and nuclear risk, described in subsection 3.3(f)(iii)(A) of this section, that DOE has performed in the preceding 12 months;
    (2)  A recommendation as to whether corrective action is necessary to resolve any issues identified in the evaluations, including but not limited to actions necessary for attaining and sustaining compliance conditions appropriate to safeguard and prevent unauthorized disclosure of restricted data or other classified information, pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954; and
    (3)  A concise statement regarding the adequacy of the science-based tools and methods used to inform the evaluations.
    (iv)   On an ongoing basis, DHS, acting through the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), shall continue to fulfill its responsibilities with respect to the application of AISI guidance, as identified in National Security Memorandum 22 of April 30, 2024 (Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience), and section 4 of Executive Order 14110.
         (g)  Consistent with these goals, and to reduce the chemical and biological risks that could emerge from AI:
    (i)    The United States Government shall advance classified evaluations of advanced AI models’ capacity to generate or exacerbate deliberate chemical and biological threats.  As part of this initiative:
    (A)  Within 210 days of the date of this memorandum, DOE, DHS, and AISI, in consultation with DOD and other relevant agencies, shall coordinate to develop a roadmap for future classified evaluations of advanced AI models’ capacity to generate or exacerbate deliberate chemical and biological threats, to be shared with the APNSA.  This roadmap shall consider the scope, scale, and priority of classified evaluations; proper safeguards to ensure that evaluations and simulations are not misconstrued as offensive capability development; proper safeguards for testing sensitive and/or classified information; and sustainable implementation of evaluation methodologies.
    (B)  On an ongoing basis, DHS shall provide expertise, threat and risk information, and other technical support to assess the feasibility of proposed biological and chemical classified evaluations; interpret and contextualize evaluation results; and advise relevant agencies on potential risk mitigations.
    (C)  Within 270 days of the date of this memorandum, DOE shall establish a pilot project to provide expertise, infrastructure, and facilities capable of conducting classified tests in this area.
    (ii)   Within 240 days of the date of this memorandum, DOD, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), DOE (including national laboratories), DHS, NSF, and other agencies pursuing the development of AI systems substantially trained on biological and chemical data shall, as appropriate, support efforts to utilize high-performance computing resources and AI systems to enhance biosafety and biosecurity.  These efforts shall include:
    (A)  The development of tools for screening in silico chemical and biological research and technology;
    (B)  The creation of algorithms for nucleic acid synthesis screening;
    (C)  The construction of high-assurance software foundations for novel biotechnologies;
    (D)  The screening of complete orders or data streams from cloud labs and biofoundries; and
    (E)  The development of risk mitigation strategies such as medical countermeasures.
    (iii)  After the publication of biological and chemical safety guidance by AISI outlined in subsection 3.3(e) of this section, all agencies that directly develop relevant dual-use foundation AI models that are made available to the public and are substantially trained on biological or chemical data shall incorporate this guidance into their agency’s practices, as appropriate and feasible.
    (iv)   Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, NSF, in coordination with DOD, Commerce (acting through AISI within NIST), HHS, DOE, the Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP), and other relevant agencies, shall seek to convene academic research institutions and scientific publishers to develop voluntary best practices and standards for publishing computational biological and chemical models, data sets, and approaches, including those that use AI and that could contribute to the production of knowledge, information, technologies, and products that could be misused to cause harm.  This is in furtherance of the activities described in subsections 4.4 and 4.7 of Executive Order 14110.
    (v)    Within 540 days of the date of this memorandum, and informed by the United States Government Policy for Oversight of Dual Use Research of Concern and Pathogens with Enhanced Pandemic Potential, OSTP, NSC staff, and the Office of Pandemic Preparedness and Response Policy, in consultation with relevant agencies and external stakeholders as appropriate, shall develop guidance promoting the benefits of and mitigating the risks associated with in silico biological and chemical research.
         (h)  Agencies shall take the following actions to improve foundational understanding of AI safety, security, and trustworthiness:
    (i)   DOD, Commerce, DOE, DHS, ODNI, NSF, NSA, and the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, prioritize research on AI safety and trustworthiness.  As appropriate and consistent with existing authorities, they shall pursue partnerships as appropriate with leading public sector, industry, civil society, academic, and other institutions with expertise in these domains, with the objective of accelerating technical and socio-technical progress in AI safety and trustworthiness.  This work may include research on interpretability, formal methods, privacy enhancing technologies, techniques to address risks to civil liberties and human rights, human-AI interaction, and/or the socio-technical effects of detecting and labeling synthetic and authentic content (for example, to address the malicious use of AI to generate misleading videos or images, including those of a strategically damaging or non-consensual intimate nature, of political or public figures).
    (ii)  DOD, Commerce, DOE, DHS, ODNI, NSF, NSA, and NGA shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, prioritize research to improve the security, robustness, and reliability of AI systems and controls.  These entities shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, partner with other agencies, industry, civil society, and academia.  Where appropriate, DOD, DHS (acting through CISA), the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and NSA (acting through AISC) shall publish unclassified guidance concerning known AI cybersecurity vulnerabilities and threats; best practices for avoiding, detecting, and mitigating such issues during model training and deployment; and the integration of AI into other software systems.  This work shall include an examination of the role of and vulnerabilities potentially caused by AI systems used in critical infrastructure.
         (i)  Agencies shall take actions to protect classified and controlled information, given the potential risks posed by AI:
    (i)  In the course of regular updates to policies and procedures, DOD, DOE, and the IC shall consider how analysis enabled by AI tools may affect decisions related to declassification of material, standards for sufficient anonymization, and similar activities, as well as the robustness of existing operational security and equity controls to protect classified or controlled information, given that AI systems have demonstrated the capacity to extract previously inaccessible insight from redacted and anonymized data.
    Sec. 4.  Responsibly Harnessing AI to Achieve National Security Objectives.  (a)  It is the policy of the United States Government to act decisively to enable the effective and responsible use of AI in furtherance of its national security mission.  Achieving global leadership in national security applications of AI will require effective partnership with organizations outside Government, as well as significant internal transformation, including strengthening effective oversight and governance functions.
         4.1.  Enabling Effective and Responsible Use of AI.  (a)  It is the policy of the United States Government to adapt its partnerships, policies, and infrastructure to use AI capabilities appropriately, effectively, and responsibly.  These modifications must balance each agency’s unique oversight, data, and application needs with the substantial benefits associated with sharing powerful AI and computational resources across the United States Government.  Modifications must also be grounded in a clear understanding of the United States Government’s comparative advantages relative to industry, civil society, and academia, and must leverage offerings from external collaborators and contractors as appropriate.  The United States Government must make the most of the rich United States AI ecosystem by incentivizing innovation in safe, secure, and trustworthy AI and promoting industry competition when selecting contractors, grant recipients, and research collaborators.  Finally, the United States Government must address important technical and policy considerations in ways that ensure the integrity and interoperability needed to pursue its objectives while protecting human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety.
         (b)  The United States Government needs an updated set of Government-wide procedures for attracting, hiring, developing, and retaining AI and AI-enabling talent for national security purposes.
         (c)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)   In the course of regular legal, policy, and compliance framework reviews, the Department of State, DOD, DOJ, DOE, DHS, and IC elements shall revise, as appropriate, their hiring and retention policies and strategies to accelerate responsible AI adoption.  Agencies shall account for technical talent needs required to adopt AI and integrate it into their missions and other roles necessary to use AI effectively, such as AI-related governance, ethics, and policy positions.  These policies and strategies shall identify financial, organizational, and security hurdles, as well as potential mitigations consistent with applicable law.  Such measures shall also include consideration of programs to attract experts with relevant technical expertise from industry, academia, and civil society — including scholarship for service programs — and similar initiatives that would expose Government employees to relevant non-government entities in ways that build technical, organizational, and cultural familiarity with the AI industry.  These policies and strategies shall use all available authorities, including expedited security clearance procedures as appropriate, in order to address the shortfall of AI-relevant talent within Government.
    (ii)  Within 120 days of the date of this memorandum, the Department of State, DOD, DOJ, DOE, DHS, and IC elements shall each, in consultation with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), identify education and training opportunities to increase the AI competencies of their respective workforces, via initiatives which may include training and skills-based hiring.
         (d)  To accelerate the use of AI in service of its national security mission, the United States Government needs coordinated and effective acquisition and procurement systems.  This will require an enhanced capacity to assess, define, and articulate AI-related requirements for national security purposes, as well as improved accessibility for AI companies that lack significant prior experience working with the United States Government.
         (e)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)    Within 30 days of the date of this memorandum, DOD and ODNI, in coordination with OMB and other agencies as appropriate, shall establish a working group to address issues involving procurement of AI by DOD and IC elements and for use on NSS.  As appropriate, the working group shall consult the Director of the NSA, as the National Manager for NSS, in developing recommendations for acquiring and procuring AI for use on NSS.
    (ii)   Within 210 days of the date of this memorandum, the working group described in subsection 4.1(e)(i) of this section shall provide written recommendations to the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council (FARC) regarding changes to existing regulations and guidance, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, to promote the following objectives for AI procured by DOD and IC elements and for use on NSS:
    (A)  Ensuring objective metrics to measure and promote the safety, security, and trustworthiness of AI systems;
    (B)  Accelerating the acquisition and procurement process for AI, consistent with the Federal Acquisition Regulation, while maintaining appropriate checks to mitigate safety risks;  
    (C)  Simplifying processes such that companies without experienced contracting teams may meaningfully compete for relevant contracts, to ensure that the United States Government has access to a wide range of AI systems and that the AI marketplace is competitive;
    (D)  Structuring competitions to encourage robust participation and achieve best value to the Government, such as by including requirements that promote interoperability and prioritizing the technical capability of vendors when evaluating offers;
    (E)  Accommodating shared use of AI to the greatest degree possible and as appropriate across relevant agencies; and
    (F)  Ensuring that agencies with specific authorities and missions may implement other policies, where appropriate and necessary.
    (iii)  The FARC shall, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, consider proposing amendments to the Federal Acquisition Regulation to codify recommendations provided by the working group pursuant to subsection 4.1(e)(ii) of this section that may have Government-wide application.
    (iv)   DOD and ODNI shall seek to engage on an ongoing basis with diverse United States private sector stakeholders — including AI technology and defense companies and members of the United States investor community — to identify and better understand emerging capabilities that would benefit or otherwise affect the United States national security mission.
         (f)  The United States Government needs clear, modernized, and robust policies and procedures that enable the rapid development and national security use of AI, consistent with human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, safety, and other democratic values.
         (g)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)    DOD and the IC shall, in consultation with DOJ as appropriate, review their respective legal, policy, civil liberties, privacy, and compliance frameworks, including international legal obligations, and, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, seek to develop or revise policies and procedures to enable the effective and responsible use of AI, accounting for the following:
    (A)  Issues raised by the acquisition, use, retention, dissemination, and disposal of models trained on datasets that include personal information traceable to specific United States persons, publicly available information, commercially available information, and intellectual property, consistent with section 9 of Executive Order 14110;
    (B)  Guidance that shall be developed by DOJ, in consultation with DOD and ODNI, regarding constitutional considerations raised by the IC’s acquisition and use of AI;
    (C)  Challenges associated with classification and compartmentalization;
    (D)  Algorithmic bias, inconsistent performance, inaccurate outputs, and other known AI failure modes;
    (E)  Threats to analytic integrity when employing AI tools;
    (F)  Risks posed by a lack of safeguards that protect human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and other democratic values, as addressed in further detail in subsection 4.2 of this section;
    (G)  Barriers to sharing AI models and related insights with allies and partners; and
    (H)  Potential inconsistencies between AI use and the implementation of international legal obligations and commitments.
    (ii)   As appropriate, the policies described in subsection 4.1(g) of this section shall be consistent with direction issued by the Committee on NSS and DOD governing the security of AI used on NSS, policies issued by the Director of National Intelligence governing adoption of AI by the IC, and direction issued by OMB governing the security of AI used on non-NSS.
    (iii)  On an ongoing basis, each agency that uses AI on NSS shall, in consultation with ODNI and DOD, take all steps appropriate and consistent with applicable law to accelerate responsible approval of AI systems for use on NSS and accreditation of NSS that use AI systems.
         (h)  The United States’ network of allies and partners confers significant advantages over competitors.  Consistent with the 2022 National Security Strategy or any successor strategies, the United States Government must invest in and proactively enable the co-development and co-deployment of AI capabilities with select allies and partners.
         (i)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  Within 150 days of the date of this memorandum, DOD, in coordination with the Department of State and ODNI, shall evaluate the feasibility of advancing, increasing, and promoting co-development and shared use of AI and AI-enabled assets with select allies and partners.  This evaluation shall include:
    (A)  A potential list of foreign states with which such co-development or co-deployment may be feasible;
    (B)  A list of bilateral and multilateral fora for potential outreach;
    (C)  Potential co-development and co-deployment concepts;
    (D)  Proposed classification-appropriate testing vehicles for co-developed AI capabilities; and
    (E)  Considerations for existing programs, agreements, or arrangements to use as foundations for future co-development and co-deployment of AI capabilities.
         (j)  The United States Government needs improved internal coordination with respect to its use of and approach to AI on NSS in order to ensure interoperability and resource sharing consistent with applicable law, and to reap the generality and economies of scale offered by frontier AI models.
         (k)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  On an ongoing basis, DOD and ODNI shall issue or revise relevant guidance to improve consolidation and interoperability across AI functions on NSS.  This guidance shall seek to ensure that the United States Government can coordinate and share AI-related resources effectively, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law.  Such work shall include:
    (A)  Recommending agency organizational practices to improve AI research and deployment activities that span multiple national security institutions.  In order to encourage AI adoption for the purpose of national security, these measures shall aim to create consistency to the greatest extent possible across the revised practices.
    (B)  Steps that enable consolidated research, development, and procurement for general-purpose AI systems and supporting infrastructure, such that multiple agencies can share access to these tools to the extent consistent with applicable law, while still allowing for appropriate controls on sensitive data.
    (C)  Aligning AI-related national security policies and procedures across agencies, as practicable and appropriate, and consistent with applicable law.
    (D)  Developing policies and procedures, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, to share information across DOD and the IC when an AI system developed, deployed, or used by a contractor demonstrates risks related to safety, security, and trustworthiness, including to human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, or privacy.
         4.2.  Strengthening AI Governance and Risk Management.  (a)  As the United States Government moves swiftly to adopt AI in support of its national security mission, it must continue taking active steps to uphold human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety; ensure that AI is used in a manner consistent with the President’s authority as Commander in Chief to decide when to order military operations in the Nation’s defense; and ensure that military use of AI capabilities is accountable, including through such use during military operations within a responsible human chain of command and control.  Accordingly, the United States Government must develop and implement robust AI governance and risk management practices to ensure that its AI innovation aligns with democratic values, updating policy guidance where necessary.  In light of the diverse authorities and missions across covered agencies with a national security mission and the rapid rate of ongoing technological change, such AI governance and risk management frameworks shall be:
    (i)    Structured, to the extent permitted by law, such that they can adapt to future opportunities and risks posed by new technical developments;
    (ii)   As consistent across agencies as is practicable and appropriate in order to enable interoperability, while respecting unique authorities and missions;
    (iii)  Designed to enable innovation that advances United States national security objectives;
    (iv)   As transparent to the public as practicable and appropriate, while protecting classified or controlled information;
    (v)    Developed and applied in a manner and with means to integrate protections, controls, and safeguards for human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety where relevant; and
    (vi)   Designed to reflect United States leadership in establishing broad international support for rules and norms that reinforce the United States’ approach to AI governance and risk management.
         (b)  Covered agencies shall develop and use AI responsibly, consistent with United States law and policies, democratic values, and international law and treaty obligations, including international humanitarian and human rights law.  All agency officials retain their existing authorities and responsibilities established in other laws and policies.
         (c)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  Heads of covered agencies shall, consistent with their authorities, monitor, assess, and mitigate risks directly tied to their agency’s development and use of AI.  Such risks may result from reliance on AI outputs to inform, influence, decide, or execute agency decisions or actions, when used in a defense, intelligence, or law enforcement context, and may impact human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, safety, national security, and democratic values.  These risks from the use of AI include the following:
    (A)  Risks to physical safety:  AI use may pose unintended risks to human life or property.
    (B)  Privacy harms:  AI design, development, and operation may result in harm, embarrassment, unfairness, and prejudice to individuals.
    (C)  Discrimination and bias:  AI use may lead to unlawful discrimination and harmful bias, resulting in, for instance, inappropriate surveillance and profiling, among other harms.
    (D)  Inappropriate use:  operators using AI systems may not fully understand the capabilities and limitations of these technologies, including systems used in conflicts.  Such unfamiliarity could impact operators’ ability to exercise appropriate levels of human judgment.
    (E)  Lack of transparency:  agencies may have gaps in documentation of AI development and use, and the public may lack access to information about how AI is used in national security contexts because of the necessity to protect classified or controlled information.
    (F)  Lack of accountability:  training programs and guidance for agency personnel on the proper use of AI systems may not be sufficient, including to mitigate the risk of overreliance on AI systems (such as “automation bias”), and accountability mechanisms may not adequately address possible intentional or negligent misuse of AI-enabled technologies.
    (G)  Data spillage:  AI systems may reveal aspects of their training data — either inadvertently or through deliberate manipulation by malicious actors — and data spillage may result from AI systems trained on classified or controlled information when used on networks where such information is not permitted.
    (H)  Poor performance:  AI systems that are inappropriately or insufficiently trained, used for purposes outside the scope of their training set, or improperly integrated into human workflows may exhibit poor performance, including in ways that result in inconsistent outcomes or unlawful discrimination and harmful bias, or that undermine the integrity of decision-making processes.
    (I)  Deliberate manipulation and misuse:  foreign state competitors and malicious actors may deliberately undermine the accuracy and efficacy of AI systems, or seek to extract sensitive information from such systems.
         (d)  The United States Government’s AI governance and risk management policies must keep pace with evolving technology.
         (e)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)   An AI framework, entitled “Framework to Advance AI Governance and Risk Management in National Security” (AI Framework), shall further implement this subsection.  The AI Framework shall be approved by the NSC Deputies Committee through the process described in National Security Memorandum 2 of February 4, 2021 (Renewing the National Security Council System), or any successor process, and shall be reviewed periodically through that process.  This process shall determine whether adjustments are needed to address risks identified in subsection 4.2(c) of this section and other topics covered in the AI Framework.  The AI Framework shall serve as a national security-focused counterpart to OMB’s Memorandum M-24-10 of March 28, 2024 (Advancing Governance, Innovation, and Risk Management for Agency Use of Artificial Intelligence), and any successor OMB policies.  To the extent feasible, appropriate, and consistent with applicable law, the AI Framework shall be as consistent as possible with these OMB policies and shall be made public.
    (ii)  The AI Framework described in subsection 4.2(e)(i) of this section and any successor document shall, at a minimum, and to the extent consistent with applicable law, specify the following:
    (A)  Each covered agency shall have a Chief AI Officer who holds primary responsibility within that agency, in coordination with other responsible officials, for managing the agency’s use of AI, promoting AI innovation within the agency, and managing risks from the agency’s use of AI consistent with subsection 3(b) of OMB Memorandum M-24-10, as practicable.
    (B)  Covered agencies shall have AI Governance Boards to coordinate and govern AI issues through relevant senior leaders from the agency.
    (C)  Guidance on AI activities that pose unacceptable levels of risk and that shall be prohibited.
    (D)  Guidance on AI activities that are “high impact” and require minimum risk management practices, including for high-impact AI use that affects United States Government personnel.  Such high-impact activities shall include AI whose output serves as a principal basis for a decision or action that could exacerbate or create significant risks to national security, international norms, human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, safety, or other democratic values.  The minimum risk management practices for high-impact AI shall include a mechanism for agencies to assess AI’s expected benefits and potential risks; a mechanism for assessing data quality; sufficient test and evaluation practices; mitigation of unlawful discrimination and harmful bias; human training, assessment, and oversight requirements; ongoing monitoring; and additional safeguards for military service members, the Federal civilian workforce, and individuals who receive an offer of employment from a covered agency.
    (E)  Covered agencies shall ensure privacy, civil liberties, and safety officials are integrated into AI governance and oversight structures.  Such officials shall report findings to the heads of agencies and oversight officials, as appropriate, using existing reporting channels when feasible.
    (F)  Covered agencies shall ensure that there are sufficient training programs, guidance, and accountability processes to enable proper use of AI systems.
    (G)  Covered agencies shall maintain an annual inventory of their high-impact AI use and AI systems and provide updates on this inventory to agency heads and the APNSA.
    (H)  Covered agencies shall ensure that whistleblower protections are sufficient to account for issues that may arise in the development and use of AI and AI systems.
    (I)  Covered agencies shall develop and implement waiver processes for high-impact AI use that balance robust implementation of risk mitigation measures in this memorandum and the AI Framework with the need to utilize AI to preserve and advance critical agency missions and operations.
    (J)  Covered agencies shall implement cybersecurity guidance or direction associated with AI systems issued by the National Manager for NSS to mitigate the risks posed by malicious actors exploiting new technologies, and to enable interoperability of AI across agencies.  Within 150 days of the date of this memorandum, and periodically thereafter, the National Manager for NSS shall issue minimum cybersecurity guidance and/or direction for AI used as a component of NSS, which shall be incorporated into AI governance guidance detailed in subsection 4.2(g)(i) of this section.
         (f)  The United States Government needs guidance specifically regarding the use of AI on NSS.
         (g)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  Within 180 days of the date of this memorandum, the heads of the Department of State, the Department of the Treasury, DOD, DOJ, Commerce, DOE, DHS, ODNI (acting on behalf of the 18 IC elements), and any other covered agency that uses AI as part of a NSS (Department Heads) shall issue or update guidance to their components/sub-agencies on AI governance and risk management for NSS, aligning with the policies in this subsection, the AI Framework, and other applicable policies.  Department Heads shall review their respective guidance on an annual basis, and update such guidance as needed.  This guidance, and any updates thereto, shall be provided to the APNSA prior to issuance.  This guidance shall be unclassified and made available to the public to the extent feasible and appropriate, though it may have a classified annex.  Department Heads shall seek to harmonize their guidance, and the APNSA shall convene an interagency meeting at least annually for the purpose of harmonizing Department Heads’ guidance on AI governance and risk management to the extent practicable and appropriate while respecting the agencies’ diverse authorities and missions.  Harmonization shall be pursued in the following areas:
    (A)  Implementation of the risk management practices for high-impact AI;
    (B)  AI and AI system standards and activities, including as they relate to training, testing, accreditation, and security and cybersecurity; and
    (C)  Any other issues that affect interoperability for AI and AI systems.
    Sec. 5.  Fostering a Stable, Responsible, and Globally Beneficial International AI Governance Landscape.  (a)  Throughout its history, the United States has played an essential role in shaping the international order to enable the safe, secure, and trustworthy global adoption of new technologies while also protecting democratic values.  These contributions have ranged from establishing nonproliferation regimes for biological, chemical, and nuclear weapons to setting the foundations for multi-stakeholder governance of the Internet.  Like these precedents, AI will require new global norms and coordination mechanisms, which the United States Government must maintain an active role in crafting.
         (b)  It is the policy of the United States Government that United States international engagement on AI shall support and facilitate improvements to the safety, security, and trustworthiness of AI systems worldwide; promote democratic values, including respect for human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety; prevent the misuse of AI in national security contexts; and promote equitable access to AI’s benefits.  The United States Government shall advance international agreements, collaborations, and other substantive and norm-setting initiatives in alignment with this policy.
         (c)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)  Within 120 days of the date of this memorandum, the Department of State, in coordination with DOD, Commerce, DHS, the United States Mission to the United Nations (USUN), and the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), shall produce a strategy for the advancement of international AI governance norms in line with safe, secure, and trustworthy AI, and democratic values, including human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, and privacy.  This strategy shall cover bilateral and multilateral engagement and relations with allies and partners.  It shall also include guidance on engaging with competitors, and it shall outline an approach to working in international institutions such as the United Nations and the Group of 7 (G7), as well as technical organizations.  The strategy shall:
    (A)  Develop and promote internationally shared definitions, norms, expectations, and standards, consistent with United States policy and existing efforts, which will promote safe, secure, and trustworthy AI development and use around the world.  These norms shall be as consistent as possible with United States domestic AI governance (including Executive Order 14110 and OMB Memorandum M-24-10), the International Code of Conduct for Organizations Developing Advanced AI Systems released by the G7 in October 2023, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Principles on AI, United Nations General Assembly Resolution A/78/L.49, and other United States-supported relevant international frameworks (such as the Political Declaration on Responsible Military Use of AI and Autonomy) and instruments.  By discouraging misuse and encouraging appropriate safeguards, these norms and standards shall aim to reduce the likelihood of AI causing harm or having adverse impacts on human rights, democracy, or the rule of law.
    (B)  Promote the responsible and ethical use of AI in national security contexts in accordance with democratic values and in compliance with applicable international law.  The strategy shall advance the norms and practices established by this memorandum and measures endorsed in the Political Declaration on Responsible Military Use of AI and Autonomy.
    Sec. 6.  Ensuring Effective Coordination, Execution, and Reporting of AI Policy.  (a)  The United States Government must work in a closely coordinated manner to make progress on effective and responsible AI adoption.  Given the speed with which AI technology evolves, the United States Government must learn quickly, adapt to emerging strategic developments, adopt new capabilities, and confront novel risks.
         (b)  Consistent with these goals:
    (i)    Within 270 days of the date of this memorandum, and annually thereafter for at least the next 5 years, the heads of the Department of State, DOD, Commerce, DOE, ODNI (acting on behalf of the IC), USUN, and USAID shall each submit a report to the President, through the APNSA, that offers a detailed accounting of their activities in response to their taskings in all sections of this memorandum, including this memorandum’s classified annex, and that provides a plan for further action.  The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), NSA, the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), and NGA shall submit reports on their activities to ODNI for inclusion in full as an appendix to ODNI’s report regarding IC activities.  NGA, NSA, and DIA shall submit their reports as well to DOD for inclusion in full as an appendix to DOD’s report.
    (ii)   Within 45 days of the date of this memorandum, the Chief AI Officers of the Department of State, DOD, DOJ, DOE, DHS, OMB, ODNI, CIA, DIA, NSA, and NGA, as well as appropriate technical staff, shall form an AI National Security Coordination Group (Coordination Group).  Any Chief AI Officer of an agency that is a member of the Committee on National Security Systems may also join the Coordination Group as a full member.  The Coordination Group shall be co-chaired by the Chief AI Officers of ODNI and DOD.  The Coordination Group shall consider ways to harmonize policies relating to the development, accreditation, acquisition, use, and evaluation of AI on NSS.  This work could include development of:
    (A)  Enhanced training and awareness to ensure that agencies prioritize the most effective AI systems, responsibly develop and use AI, and effectively evaluate AI systems;
    (B)  Best practices to identify and mitigate foreign intelligence risks and human rights considerations associated with AI procurement;
    (C)  Best practices to ensure interoperability between agency deployments of AI, to include data interoperability and data sharing agreements, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law;
    (D)  A process to maintain, update, and disseminate such trainings and best practices on an ongoing basis;
    (E)  AI-related policy initiatives to address regulatory gaps implicated by executive branch-wide policy development processes; and 
    (F)  An agile process to increase the speed of acquisitions, validation, and delivery of AI capabilities, consistent with applicable law.
    (iii)  Within 90 days of the date of this memorandum, the Coordination Group described in subsection (b)(ii) of this section shall establish a National Security AI Executive Talent Committee (Talent Committee) composed of senior AI officials (or designees) from all agencies in the Coordination Group that wish to participate.  The Talent Committee shall work to standardize, prioritize, and address AI talent needs and develop an updated set of Government-wide procedures for attracting, hiring, developing, and retaining AI and AI-enabling talent for national security purposes.  The Talent Committee shall designate a representative to serve as a member of the AI and Technology Talent Task Force set forth in Executive Order 14110, helping to identify overlapping needs and address shared challenges in hiring.
    (iv)   Within 365 days of the date of this memorandum, and annually thereafter for at least the next 5 years, the Coordination Group described in subsection (b)(ii) of this section shall issue a joint report to the APNSA on consolidation and interoperability of AI efforts and systems for the purposes of national security.
         Sec. 7.  Definitions.  (a)  This memorandum uses definitions set forth in section 3 of Executive Order 14110.  In addition, for the purposes of this memorandum:
    (i)     The term “AI safety” means the mechanisms through which individuals and organizations minimize and mitigate the potential for harm to individuals and society that can result from the malicious use, misapplication, failures, accidents, and unintended behavior of AI models; the systems that integrate them; and the ways in which they are used.
    (ii)    The term “AI security” means a set of practices to protect AI systems — including training data, models, abilities, and lifecycles — from cyber and physical attacks, thefts, and damage.
    (iii)   The term “covered agencies” means agencies in the Intelligence Community, as well as all agencies as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(1) when they use AI as a component of a National Security System, other than the Executive Office of the President.
    (iv)    The term “Critical Technical Artifacts” (CTAs) means information, usually specific to a single model or group of related models that, if possessed by someone other than the model developer, would substantially lower the costs of recreating, attaining, or using the model’s capabilities.  Under the technical paradigm dominant in the AI industry today, the model weights of a trained AI system constitute CTAs, as do, in some cases, associated training data and code.  Future paradigms may rely on different CTAs.
    (v)     The term “frontier AI model” means a general-purpose AI system near the cutting-edge of performance, as measured by widely accepted publicly available benchmarks, or similar assessments of reasoning, science, and overall capabilities.
    (vi)    The term “Intelligence Community” (IC) has the meaning provided in 50 U.S.C. 3003.
    (vii)   The term “open-weight model” means a model that has weights that are widely available, typically through public release.
    (viii)  The term “United States Government” means all agencies as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(1).
         Sec. 8.  General Provisions.  (a)  Nothing in this memorandum shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
    (i)   the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or
    (ii)  the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
         (b)  This memorandum shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
         (c)  This memorandum is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
                                  JOSEPH R. BIDEN JR.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Parson Congratulates Major General Levon Cumpton on His Selection for Key National Guard Leadership Position in Europe

    Source: US State of Missouri

    OCTOBER 24, 2024

    Jefferson City — Today, Governor Mike Parson announced that Major General Levon E. Cumpton, The Adjutant General (TAG) of the Missouri National Guard (MONG), was selected to be the U.S. Army Europe and Africa’s Chief of Staff and Deputy Commanding General for the Army National Guard, effective February 2025.

    “We congratulate and are excited for Major General Cumpton as he enters this next chapter of his career,” Governor Parson said. “General Cumpton has built an incredibly strong team for the Missouri National Guard. While we will miss his leadership and devotion to our state and nation as TAG, we know our nation’s military is stronger and safer with him in this new role.  The Missouri National Guard’s steadfast and dedicated team members will help ensure a smooth transition and continue serving the citizens of our state and nation with excellence.”

    “Levon’s efforts, above and beyond the call of duty, and devotion to his home state have helped bring greater opportunity to thousands of Missourians. Teresa and I thank him for his service and wish him, along with his wife Linda, the best in this new role and all that comes next,” Governor Parson continued.

    “It’s an absolute honor to serve as Missouri’s TAG; I was humbled to be selected by Governor Parson. I continue to be humbled to have the continued confidence and support of our state and national leadership to serve in this new role supporting our U.S. and Allies operations in these critical overseas theaters,” General Cumpton said. “My wife, Linda, and I are blessed to be on this team. To our Missouri National Guard Airmen and Soldiers, thank you for who you are and what you do for our state and nation as you continue to Train, Fight, and Win while Taking Care of Each Other as One Team. Linda and I are moving overseas, but our roots are in Missouri. We love this state, we love our country. Keep Winning.”

    General Cumpton has served as TAG of the MONG since August 2, 2019. He provides command and control of over 12,000 MONG Soldiers, Airmen, and Federal and State employees. He ensures the MONG is staffed, trained, equipped, and resourced for its dual state and federal missions.

    During his tenure, he led MONG in support of civil authorities during the COVID-19 pandemic and numerous relief efforts during floods, winter storms, and other natural disasters. He modernized facilities and the organization of the Joint Force Headquarters and Army and Air units within the state to best meet the interagency needs of the state and federal governments. The MONG deployed units around the globe, in defense of the U.S. homeland, on the U.S. southern border, and throughout the State of Missouri, ensuring the National Guard was always ready, always there.

    General Cumpton will continue to serve as TAG until he takes on his new assignment in February 2025. The next Governor of the State of Missouri will appoint General Cumpton’s replacement as TAG of the MONG.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Farmers & Merchants Bancorp, Inc. and F&M Bank Announces Updates to Board of Directors

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Kevin Frey Appointed to Board of Directors

    Dr. K. Brad Stamm to Retire from Board of Directors

    ARCHBOLD, Ohio, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — F&M Bank (“F&M”), an Archbold, Ohio-based bank owned by Farmers & Merchants Bancorp, Inc. (Nasdaq: FMAO), announced updates to its Board of Directors. On October 22, 2024, Kevin Frey was appointed to the Board of Directors of both the Company and the Bank. In addition to this new appointment, F&M announced the retirement of Dr. K. Brad Stamm from the Board of Directors.

    “On behalf of F&M’s Board of Directors, I am thrilled to welcome Kevin to our team. With deep roots in our legacy market and a wealth of experience as Vice President of Frey & Sons, he brings invaluable insights that will strengthen our connection to the communities we serve,” said F&M’s Chairman Andrew Briggs. “We look forward to his contributions as we continue to grow while staying true to the values guiding F&M for generations.”

    Frey is the Vice President of Frey & Sons, Inc., a family-owned real estate brokerage and auction company that was incorporated in 1963 and is headquartered in Archbold, Ohio. Frey is the Principal Broker and lead Auctioneer for Frey & Sons. The company specializes in real estate auctions and sales in Northwest Ohio and heavy equipment auctions across the Midwest. Frey also manages a portfolio of multifamily, commercial, and agricultural properties and is a member of the Board of Directors for Yoder & Frey, Inc., a farm and machinery auction yard. Frey received a Bachelor of Arts in accounting from Goshen College and worked as a Certified Public Accountant from 1996-2003. He is a member of the National Association of Realtors, Ohio Association of Realtors, National Auctions Association, and Ohio Auctioneers Association.

    Dr. Stamm joined the Board in November of 2016 and served with distinction throughout his tenure. He is the President and Educational Consultant of Stamm Management Group. A celebration in honor of Dr. Stamm’s contributions was held on October 22, 2024. His final day as a Board member will be October 25, 2024.

    “Brad has been an instrumental part of our Board for nearly eight years, and his dedication and leadership will be greatly missed,” said President and CEO of F&M, Lars Eller. “We wish him all the best and express our deepest gratitude for his service to F&M.”

    About F&M Bank:
    F&M Bank is a local independent community bank that has been serving its communities since 1897. F&M Bank provides commercial banking, retail banking and other financial services. Our locations are in Butler, Champaign, Fulton, Defiance, Hancock, Henry, Lucas, Shelby, Williams, and Wood counties in Ohio. In Northeast Indiana, we have offices located in Adams, Allen, DeKalb, Jay, Steuben and Wells counties. The Michigan footprint includes Oakland County, and we have Loan Production Offices in West Bloomfield, Michigan; Muncie, Indiana; and Perrysburg and Bryan, Ohio.

    Safe harbor statement
    Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements by F&M, including management’s expectations and comments, may not be based on historical facts and are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Actual results could vary materially depending on risks and uncertainties inherent in general and local banking conditions, competitive factors specific to markets in which F&M and its subsidiaries operate, future interest rate levels, legislative and regulatory decisions, capital market conditions, or the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and its impacts on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions. F&M assumes no responsibility to update this information. For more details, please refer to F&M’s SEC filing, including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. Such filings can be viewed at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov or through F&M’s website www.fm.bank.

    Company Contact: Investor and Media Contact:
    Lars B. Eller
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    Farmers & Merchants Bancorp, Inc.
    (419) 446-2501
    leller@fm.bank
    Andrew M. Berger
    Managing Director
    SM Berger & Company, Inc.
    (216) 464-6400
    andrew@smberger.com

     

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Canada: Statement from the Chief Public Health Officer of Canada on her annual report 2024: Realizing the Future of Vaccination for Public Health

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Statement

    Today, the Chief Public Health Officer of Canada annual report on the state of public health in Canada, entitled Realizing the Future of Vaccination for Public Health, was tabled in Parliament by the Honourable Mark Holland, Minister of Health.

    October 24, 2024 | Ottawa, ON | Public Health Agency of Canada

    Today, my annual report on the state of public health in Canada, entitled Realizing the Future of Vaccination for Public Health, was tabled in Parliament by the Honourable Mark Holland, Minister of Health.

    Vaccination is one of the most significant public health achievements in modern history, helping people to live longer and healthier lives. In fact, over the past 50 years, researchers estimate vaccines have saved over 150 million lives worldwide. In addition to direct health benefits, vaccination also provides important social and economic benefits, such as reduced sick time in schools and workplaces, and increased job productivity. Vaccination can also help reduce the burden on our healthcare system by reducing hospitalizations and the need for medical care.

    Although vaccination is a foundation of public health practice, we haven’t taken full advantage of its potential to tackle existing and emerging public health threats. Gaps in vaccination access and uptake in Canada, fueled in part by the spread of mis- and disinformation, have led to an increase in vaccine-preventable outbreaks, such as measles and pertussis. Some populations also face disproportionate barriers to vaccination such as those living in rural and remote areas, individuals who have difficulties connecting with health services, or those who have experienced stigma in the health system.

    The public health system must be prepared to take advantage of scientific breakthroughs in vaccine technology. In the coming years, new vaccines will have the potential to address an expanding range of health threats, including the treatment of chronic diseases, cancers, and anti-microbial resistant pathogens. New ways to administer vaccines are also emerging, such as nasal vaccines and microneedle patches, that could help improve the vaccination experience, enhancing the acceptability and accessibility of vaccines.

    This is why we must strive to create the conditions for everyone in Canada to experience the full benefits of vaccination at every stage of life.

    Strengthening our vaccination system now and into the future

    To help realize this vision, we must address gaps in our current vaccination system. This includes working with partners across governments and communities to reduce vaccination inequities and improve access to vaccines. Promising examples from the pandemic include setting up mobile clinics and community health workers to reach people who have difficulties in connecting with care, and providing trusted healthcare professionals with the resources to support the vaccination needs of their communities. Public health also has a responsibility to integrate rights-based approaches in vaccination for First Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples. Protecting these rights and supporting self-determination is fundamental to the health and well-being of Indigenous Peoples.

    More timely and comprehensive data is required to better understand and respond to population health needs and evolving public health threats. Strengthening vaccination data and evidence systems will help to identify vaccination coverage gaps, barriers to vaccination and how to meet the needs of communities as equitably and responsibly as possible.

    Looking to the future, it will also be important to evaluate the high cost of introducing and delivering new vaccines, as well as evaluating vaccination programs, against their health and economic benefits for society. By being more strategic we will help minimize health risks while ensuring that public funds are allocated in a sustainable and impactful manner.

    Public health can continue to play a leadership role in helping plan for the future of vaccination. We need vaccine research, development and implementation to be rooted in equity, based on the best available evidence, and driven by population health needs in Canada. By considering this work alongside the development of pandemic preparedness plans, we can help ensure that we are ready to act in the face of future public health emergencies.

    Now is the opportune time to reflect on the lessons we’ve learned from the COVID-19 pandemic and mpox. By strengthening our vaccination system, we can improve the health and well-being of all people in Canada and contribute to global health security.

    Related products

    Contacts

    Media Relations
    Public Health Agency of Canada
    613-957-2983
    media@hc-sc.gc.ca

    MIL OSI Canada News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Local Government Association Conference

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    A speech from the Deputy Prime Minister

    Location:
    Harrogate
    Delivered on:
    24 October 2024 (Transcript of the speech, exactly as it was delivered)

    Firstly, I want to say a massive thank you to you, some of our most dedicated, brilliant public servants in this room. 

    For everything that you do, every day, to keep our country going. 

    You’ve shown remarkable resilience through some tough – and very tough – years. 

    During the pandemic, you kept vital services running in our communities. 

    Through this period of economic instability, you’ve made tough choices to protect the most vulnerable. 

    And following a summer of violent far-right disorder, you stood up for the values of decency and community that define our country. 

    And time and again, you step forward to support your local communities. 

    Now, I understand that this conference was originally planned for just before the General Election. 

    I have to admit that I’m much happier to be stood here as your Deputy Prime Minister! 

    Last year in Bournemouth, I said that if we were elected, we would deliver a plan for change. 

    A new way of governing. A government of public service.  

    And just over 100 days into government and we are getting on with the job. 

    We’re fixing the foundations to build a country that works for working people. 

    And local government is at the heart of this vision.  

    Because as you all know, I am a creature of local government. 

    I loved my job as a home help for Stockport council.  

    And I learned the importance of a good local service, and what it meant to really know and trust your community.  

    Back then, local government wasn’t on its knees.  

    Don’t get me wrong, things weren’t easy. 

    But we had the time and resource to provide a good service.  

    I know that good, functioning local government looks like great working with a good central government working in genuine partnership to deliver better outcomes. 

    So I know we can’t deliver true change for Britain without the support of every one of you in this room.  

    We can’t deliver for our missions without you. 

    Take our plans to deliver 1.5 million homes, including a new generation of secure, social and affordable homes.  

    The delivery of safer streets, an NHS and social care system that’s back on its feet. 

    The sustained economic growth we need to raise living standards.  

    And the strong communities on which good lives are built. 

    That’s why, in my very first week in the job – as Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government – I put local government back where it belongs. 

    At the heart of my department’s name and mission.  

    And I’m lucky I have Jim by my side, the Minister of State for Local Government – who has run a council and knows local government from the inside out – and he’s here with me today and as part of the team.  

    Louise, your new Chair, also represents the best of local government – a fierce commitment to public service and leadership steeped in years of experience – not too many years, but a few. 

    And the fact that her predecessor, Shaun, has now joined us in the House of Commons just goes to show we are a government that believes in the power of local government.  

    We know what’s possible when you give people with skin in the game the power to change lives.  

    And, after an incredibly difficult few years, it’s time to unleash that power.  

    Which means resetting our relationship with local government and rebuilding its foundations.  

    It means ditching the slogans and gimmicks and going back to basics: delivering services that people can rely on. 

    You don’t need me to tell you how much harder that job has been after fourteen years of neglect.  

    [Redacted political content] 

    Councils stuck in a doom loop with money pouring out of a system with too many cracks. 

    And it isn’t just the scandal of wasted money. It’s the heartache of the wasted lives and potential.  

    [Redacted political content] 

    For all the promises about localism and levelling up, there was an assumption that if something needed doing, it should be done from Whitehall.  

    With central government hoarding power, micromanaging you, intervening in an uncoordinated and unhelpful way.  

    A begging-bowl system of wasteful competitive pots that led to councils bidding to pay for chess tables in public parks.  

    No more.  

    We’re going to turn the page on this failed approach – bringing local government into the heart of government.  

    As part of a partnership based on honesty and respect.  

    And it’s in that spirit that we need to face up to the financial crisis facing local government.  

    We all know that there’s no quick fix.  

    The dire public finances – the £22 billion black hole – we’ve inherited mean that it’s going to take hard graft on all sides to get us back on the road to recovery.  

    We knew things were bad, but on entering office, we uncovered a shocking crisis in local government which was far beyond what we had anticipated.  

    Councils of all political stripes have been left shelling out millions to plaster over the government’s mismanagement.  

    [Redacted political content] 

    To make matters worse, we discovered that over the last decade, the last [Redacted political content] government ripped away any financial oversight of council spending, scrapping the Audit Commission and pushing councils to borrow more and more.  

    This reckless approach has left the government with no transparent system in place to warn the public when a council is struggling. 

    And more and more authorities are struggling to stay afloat with communities in the most deprived parts of our country disproportionately affected, through cuts to services that they desperately depend on, as people’s [inaudible] go up. 

    And get it.  

    And I know we need change urgently. 

    You’ve all heard me say it – I’m going provide multi-year funding settlements, that will give you the stability and certainty to plan and invest for the long-term. 

    And that we will end the Dragon’s Den-style bidding wars between councils for competitive funding pots.  

    Instead, we’ll show you some respect with long-term funding, giving you flexibility to spend it where it is needed.  

    And through the next Local Government Finance Settlement and beyond, we will provide more detail on how this is going to work.  

    Let me be clear that we can’t fix the system overnight.  

    [Redacted political content] 

    And I have to say, looking at the numbers we inherited, I am shocked by the scale of neglect. 

    It is going to be a long, hard slog to get local government back on its feet.  

    And in the short term, we’re doing all that we can to protect severely struggling councils, which is why I can announce that we are scrapping the punitive ‘pay day loan’ premium on borrowing for councils in need of Exceptional Financial Support.  

    This government will take a collaborative and a constructive approach to councils in financial difficulty. 

    You know I can’t go into detail about the Spending Review. 

    So let me talk to you today about things that I can tell you. 

    Fundamentally, I want to work together, across central and local government to reform high-cost public services and focus on preventing people from needing them in the first place. 

    Tackling profiteering in broken markets serving vulnerable groups, like we’ve seen in some of the private children’s homes. 

    When it comes to prevention, there can be few bigger priorities for us than preventing homelessness – one of the biggest pressures that you face. 

    By getting Britain building again. Speeding up the planning system and reintroducing mandatory housing targets. 

    I know that this will mean asking more from local councils.  

    Which is why we’re boosting the number of planners. 

    As part of our plans, to strengthen local planning departments and reinforce planning obligations to deliver more affordable homes on new developments – we will support you to hold developers to account. 

    And it’s why we’re also reviewing Right to Buy, to stem the loss of precious council homes.  

    But we’ll also tackle homelessness directly, by learning lessons from the past and working with local leaders to take action on all forms of homelessness.  

    We will develop a cross-government strategy to get us back on track to end homelessness. 

    We will also reform the broken local audit system in England that we inherited. 

    This should be the bedrock of local accountability and transparency, of trust and confidence in local democracy.  

    Instead, last year, just one percent of local bodies were able to publish audited accounts by the deadline. 

    This cannot go on.  

    We have already taken decisive action to introduce backstop dates to clear the backlog in unaudited accounts.  

    Local audit will and must provide value for money for the taxpayers and be fit for the future.  

    And similarly, when the way councils are run has gone wrong, central government hasn’t always responded constructively. 

    Instead kicking councils when they’re down for political reasons.  

    This Labour government are going to do things differently. 

    We will work with every council that needs it to put in place clear, deliverable plans to address problems and protect local taxpayers, rather than treating them as political footballs.  

    That’s the approach we’re taking in Birmingham.  

    Significant challenges continue to face the city council, but we’re going to work with the councillors and the community to solve them in partnership. 

    Birmingham has huge potential – and we’re going to work closely with the partners across the West Midlands to unlock that potential, including with the Mayor Parker of the West Midlands Combined Authority. 

    And that’s the change that we represent.  

    Not punishment, but collaboration. 

    Getting places into a stable financial footing by, yes, making difficult decisions, but with the interests of residents at the heart. 

    Our aim is to support councils to perform at their very best.  

    Councillor conduct / standards framework 

    Standards in local government matter – both the delivery of services and personal conduct.  

    Every decision you make has an impact on the daily lives of those you serve. 

    And most councillors meet the highest standards of public office and I am so proud to be representing you in government.  

    But sadly we all know there are rare occasions where bad behaviour occurs.  

    I’ve been made aware of cases of persistent bullying and harassment by councillors, even, in some cases, leading to victims’ resignations. 

    We don’t have a system that protects victims or empowers councils to deal with unacceptable behaviour. 

    And this cannot go on and we will give councils the powers to address poor conduct.  

    We will consult on reforms to the local government standards framework, including a proposal to allow for the suspension of members who violate codes of conduct.  

    But we also recognise that too often, councillors become victims themselves. 

    Too often I speak to dedicated councillors who are facing death threats and intimidation.  

    And I take this very seriously and recognise the impact this has on the lives of dedicated public servants and their families. 

    That’s why we are taking decisive action to prevent councillors from being subjected to intimidation and harassment by removing the requirement for members’ home addresses to be published.   

    [And I want you to know] this is a government that respects and appreciates the huge contribution made by councillors who work tirelessly for residents – and we will always have your back.  

    We are also taking a more collaborative approach to pressing issues like the widespread workforce challenges you are experiencing.  

    Ninety-four per cent of councils say they’re having difficulties with recruitment and retention. 

    This isn’t just your problem – it’s all our problem because council staff are on the frontline serving local communities.  

    So, we’re ready to work hand in hand with you to find creative solutions to staffing issues.  

    We’ll launch a Workforce Development Group in partnership with the sector to gain a shared understanding of the most immediate priorities and focus our efforts on where we can add the most value to your work. 

    And when we say we’ll work in partnership with the sector, every step of the way, we mean it.  

    I have formally launched our new Leaders’ Council at this very conference – which will give local government a voice at the heart of government – this a mark of just how seriously we take this.  

    The Council will bring together local government leaders and ministers to tackle shared problems and deliver for the communities they all ultimately serve. 

    We will use it to learn from the exciting innovations that councils are pioneering.  

    And we hugely respect your knowledge and expertise. 

    But it’s more than that.  

    The Leaders’ Council will be critical for co-designing policy at the highest levels. 

    And I look forward to working closely with the Council over the coming years. 

    Gone are the day of diktats from above.  

    It is time for those with skin in the game to be put in the driving seat.  

    That is what our devolution agenda is all about.  

    We will make it easier for you to come together and form combined authorities and devolve more powers to existing ones – meaning access to new powers over skills, transport and employment support.  

    Our landmark English Devolution Bill will deliver our manifesto commitment to transfer power out of Whitehall, making devolution the default setting.  

    And look, I know the coming years won’t always be easy, but I’m confident that, working in partnership, we can fix the basics so that you can focus on the things that really matter to our and your communities. 

    My starting point is that we should be clear about what we ask of you and then give you the autonomy and the support you need to deliver.   

    So, where we don’t need to get involved, we won’t.  

    It’s not our place, for example, to decide whether councillors should attend your meetings remotely or use proxy votes when they need to.  

    So, I can announce today that we’re putting forward proposals to let councils make the decision for themselves.  

    Which means making it possible for people from all walks of life to have a stake in local democracy, whether they have caring responsibilities or aren’t able to make it to the town hall in person because of illness or disability. 

    It’s right that we make it easier for more people to get involved in making their community a great place to live.  

    It’s also right that we expect the highest standards of local government – with central government playing its part as a responsible steward.  

    And for me this is personal.  

    I’m passionate about backing you with the long-term funding and certainty that you need. 

    The powers you need. 

    And the new relationship that we all need. 

    So local government can once again be a strong, functioning arm of the state, providing public services that people can rely on.  

    And I want to thank you, once again, for everything that you do for our communities.  

    This is a government of service that is on your side. 

    And the road ahead won’t always be a smooth path, but we will walk it together and build a better Britain.  

    Thank you.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: Philip R. Lane: Underlying inflation: an update

    Source: European Central Bank

    Speech by Philip R. Lane, Member of the Executive Board of the ECB, at the Inflation: Drivers and Dynamics Conference 2024 organised by the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and the ECB

    Cleveland, 24 October 2024

    Introduction

    My aim today is to provide an update on underlying inflation in the euro area.[1] The concept of underlying inflation plays a central role in the conduct of the ECB’s monetary policy: our interest rate decisions are based on our assessment of the inflation outlook in light of the incoming economic and financial data, the dynamics of underlying inflation and the strength of monetary policy transmission. This three-pronged reaction function complements the traditional focus on the inflation forecast for inflation-targeting central banks with the signals embodied in underlying inflation measures, while also incorporating the evolving evidence on the strength of monetary policy transmission in the calibration of the monetary stance. This pragmatic approach reflects the value of data dependence under highly atypical macroeconomic conditions.

    Latest developments in euro area underlying inflation

    Underlying inflation is the persistent component of inflation, signalling where headline inflation will settle in the medium term after temporary factors have vanished. In practice, underlying inflation is unobservable and needs to be proxied or estimated. There are two broad categories of measures that aim to capture this concept. Exclusion-based measures omit certain items – such as energy and food – that are typically volatile and more sensitive to global factors than domestic fundamentals. Model-based measures, meanwhile, capture more complex channels and dynamics, subject to the limitations imposed by sensitivity to model estimation. An overview of such measures is shown in Chart 1.

    Model-based measures at the ECB include the Persistent and Common Component of Inflation (PCCI), which is constructed by estimating a dynamic factor model that extracts the persistent and common component of inflation from granular price data at the item-country level, thereby exploiting the relative advantages of both cross-sectional and time series approaches.[2] Another model-based measure is Supercore inflation, which picks out those items that are estimated to co-move with the business cycle. These model-based measures are reduced form in nature and, among other factors, reflect the empirical contribution of monetary policy tightening to delivering disinflation. That is to say, if current inflation is above target, one reason why underlying inflation might run below current inflation is that the projected mean reversion is partly driven by endogenous monetary policy tightening that has historically contributed to the return of inflation to the target over the medium term. In turn, monitoring the evolution of underlying inflation is an important element in diagnosing whether monetary policy is appropriately calibrated.

    Each of the underlying inflation indicators tracked by the ECB has declined significantly since the post-pandemic inflation surges, with the range narrowing towards its historical average. The majority of indicators are hovering around 1.9 per cent to 2.8 per cent, down from a much wider range between 3.4 per cent to 7.5 per cent at its peak (Chart 1). Core inflation is the most prominent exclusion-based measure, defined as HICP inflation excluding energy and food: this edged down to 2.7 per cent in September, continuing the marked decline from 4.5 per cent a year ago.[3]In terms of model-based measures, the PCCI today is at the bottom of the range, standing at 1.9 per cent in September and having hovered around 2.0 per cent since the end of last year. Most other measures that we regularly monitor have also come down over the past year and show signs of continued easing in September.

    One challenge in interpreting standard indicators of underlying inflation is that these were affected by the past extraordinary supply shocks, as well as by temporary mismatches between demand and supply. As I pointed out in my March 2023 speech, it is helpful to think of headline inflation as being driven by three factors: (i) underlying inflation; (ii) a reverting component; and (iii) pure noise.[4] In particular, the major dislocations of recent years induced a substantial reverting component of inflation that was sufficiently long-lasting not to constitute pure noise but that was also expected to fade out over time. These dislocations included the impact of energy inflation and supply bottlenecks. To capture their indirect impact on measures of underlying inflation, we have in parallel monitored adjusted measures of underlying inflation that “partial out” these indirect influences. These adjusted measures had a significantly lower peak rate of underlying inflation than the un-adjusted measures but, by construction, were also less affected by the sharp turnaround in energy prices and easing of supply bottlenecks during 2023 that flattered the speed of progress in the un-adjusted measures. Currently, these adjustments bring down the range to between 2 per cent and 2.5 per cent, as the impact of past supply-side shocks has greatly diminished. In particular, the forward-looking PCCI measures are by now free of such impacts.

    Chart 1

    Euro area underlying inflation measures and their adjusted counterpart

    (annual percentage changes)

    Exclusion-based measures

    Model-based measures

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB calculations.

    Notes: HICPX stands for HICP inflation excluding energy and food; HICPXX for HICP inflation excluding energy, food, travel-related items, clothing and footwear; PCCI is the persistent and common component of inflation, while Supercore aggregates HICPX items sensitive to domestic business cycle. See also Bańbura et al. (2023), “Underlying inflation measures: an analytical guide for the euro area”, Economic Bulletin, Issue 5, ECB. The ‘adjusted’ measures abstract from energy and supply-bottlenecks shocks using a large SVAR, see Bańbura, M., Bobeica, E. and Martínez-Hernández, C. 2023, “What drives core inflation? The role of supply shocks.”, ECB Working Paper No 2875.

    The latest observations are for September 2024.

    Each measure of underlying inflation provides useful information about future headline inflation, although their forecasting performance varies. Chart 2 shows the root mean squared forecast error (RMSFE) for each measure vis-à-vis inflation two years ahead and vis-à-vis a smoothed inflation rate. Forecasting performance is normalised to the predictive power of current headline inflation: that is, a ratio below unity means that the measure does a better job than current headline inflation in forecasting future inflation. Indeed, most measures beat current headline inflation in forecasting future inflation. The PCCI measures have the best predictive power, while most exclusion-based measures perform less well.

    However, in understanding the inflation process and calibrating monetary policy, it is essential to look beyond overall predictive power and also examine how the various underlying inflation measures can shed light on the speed and sequencing of the disinflation process. For instance, external shocks were a prominent feature of the post-pandemic economic landscape.[5] While the PCCI measures provided a powerful signal that these shocks would ultimately fade out, the delayed and lagged adjustment in indicators such as services inflation, domestic inflation and wage growth served to highlight that convergence to the medium-term target would not be immediate.[6] I will focus on these indicators in the next part of my talk.

    Chart 2

    Predictive properties of underlying inflation measures for HICP inflation

    (RMSFE of each measure relative to RMSFE of headline inflation)

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB calculations.

    Notes: RMSFE 24 months and RMSFE smoothed HICP are the root mean squared forecast errors of each measure with respect to headline inflation 24 months ahead and the two-year centred moving average of inflation covering two years of future data, respectively, divided by the RMSFE of headline inflation. A ratio lower than unity indicates that the measure performs better than headline inflation. The sample covers the period from April 2001 to September 2024.

    Services, domestic inflation and wages

    Domestic inflation captures price dynamics in consumption items that are less influenced by external factors, being more determined by domestic economic conditions, including monetary policy. While trends in the relative prices of globally-determined components (mostly in the energy, food and goods categories) mean that the two per cent target for overall inflation is not a target for domestic inflation, domestic inflation cannot remain at an excessive level if the target is to be sustainably achieved.[7] Moreover, assessing the strength of domestic inflation is essential to the calibration of monetary policy, since domestic inflation will be more responsive than global inflation components to the impact of monetary policy via the dampening of domestic demand.

    The domestic inflation indicator monitored at the ECB is an aggregation of HICP items with low import content.[8] As shown in Chart 3, domestic inflation and services inflation co-move closely. This reflects the dominance of services items in the domestic inflation measures, accounting for 97 per cent of the overall index. At the same time, it remains useful to maintain domestic inflation and services inflation as separate measures: while almost 80 per cent of the services items are included in the domestic inflation index, the overall services category also includes highly-traded services items (Chart 4). These internationally-traded services items currently have a lower contribution to services inflation than domestic services items.

    Chart 3

    Services inflation and domestic inflation

    (annual percentage changes)

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB staff calculations.

    Notes: Domestic inflation is an aggregate of HICP items with a relatively low import intensity, as explained in Fröhling, A., O’Brien, D. and Schaefer, S. (2022), “A new indicator of domestic inflation for the euro area”, Economic Bulletin, Issue 4, ECB. 
    The latest observations are for September 2024.

    Chart 4

    Services inflation and domestic inflation

    (percentage point contribution to services inflation)

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB staff calculations.

    Notes: The chart shows all services items and the x axis shows the contribution of each item to total services inflation in September 2024. In weighted terms, 80 per cent of services are in domestic inflation and 97 per cent of domestic inflation is composed of services items. Domestic inflation also includes three good items which are not shown on the chart.

    The large supply-side shocks of the post-pandemic period have been feeding through to domestic inflation with a lag compared with other measures of underlying inflation. Large supply-side shocks have travelled across sectors and consumption items at different speeds, so it is unsurprising that these had differential impacts on the various measures of underlying inflation, depending on their nature and construction.

    Domestic inflation and services inflation tend to lag headline inflation more than other measures, exhibiting a lower frequency of price adjustment compared with the energy, food and goods categories in the HICP.[9] For this reason, many items in services inflation and domestic inflation were late movers that responded with a much longer lag to the latest inflationary shock, such that annual services inflation remains elevated.[10] Chart 5 shows the impact of energy and supply-chain bottlenecks on the PCCIs, domestic inflation and other measures of underlying inflation. Among these measures, PCCIs are more forward-looking and have picked up certain shocks faster, but with the byproduct that the effects of the shocks also faded quicker. Other indicators, like domestic inflation, are more backward-looking, and the currently higher levels also reflect the still ongoing propagation of past shocks. In similar vein, the past shocks took longer to build up in domestic inflation and are also taking longer to dissipate.

    Chart 5

    Impact of energy and supply-side bottlenecks shocks across measures of underlying inflation

    (percentage points)

    Impact of energy-related shocks

    Impact of global supply chain-related shocks

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB calculations

    Notes: The range covers the estimated impact of shocks across all monitored underlying inflation measures. The impact of the energy and supply bottleneck shocks are estimated in a large SVAR, see Bańbura, M. et al. (2023), op. cit..

    The latest observations are for September 2024.

    The PCCI for services indicates that there is currently a sizeable gap between services inflation and its medium-term underlying trend, suggesting there is scope for downward adjustment in services inflation in the coming months. Services PCCI has been around 2.4 per cent since the end of last year, well below the current annual rate for services (Chart 6, left panel).[11] This difference suggests that idiosyncratic and non-persistent factors are currently driving services inflation. Examples of such idiosyncratic factors include the base effect related to the introduction of the cheap travel Deutschland-ticket in Germany in May 2023, rent inflation in the Netherlands, and items that reprice less frequently, such as insurance or other administered prices (like hospital services) in some countries.

    Over time, the fading out of these idiosyncratic and temporary factors should means that services inflation declines towards the underlying rate. Indeed, momentum indicators for services confirm the slight easing of inflation dynamics. While services momentum (i.e. the three-month-on-three-month growth rate of the seasonally-adjusted index) remains high, it has been continuously easing since May (Chart 6, right panel). The month-on-month seasonally-adjusted rate markedly dropped in September. [12]

    Chart 6

    Services inflation

    (annual percentage changes (left panel) and annualised three-month-on-three-month and month-on-month changes (right panel))

    Gap compared with PCCI

    Momentum of services inflation

    Sources: Eurostat and ECB staff calculations.

    Note: The latest observations are for September 2024.

    Services and domestic inflation are closely linked to wage growth: the expected easing of wage growth in 2025, together with the impact of past monetary policy tightening, should contribute to further disinflation. Wages constitute a higher direct share in costs of services than goods and Chart 7 highlights the strong link between domestic inflation, services and wages: their level is normally similar and they closely co-move with each other.[13] Chart 7 also shows how pressures in these three components can take time to moderate following a tightening in policy.

    Chart 7

    Services and domestic inflation and wage growth after episodes of monetary policy tightening

    (annual percentage changes)

    Sources: Eurostat, ECB and ECB calculations.

    Notes: Shaded areas show monetary policy tightening episodes. CPE stands for compensation per employee. The dotted line shows latest Eurostat data up to Q2 2024 for CPE carried forward with quarter-on-quarter rates from the September ECB staff projections. The latest observations are for the second quarter of 2024 for CPE and the third quarter of 2024 for the rest.

    Wage growth is expected to ease from its current high level, with the cumulative increase in nominal wages over 2023-2024 largely restoring the purchasing power that was lost during the inflation surges of 2021-2022. Wage pressures are currently still high: the growth rate of compensation per employee stood at 4.5 per cent in the second quarter of 2024, albeit down from its peak of 5.6 per cent in the second quarter of 2023.

    Recently, the incoming information for 2024 in the ECB wage tracker indicator of latest agreements shows that wage agreements signed in 2024 had substantially lower structural wage growth for the next 12 months if their previous agreement was signed in 2023 or 2022, as compared with 2021 (Chart 8, left panel). Moreover, in the months ahead, there are fewer wage agreements coming up for renegotiation that have not had an agreement since the surge in inflation (Chart 8, right panel). This suggests that the catching up motive in wage negotiations is losing ground as inflation normalises. Forward-looking indicators suggest further diminishing wage pressures into 2025 (Chart 9). The forward-looking wage tracker (dark blue line in Chart 9) shows the wage growth until the end of 2025 in the available contracts that have been agreed and signed.

    One caveat in interpreting developments in the forward- looking wage tracker is that, since it only considers agreements that are active in the future, the contract coverage on which it is based declines as contracts expire (solid grey area in Chart 9). For this reason, scenarios for the expiring contracts (in the grey striped area) can help to assess risks around the outlook for wages. The scenarios illustrated in Chart 9 assume different renegotiated annual wage growth for expired contracts: (i) full pass-through of HICP and real productivity growth top-up to wages; (ii) HICPX and real productivity growth top-up to wages; (iii) wages increase at the same very strong level as contracts signed in the second quarter of 2024 that were still recouping large real wage losses (this is an upper bound scenario). Even this upper-bound scenario points to a slowdown in wage pressures in 2025 compared with 2024. This reflects in part that base effects, for example those related to high one-off payments this year, will dampen future wage growth in year-on-year terms.

    Chart 8

    Euro area wage tracker

    (annual percentage changes (left panel) and millions of workers (right panel))

    12-months-ahead growth for contracts signed in 2024 by its preceding agreement signing year

    Expiring agreements by preceding contract signing

    Sources: Calculated based on micro data on wage agreements provided by the Deutsche Bundesbank, Banco de España, the Dutch employer association (AWVN), Oesterreichische Nationalbank, Bank of Greece, Banca d’Italia, Bank of Ireland and Banque de France.

    Note: The latest observations are for June 2025 for the workers under expiring agreements.

    Chart 9

    Euro area wage tracker – forward-looking scenarios

    (annual percentage changes)

    Sources: ECB staff calculations based on the ECB wage tracker database.

    Notes: The forecast scenarios take sectors with contracts expiring after the current date and assumes that new contracts are concluded with a structural wage increase per year based on a full pass-through of projected (September 2024 ECB staff projections) HICP or HICPX inflation and productivity growth (scenarios HICP+PROD and HICPX+PROD), or at the same rate of wage increase observed for contracts signed in the second quarter of 2024 (forecast scenario Q2 2024). The forward-looking tracker only considers active agreements. All scenarios include one-off payments smoothed over 12 months.

    The latest observations are for December 2025.

    The latest information from surveys reinforces the projection of easing wage growth that will underpin the moderation in services inflation and domestic inflation. Chart 10 presents consecutive rounds of various ECB surveys, which provide a wealth of valuable information that helps us gauge the pulse of the economy in real time. The incoming survey information on wage growth provided by both firms and professional forecasters confirm the narrative embedded in our September 2024 ECB staff projection that wage growth will ease in 2025 compared with 2024, primarily owing to the fading out of the catch-up dynamic that has dominated wage negotiations between 2022 and 2024.

    Chart 10

    Eurosystem and ECB staff macroeconomic projections on wages and survey-based wage expectations

    (annual percentage changes)

    Sources: Survey of Professional Forecasters (SPF), June 2024 Eurosystem Staff Macroeconomic Projections and September 2024 ECB Staff Macroeconomic Projections, September and October 2024 Consensus Economics Forecasts, July and October Corporate Telephone Survey (CTS) and the survey on the access to finance of enterprises (SAFE) for the first and second quarters of 2024. Notes: The SAFE survey asks 12-month-ahead wage growth, while all the other surveys are for calendar years.

    In summary, in analysing services inflation and domestic inflation, it is crucial to distinguish between the underlying persistent component that matters for the medium term and the backward-looking reverting component that takes time to fade out but that ultimately reflects the staggered nature of the adjustment process to the original and extraordinary inflation shocks. This backward-looking component has been substantial: the inflation shocks of 2021-2022 spread across sectors at varying speeds. The slowest-moving sectors were those in which prices adjust more slowly or are most closely tied to wage adjustment. For these indicators, we need patience as the normalisation process takes time.

    Conclusion

    In my remarks today, I have sought to provide an update on the dynamics of underlying inflation. I have emphasised that underlying inflation measures not only serve to extract the persistent component from the latest inflation readings but also provide insights into the nature of disinflation, especially in relation to the staggered nature of the adjustment process. In particular, the analysis of underlying inflation suggests that 2024 is a transition year, in which backward-looking components are still playing out. But the analysis of underlying inflation also indicates that the disinflation process is well on track, and inflation is set to return to target in the course of 2025.

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: TowneBank Reports Third Quarter 2024 Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SUFFOLK, Va., Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — TowneBank (the “Company” or “Towne”) (NASDAQ: TOWN) today reported earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 of $42.95 million, or $0.57 per diluted share, compared to $44.86 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.   Excluding certain items affecting comparability, core earnings (non-GAAP) were $43.39 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, in the current quarter compared to $44.88 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.

    “Our third quarter results continued to deliver increased net interest income and noninterest income contributions from our diverse business model which were in line with expectations. We remain committed to prudent balance sheet management strategies. We were also excited to announce our partnership with Village Bank which will meaningfully enhance our Richmond presence, which is core to our franchise future growth. Lastly, the recently released FDIC Deposit Market Share Report for 2024 continues to demonstrate the strength of our Main Street banking model and core deposit franchise, resulting in the #1 market share, or 30%, in our legacy Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC MSA,” said G. Robert Aston, Jr., Executive Chairman.

    Highlights for Third Quarter 2024:

    • Total revenues were $174.52 million, an increase of $1.65 million, or 0.96%, compared to third quarter 2023. Noninterest income increased $2.43 million, driven by growth in residential mortgage banking income and insurance commissions. Partially offsetting the increase in noninterest income was a $0.78 million decline in net interest income.
    • Total deposits were $14.36 billion, an increase of $482.37 million, or 3.48%, compared to third quarter 2023. Total deposits increased 0.63%, or $90.58 million, in comparison to June 30, 2024, 2.52% on an annualized basis.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits decreased 3.99%, to $4.27 billion, compared to third quarter 2023 and represented 29.71% of total deposits. Compared to the linked quarter, noninterest-bearing deposits decreased 0.84%.
    • Loans held for investment were $11.41 billion, an increase of $239.55 million, or 2.14%, compared to September 30, 2023, but a decrease of $39.23 million, or 0.34%, compared to June 30, 2024.
    • Annualized return on common shareholders’ equity was 8.18% compared to 9.04% in third quarter 2023. Annualized return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) was 11.54% compared to 13.11% in third quarter 2023.
    • Net interest margin was 2.90% for the quarter and tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) was 2.93%, including purchase accounting accretion of 3 basis points, compared to the prior year quarter net interest margin of 2.95% and tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) of 2.98%, including purchase accounting accretion of 5 basis points.
    • Compared to the linked quarter, net interest margin increased 4 bp and spread increased 6 bp.  
    • The effective tax rate was 11.52% in the quarter compared to 17.34% in third quarter 2023 and 15.93% in the linked quarter. The lower effective tax rate in the current quarter was primarily due to the impact on state and federal taxes from the increase in credits and losses related to LIHTC investment properties placed in service during the period.

    “Growth has certainly been challenging in the current environment but we believe our balance sheet is well positioned to support mid-single digit growth rates as we look ahead to next year. We plan to aggressively expand Towne Insurance and evaluate other opportunities to enhance our fee-based lines of business to further drive our differentiated business model,” stated William I. Foster III, President and Chief Executive Officer.

    Quarterly Net Interest Income:

    • Net interest income was $112.28 million compared to $113.06 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease was driven by increased deposit costs, which were mostly offset by higher yields on earning assets.
    • On an average basis, loans held for investment, with a yield of 5.46%, represented 74.16% of earning assets at September 30, 2024 compared to a yield of 5.13% and 73.45% of earning assets in the third quarter of 2023.
    • The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 3.28% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared to 2.77% in second quarter 2023. Interest expense on deposits increased $17.96 million, or 27.98%, over the prior year quarter driven by the increase in rate and growth in interest-bearing deposits.
    • Our total cost of deposits increased to 2.29% from 1.84% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023 due to a combination of higher interest-bearing deposit balances coupled with higher rates.   The Federal Reserve Open Market Committee lowered the overnight funds rate late in the third quarter. Management is expecting the decrease to have favorable impact on deposit costs in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Average interest-earning assets totaled $15.40 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $15.21 billion at September 30, 2023, an increase of 1.26%. The Company anticipates approximately $604 million of cash flows from its securities portfolio to be available for reinvestment in the next twenty-four months.
    • Average interest-bearing liabilities totaled $10.25 billion, an increase of $493.95 million, or 5.06%, from prior year, driven by deposit growth. Borrowings have declined between periods. There were no short term FHLB borrowings in the third quarter of 2024, compared to an average of $248.91 million in the prior year quarter.

    Quarterly Provision for Credit Losses:

    • The quarterly provision for credit losses was a benefit of $1.10 million compared to an expense of $1.01 million in the prior year quarter and a benefit of $177 thousand in the linked quarter.
    • The allowance for credit losses on loans decreased $2.36 million in third quarter 2024, compared to the linked quarter. The decrease in the allowance was driven by a modest decline in the loan portfolio, primarily in higher-risk real estate construction and development loans, combined with continued strength in credit quality, and improvements in macroeconomic forecast scenarios utilized in our model.
    • Net loan charge-offs were $0.68 million in the quarter compared to net recoveries of $1.07 million in the prior year quarter and $19 thousand in the linked quarter.   Year-to-date 2024, net loan charge-offs were $1.18 million compared to net loan charge-offs of $2.81 million in first nine months of 2023.
    • The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans on an annualized basis was 0.02% in third quarter 2024, compared to (0.04)% in third quarter 2023 and 0.00% in the linked quarter.
    • The allowance for credit losses on loans represented 1.08% of total loans at September 30, 2024, compared to 1.12% at September 30, 2023, and 1.10% at June 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on loans was 18.70 times nonperforming loans compared to 17.60 times at September 30, 2023 and 19.08 times at June 30, 2024.

    Quarterly Noninterest Income:

    • Total noninterest income was $62.24 million compared to $59.81 million in 2023, an increase of $2.43 million, or 4.06%.
    • Residential mortgage banking income was $11.79 million compared to $10.65 million in third quarter 2023. Loan volume increased to $598.18 million in third quarter 2024 from $520.41 million in third quarter 2023. Both, the number of loans originated and the per-loan average balance increased in third quarter 2024 compared to third quarter 2023. Refinance activities increased in the quarter after more than a year of low activity. Residential purchase activity was 91.49% of production volume in the third quarter of 2024 compared to 95.96% in third quarter 2023.   Management expects mortgage production volumes to be positively impacted by any additional reductions in the Federal Reserve overnight rate.
    • While level with the linked quarter at 3.28%, gross margins on residential mortgage sales increased 11 basis points from 3.17% in third quarter 2023.
    • Total net insurance commissions increased $1.95 million, or 8.20%, to $25.73 million in third quarter 2024 compared to 2023. This increase was primarily attributable to increases in property and casualty commissions, which were driven by organic growth.
    • Property management fee revenue decreased 12.34%, or $1.58 million, to $11.22 million in third quarter 2024 compared to 2023. Reservation levels declined compared to the prior year.

    Quarterly Noninterest Expense:

    • Total noninterest expense was $126.90 million compared to $117.70 million in 2023, an increase of $9.20 million, or 7.81%. This increase was primarily attributable to growth in salaries and employee benefits of $4.87 million, professional fees of $1.95 million, software of $0.66 million, data processing of $0.56 million, and advertising and marketing of $0.51 million.
    • Salaries and benefits expense increases were driven by an increase in banking personnel and production incentives.
    • Investment in technology related to banking services and information monitoring continued to drive both direct and indirect costs. Professional fees increased due to consulting and outside services.   Software costs increased due to higher core system costs, while data processing increased due to higher processing costs and merchant fee increases.
    • Advertising and marketing increased, driven by business development.

    Consolidated Balance Sheet Highlights:

    • Management is focused on strategic balance sheet management with a concentration on controlled loan growth and maintaining strong levels of liquidity.
    • Total assets were $17.19 billion for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a $119.18 million increase compared to $17.07 billion at June 30, 2024. Total assets increased $507.66 million, or 3.04%, from $16.68 billion at September 30, 2023.
    • Loans held for investment declined $39.23 million, or 0.34%, compared to the linked quarter but increased $239.55 million, or 2.14%, compared to prior year. There were declines in several loan categories from the linked quarter, with the most significant decline in the real estate construction and development category.   The Company continued to maintain strong credit discipline throughout the period.
    • Mortgage loans held for sale increased $76.27 million, or 40.56%, compared to prior year and $63.56 million, or 31.66%, compared to the linked quarter, driven by the increase in production.
    • Total deposits increased $482.37 million, or 3.48%, primarily in interest-bearing demand and time deposits, compared to prior year. In the linked quarter comparison, total deposits increased $90.58 million, or 2.52% on an annualized basis.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits decreased $177.23 million, or 3.99%, compared to prior year and $36.15 million, or 0.84%, compared to the linked quarter, primarily in commercial and escrow accounts.
    • Total borrowings decreased $116.22 million, or 28.55%, compared to third quarter 2023 and $4.35 million, or 1.47%, compared to the linked quarter. Short-term FHLB advances were zero at each of September 30, 2024, and the linked quarter end, compared to $100 million at September 30, 2023.

    Investment Securities:

    • Total investment securities were $2.60 billion compared to $2.49 billion at June 30, 2024 and $2.54 billion at September 30, 2023. The weighted average duration of the portfolio at September 30, 2024 was 3.1 years. The carrying value of the available-for-sale debt securities portfolio included net unrealized losses of $110.62 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $172.93 million at June 30, 2024 and $238.52 million at September 30, 2023, with the changes in fair value due to the change in interest rates.

    Loans and Asset Quality:

    • Total loans held for investment were $11.41 billion at September 30, 2024, $11.45 billion June 30, 2024, and $11.17 billion at September 30, 2023.
    • Nonperforming assets were $7.47 million, or 0.04% of total assets, compared to $7.88 million, or 0.05%, at September 30, 2023, and $7.16 million, or 0.04%, in the linked quarter end.
    • Nonperforming loans were 0.06% of period end loans at September 30, 2024, September 30, 2023, and the linked quarter end.
    • Foreclosed property consisted of $884 thousand in repossessed autos at September 30, 2024, compared to $276 thousand in other real estate owned and $490 thousand in repossessed autos, for a total of $766 thousand in foreclosed property at September 30, 2023.

    Deposits and Borrowings:

    • Total deposits were $14.36 billion compared to $14.27 billion at June 30, 2024 and $13.88 billion at September 30, 2023.
    • The ratio of period end loans held for investment to deposits was 79.46% compared to 80.24% at June 30, 2024 and 80.49% at September 30, 2023.
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits were 29.71% of total deposits at September 30, 2024 compared to 30.15% at June 30, 2024 and 32.02% at September 30, 2023. Noninterest-bearing deposits declined $177.23 million, or 3.99%, compared to September 30, 2023, and $36.15 million, or 0.84%, compared to the linked quarter.
    • Total borrowings were $290.82 million compared to $295.17 million at June 30, 2024 and $407.03 million at September 30, 2023.

    Capital:

    • Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 12.63%(1).
    • Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.38%(1).
    • Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.75%(1).
    • Total risk-based capital ratio of 15.53% (1) .
    • Book value per common share was $28.59 compared to $27.62 at June 30, 2024 and $26.28 at September 30, 2023.
    • Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) was $21.65 compared to $20.65 at June 30, 2024 and $19.28 at September 30, 2023.

    (1) Preliminary.

    About TowneBank:
    Founded in 1999, TowneBank is a company built on relationships, offering a full range of banking and other financial services, with a focus of serving others and enriching lives. Dedicated to a culture of caring, Towne values all employees and members by embracing their diverse talents, perspectives, and experiences.

    Now celebrating 25 years, TowneBank operates 50 banking offices throughout Hampton Roads and Central Virginia, as well as Northeastern and Central North Carolina – serving as a local leader in promoting the social, cultural, and economic growth in each community. Towne offers a competitive array of business and personal banking solutions, delivered with only the highest ethical standards. Experienced local bankers providing a higher level of expertise and personal attention with local decision-making are key to the TowneBank strategy. TowneBank has grown its capabilities beyond banking to provide expertise through its affiliated companies that include Towne Wealth Management, Towne Insurance Agency, Towne Benefits, TowneBank Mortgage, TowneBank Commercial Mortgage, Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices RW Towne Realty, Towne 1031 Exchange, LLC, and Towne Vacations. With total assets of $17.19 billion as of September 30, 2024, TowneBank is one of the largest banks headquartered in Virginia.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
    This press release contains certain financial measures determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Such non-GAAP financial measures include the following: fully tax-equivalent net interest margin, core operating earnings, core net income, tangible book value per common share, total risk-based capital ratio, tier one leverage ratio, tier one capital ratio, and the tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess the performance of TowneBank’s core business and the strength of its capital position. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful additional information about TowneBank to assist investors in evaluating operating results, financial strength, and capitalization. The non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as additional views of the way our financial measures are affected by significant charges for credit costs and other factors. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. The computations of the non-GAAP financial measures used in this presentation are referenced in a footnote or in the appendix to this presentation.

    Forward-Looking Statements:
    This press release contains certain forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only the beliefs, expectations, or opinions of TowneBank and its management regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of such words as: “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional terms, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “likely,” “probably,” or “possibly.” These statements may address issues that involve significant risks, uncertainties, estimates, and assumptions made by management. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include among others, competitive pressures in the banking industry that may increase significantly; changes in the interest rate environment that may reduce margins and/or the volumes and values of loans made or held as well as the value of other financial assets held; an unforeseen outflow of cash or deposits or an inability to access the capital markets, which could jeopardize our overall liquidity or capitalization; changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of the collectability of loans; insufficiency of our allowance for credit losses due to market conditions, inflation, changing interest rates or other factors; adverse developments in the financial industry generally, such as the recent bank failures, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such developments, related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs, and related impacts on customer and client behavior; general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, that may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and/or a reduced demand for credit or other services; geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts, civil unrest, and terrorist attacks and the potential impact, directly or indirectly, on our business; the effects of weather-related or natural disasters, which may negatively affect our operations and/or our loan portfolio and increase our cost of conducting business; public health events (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and governmental and societal responses to them; changes in the legislative or regulatory environment, including changes in accounting standards and tax laws, that may adversely affect our business; our ability to close the transaction with Village Bank when expected or at all because required approvals and other conditions to closing are not received or satisfied on the proposed terms or on the anticipated schedule; our integration of Village Bank’s business to the extent that it may take longer or be more difficult, time-consuming or costly to accomplish than expected; deposit attrition, operating costs, customer losses and business disruption following the Village Bank transaction, including adverse effects on relationships with employees and customers; costs or difficulties related to the integration of the businesses we have acquired may be greater than expected; expected growth opportunities or cost savings associated with pending or recently completed acquisitions may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame; cybersecurity threats or attacks, whether directed at us or at vendors or other third parties with which we interact, the implementation of new technologies, and the ability to develop and maintain reliable electronic systems; our competitors may have greater financial resources and develop products that enable them to compete more successfully; changes in business conditions; changes in the securities market; and changes in our local economy with regard to our market area. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made or as of the date indicated, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. For additional information on factors that could materially influence forward-looking statements included in this report, see the “Risk Factors” in TowneBank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, and related disclosures in other filings that have been, or will be, filed by TowneBank with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

    Media contact:
    G. Robert Aston, Jr., Executive Chairman, 757-638-6780
    William I. Foster III, President and Chief Executive Officer, 757-417-6482

    Investor contact:
    William B. Littreal, Chief Financial Officer, 757-638-6813

     
    TOWNEBANK
    Selected Financial Highlights (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
         
        Three Months Ended
        September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024       2024       2024       2023       2023  
    Income and Performance Ratios:                  
      Total revenue $ 174,518     $ 174,970     $ 167,102     $ 155,546     $ 172,864  
      Net income   43,126       43,039       35,127       28,545       44,745  
      Net income available to common shareholders   42,949       42,856       34,687       28,804       44,862  
      Net income per common share – diluted   0.57       0.57       0.46       0.39       0.60  
      Book value per common share   28.59       27.62       27.33       27.24       26.28  
      Book value per common share – tangible (non-GAAP)   21.65       20.65       20.31       20.28       19.28  
      Return on average assets   1.00 %     1.01 %     0.83 %     0.68 %     1.06 %
      Return on average assets – tangible (non-GAAP)   1.09 %     1.11 %     0.92 %     0.77 %     1.17 %
      Return on average equity   8.12 %     8.43 %     6.84 %     5.75 %     8.96 %
      Return on average equity – tangible (non-GAAP)   11.42 %     12.03 %     9.87 %     8.53 %     12.97 %
      Return on average common equity   8.18 %     8.49 %     6.89 %     5.79 %     9.04 %
      Return on average common equity – tangible (non-GAAP)   11.54 %     12.16 %     9.98 %     8.62 %     13.11 %
      Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue   35.66 %     37.68 %     38.23 %     30.74 %     34.60 %
    Regulatory Capital Ratios (1):                  
      Common equity tier 1   12.63 %     12.43 %     12.20 %     12.18 %     12.19 %
      Tier 1   12.75 %     12.55 %     12.32 %     12.29 %     12.31 %
      Total   15.53 %     15.34 %     15.10 %     15.06 %     15.09 %
      Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.38 %     10.25 %     10.15 %     10.17 %     10.06 %
    Asset Quality:                  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonperforming loans 18.70x   19.08x   18.01x   18.48x   17.60x
      Allowance for credit losses on loans to period end loans   1.08 %     1.10 %     1.10 %     1.12 %     1.12 %
      Nonperforming loans to period end loans   0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.06 %
      Nonperforming assets to period end assets   0.04 %     0.04 %     0.05 %     0.05 %     0.05 %
      Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (annualized)   0.02 %     — %     0.02 %     — %   (0.04 )%
      Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 677     $ (19 )   $ 520     $ 68     $ (1,074 )
                         
      Nonperforming loans $ 6,588     $ 6,582     $ 6,987     $ 6,843     $ 7,110  
      Foreclosed property   884       581       780       908       766  
      Total nonperforming assets $ 7,472     $ 7,163     $ 7,767     $ 7,751     $ 7,876  
      Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest $ 510     $ 368     $ 323     $ 735     $ 970  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans $ 123,191     $ 125,552     $ 125,835     $ 126,461     $ 125,159  
    Mortgage Banking:                  
      Loans originated, mortgage $ 421,571     $ 430,398     $ 289,191     $ 302,616     $ 348,387  
      Loans originated, joint venture   176,612       196,583       135,197       126,332       172,021  
      Total loans originated $ 598,182     $ 626,981     $ 424,388     $ 428,948     $ 520,408  
      Number of loans originated   1,637       1,700       1,247       1,237       1,487  
      Number of originators   159       169       176       181       192  
      Purchase %   91.49 %     94.85 %     95.66 %     95.06 %     95.96 %
      Loans sold $ 526,998     $ 605,134     $ 410,895     $ 468,014     $ 567,291  
      Rate lock asset $ 1,548     $ 1,930     $ 1,681     $ 895     $ 1,348  
      Gross realized gain on sales and fees as a % of loans originated   3.28 %     3.28 %     3.34 %     3.06 %     3.17 %
    Other Ratios:                  
      Net interest margin   2.90 %     2.86 %     2.72 %     2.83 %     2.95 %
      Net interest margin-fully tax-equivalent (non-GAAP)   2.93 %     2.89 %     2.75 %     2.86 %     2.98 %
      Average earning assets/total average assets   90.43 %     90.36 %     90.52 %     90.48 %     90.73 %
      Average loans/average deposits   80.07 %     80.80 %     81.48 %     80.72 %     80.75 %
      Average noninterest deposits/total average deposits   30.19 %     30.06 %     30.25 %     31.69 %     33.50 %
      Period end equity/period end total assets   12.58 %     12.24 %     12.24 %     12.21 %     11.90 %
      Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   70.93 %     68.98 %     73.25 %     76.17 %     66.21 %
      (1) Current reporting period regulatory capital ratios are preliminary.            
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Selected Data (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
    Investment Securities             % Change
      Q3   Q3   Q2   Q3 24 vs.   Q3 24 vs.
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value   2024       2023       2024     Q3 23   Q2 24
    U.S. agency securities $ 291,814     $ 300,161     $ 281,934     (2.78 )%   3.50 %
    U.S. Treasury notes   28,655       26,721       27,701     7.24 %   3.44 %
    Municipal securities   455,722       484,587       442,474     (5.96 )%   2.99 %
    Trust preferred and other corporate securities   91,525       74,024       88,228     23.64 %   3.74 %
    Mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs and GNMA   1,496,631       1,079,303       1,411,883     38.67 %   6.00 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (1,171 )     (1,343 )     (1,541 )   (12.81 )%   (24.01 )%
    Total $ 2,363,176     $ 1,963,453     $ 2,250,679     20.36 %   5.00 %
    Gross unrealized gains (losses) reflected in financial statements            
    Total gross unrealized gains $ 6,703     $ 475     $ 1,983     1,311.16 %   238.02 %
    Total gross unrealized losses   (117,319 )     (238,993 )     (174,911 )   (50.91 )%   (32.93 )%
    Net unrealized gains (losses) and other adjustments on AFS securities $ (110,616 )   $ (238,518 )   $ (172,928 )   (53.62 )%   (36.03 )%
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost                  
    U.S. agency securities $ 102,428     $ 101,659     $ 102,234     0.76 %   0.19 %
    U.S. Treasury notes   96,942       433,015       97,171     (77.61 )%   (0.24 )%
    Municipal securities   5,342       5,249       5,318     1.77 %   0.45 %
    Trust preferred corporate securities   2,133       2,185       2,147     (2.38 )%   (0.65 )%
    Mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs   5,577       5,746       5,618     (2.94 )%   (0.73 )%
    Allowance for credit losses   (77 )     (85 )     (79 )   (9.41 )%   (2.53 )%
    Total $ 212,345     $ 547,769     $ 212,409     (61.23 )%   (0.03 )%
                       
    Total gross unrealized gains $ 323     $ 82     $ 175     293.90 %   84.57 %
    Total gross unrealized losses   (7,929 )     (23,505 )     (12,880 )   (66.27 )%   (38.44 )%
    Net unrealized gains (losses) in HTM securities $ (7,606 )   $ (23,423 )   $ (12,705 )   (67.53 )%   (40.13 )%
    Total unrealized gains (losses) on AFS and HTM securities $ (118,222 )   $ (261,941 )   $ (185,633 )   (54.87 )%   (36.31 )%
                  % Change
    Loans Held For Investment Q3   Q3   Q2   Q3 24 vs.   Q3 24 vs.
        2024       2023       2024     Q3 23   Q2 24
    Real estate – construction and development $ 1,118,669     $ 1,325,976     $ 1,190,768     (15.63 )%   (6.05 )%
    Commercial real estate – owner occupied   1,655,345       1,686,888       1,673,582     (1.87 )%   (1.09 )%
    Commercial real estate – non owner occupied   3,179,699       3,025,985       3,155,958     5.08 %   0.75 %
    Real estate – multifamily   750,906       542,611       682,537     38.39 %   10.02 %
    Residential 1-4 family   1,891,216       1,818,843       1,887,420     3.98 %   0.20 %
    HELOC   408,565       371,861       408,273     9.87 %   0.07 %
    Commercial and industrial business (C&I)   1,256,511       1,237,524       1,297,538     1.53 %   (3.16 )%
    Government   521,681       523,456       517,954     (0.34 )%   0.72 %
    Indirect   546,887       548,621       558,216     (0.32 )%   (2.03 )%
    Consumer loans and other   83,039       91,206       79,501     (8.95 )%   4.45 %
    Total $ 11,412,518     $ 11,172,971     $ 11,451,747     2.14 %   (0.34 )%
                       
                  % Change
    Deposits Q3   Q3   Q2   Q3 24 vs.   Q3 24 vs.
        2024       2023       2024     Q3 23   Q2 24
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,267,628     $ 4,444,861     $ 4,303,773     (3.99 )%   (0.84 )%
    Interest-bearing:                  
    Demand and money market accounts   6,990,103       6,764,415       6,940,086     3.34 %   0.72 %
    Savings   319,970       350,031       312,881     (8.59 )%   2.27 %
    Certificates of deposits   2,785,469       2,321,498       2,715,848     19.99 %   2.56 %
    Total   14,363,170       13,880,805       14,272,588     3.48 %   0.63 %
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Average Balances, Yields and Rate Paid (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
      Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
          Interest   Average       Interest   Average       Interest   Average
      Average   Income/   Yield/   Average   Income/   Yield/   Average   Income/   Yield/
      Balance   Expense   Rate (1)   Balance   Expense   Rate (1)   Balance   Expense   Rate (1)
    Assets:                                  
    Loans (net of unearned income
    and deferred costs)
    $ 11,419,428     $ 156,610     5.46 %   $ 11,471,669     $ 155,374     5.45 %   $ 11,169,924     $ 144,457     5.13 %
    Taxable investment securities   2,376,102       20,940     3.53 %     2,368,476       21,671     3.66 %     2,373,731       18,645     3.14 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities   168,768       1,686     4.00 %     156,503       1,521     3.89 %     206,639       1,993     3.86 %
    Total securities   2,544,870       22,626     3.56 %     2,524,979       23,192     3.67 %     2,580,370       20,638     3.20 %
    Interest-bearing deposits   1,226,445       15,249     4.95 %     1,182,816       14,512     4.93 %     1,230,582       15,031     4.85 %
    Mortgage loans held for sale   208,513       3,247     6.23 %     165,392       2,945     7.12 %     227,426       3,928     6.91 %
    Total earning assets   15,399,256       197,732     5.11 %     15,344,856       196,023     5.14 %     15,208,302       184,054     4.80 %
    Less: allowance for loan losses   (125,331 )             (126,792 )             (125,553 )        
    Total nonearning assets   1,754,216               1,764,418               1,680,110          
    Total assets $ 17,028,141             $ 16,982,482             $ 16,762,859          
    Liabilities and Equity:                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits                                  
    Demand and money market $ 6,917,622     $ 48,896     2.81 %   $ 6,896,176     $ 48,161     2.81 %   $ 6,605,853     $ 41,381     2.49 %
    Savings   315,338       842     1.06 %     317,774       845     1.07 %     356,116       938     1.05 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,723,437       32,390     4.73 %     2,715,615       33,017     4.89 %     2,236,102       21,852     3.88 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   9,956,397       82,128     3.28 %     9,929,565       82,023     3.32 %     9,198,071       64,171     2.77 %
    Borrowings   33,867       (25 )   (0.29 )%     100,165       1,627     6.43 %     299,105       3,382     4.42 %
    Subordinated debt, net   256,309       2,237     3.49 %     256,093       2,236     3.49 %     255,446       2,245     3.52 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   10,246,573       84,340     3.27 %     10,285,823       85,886     3.36 %     9,752,622       69,798     2.84 %
    Demand deposits   4,305,783               4,267,590               4,633,856          
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities   370,736               383,447               389,912          
    Total liabilities   14,923,092               14,936,860               14,776,390          
    Shareholders’ equity   2,105,049               2,045,622               1,986,469          
    Total liabilities and equity $ 17,028,141             $ 16,982,482             $ 16,762,859          
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) (4)     $ 113,392             $ 110,137             $ 114,256      
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures                                
    Tax-equivalent basis adjustment       (1,110 )             (1,089 )             (1,198 )    
    Net interest income (GAAP)     $ 112,282             $ 109,048             $ 113,058      
                                       
    Interest rate spread (2)(4)         1.84 %           1.78 %           1.96 %
    Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets       2.18 %           2.25 %           1.82 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis) (3)(4)       2.93 %           2.89 %           2.98 %
    Total cost of deposits         2.29 %           2.32 %           1.84 %
                                       
    (1) Yields and interest income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%.
    (2) Interest spread is the average yield earned on earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (3) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (4) Non-GAAP.
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Average Balances, Yields and Rate Paid (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
      Nine Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
          Interest   Average       Interest   Average
      Average   Income/   Yield/   Average   Income/   Yield/
      Balance   Expense   Rate (1)   Balance   Expense   Rate (1)
    Assets:                      
    Loans (net of unearned income and deferred costs) $ 11,423,458     $ 463,794     5.42 %   $ 11,159,329     $ 417,808     5.01 %
    Taxable investment securities   2,395,007       61,327     3.41 %     2,420,634       52,656     2.90 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities   162,294       4,756     3.91 %     201,535       5,883     3.89 %
    Total securities   2,557,301       66,083     3.45 %     2,622,169       58,539     2.98 %
    Interest-bearing deposits   1,192,319       43,995     4.93 %     1,179,952       40,168     4.55 %
    Mortgage loans held for sale   163,755       7,908     6.44 %     168,822       8,079     6.38 %
    Total earning assets   15,336,833       581,780     5.07 %     15,130,272       524,594     4.64 %
    Less: allowance for loan losses   (126,508 )             (120,420 )        
    Total nonearning assets   1,748,215               1,637,952          
    Total assets $ 16,958,540             $ 16,647,804          
    Liabilities and Equity:                      
    Interest-bearing deposits                      
    Demand and money market $ 6,880,752     $ 145,042     2.82 %   $ 6,349,422     $ 96,742     2.04 %
    Savings   320,696       2,569     1.07 %     376,282       2,676     0.95 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,674,509       94,928     4.74 %     1,964,718       47,358     3.22 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   9,875,957       242,539     3.28 %     8,690,422       146,776     2.26 %
    Borrowings   115,171       4,679     5.34 %     505,856       17,644     4.60 %
    Subordinated debt, net   256,094       6,710     3.49 %     253,612       6,650     3.50 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   10,247,222       253,928     3.31 %     9,449,890       171,070     2.42 %
    Demand deposits   4,265,971               4,873,945          
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities   381,547               353,459          
    Total liabilities   14,894,740               14,677,294          
    Shareholders’ equity   2,063,800               1,970,510          
    Total liabilities and equity $ 16,958,540             $ 16,647,804          
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis)(4)     $ 327,852             $ 353,524      
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures                    
    Tax-equivalent basis adjustment       (3,304 )             (3,477 )    
    Net interest income (GAAP)     $ 324,548             $ 350,047      
                           
    Interest rate spread (2)(4)         1.76 %           2.22 %
    Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets       2.21 %           1.51 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis) (3)(4)       2.86 %           3.12 %
    Total cost of deposits         2.29 %           1.45 %
                           
    (1) Yields and interest income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using the federal statutory rate of 21%.
    (2) Interest spread is the average yield earned on earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (3) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Fully tax-equivalent.
    (4) Non-GAAP.
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
       
         
      September 30,   December 31,
        2024       2023  
      (unaudited)   (audited)
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $ 131,068     $ 85,584  
    Interest-bearing deposits at FRB   1,061,596       939,356  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions   103,400       103,417  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   1,296,064       1,128,357  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $2,474,963 and $2,292,963, and allowance for credit losses of $1,171 and $1,498 at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively)   2,363,176       2,129,342  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $204,816 and $462,656 at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively)   212,422       477,592  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (77 )     (84 )
    Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses   212,345       477,508  
    Other equity securities   12,681       13,792  
    FHLB stock   12,134       21,372  
    Total Securities   2,600,336       2,642,014  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   264,320       149,987  
    Loans, net of unearned income and deferred costs   11,412,518       11,329,021  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (123,191 )     (126,461 )
    Net Loans   11,289,327       11,202,560  
    Premises and equipment, net   365,764       337,598  
    Goodwill   457,619       456,335  
    Other intangible assets, net   63,265       64,634  
    BOLI   279,325       277,445  
    Other assets   572,000       576,109  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 17,188,020     $ 16,835,039  
           
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,267,628     $ 4,342,701  
    Interest-bearing:      
    Demand and money market accounts   6,990,103       6,757,619  
    Savings   319,970       336,492  
    Certificates of deposit   2,785,469       2,456,394  
    Total Deposits   14,363,170       13,893,206  
    Advances from the FHLB   3,405       203,958  
    Subordinated debt, net   256,444       255,796  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   30,970       32,826  
    Total Borrowings   290,819       492,580  
    Other liabilities   371,316       393,375  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   15,025,305       14,779,161  
    Preferred stock, authorized and unissued shares – 2,000,000   —       —  
    Common stock, $1.667 par value: 150,000,000 shares authorized;      
    75,068,662 and 74,893,462 shares issued at      
    September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively   125,139       124,847  
    Capital surplus   1,117,279       1,112,761  
    Retained earnings   985,343       921,126  
    Common stock issued to deferred compensation trust, at cost:      
    1,056,823 and 1,004,717 shares at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively   (22,224 )     (20,813 )
    Deferred compensation trust   22,224       20,813  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (81,482 )     (118,762 )
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,146,279       2,039,972  
    Noncontrolling interest   16,436       15,906  
    TOTAL EQUITY   2,162,715       2,055,878  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 17,188,020     $ 16,835,039  
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                   
                   
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   September 30,
        2024       2023       2024       2023  
    INTEREST INCOME:              
    Loans, including fees $ 155,792     $ 143,605     $ 461,316     $ 415,351  
    Investment securities   22,334       20,292       65,257       57,519  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions and federal funds sold   15,249       15,031       43,995       40,168  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   3,247       3,928       7,908       8,079  
    Total interest income   196,622       182,856       578,476       521,117  
    INTEREST EXPENSE:              
    Deposits   82,128       64,171       242,539       146,776  
    Advances from the FHLB   29       3,438       3,408       16,838  
    Subordinated debt, net   2,237       2,245       6,710       6,650  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   (54 )     (56 )     1,271       806  
    Total interest expense   84,340       69,798       253,928       171,070  
    Net interest income   112,282       113,058       324,548       350,047  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   (1,100 )     1,007       (2,154 )     16,232  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   113,382       112,051       326,702       333,815  
    NONINTEREST INCOME:              
    Residential mortgage banking income, net   11,786       10,648       35,685       31,380  
    Insurance commissions and related income, net   25,727       23,777       75,297       69,098  
    Property management income, net   11,221       12,800       42,306       40,433  
    Real estate brokerage income, net   —       (63 )     —       3,562  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,117       2,823       9,548       8,577  
    Credit card merchant fees, net   1,830       2,006       5,042       5,232  
    Investment commissions, net   2,835       2,363       7,759       6,581  
    BOLI   1,886       1,814       6,966       5,196  
    Gain on sale of equity investment   20       554       20       9,386  
    Other income   3,814       3,084       9,345       9,083  
    Net gain/(loss) on investment securities   —       —       74       —  
    Total noninterest income   62,236       59,806       192,042       188,528  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE:              
    Salaries and employee benefits   72,123       67,258       214,849       204,124  
    Occupancy   9,351       9,027       28,490       27,579  
    Furniture and equipment   4,657       4,100       13,769       12,733  
    Amortization – intangibles   3,130       3,610       9,675       10,744  
    Software   6,790       6,130       19,947       17,922  
    Data processing   4,701       4,140       13,223       11,504  
    Professional fees   4,720       2,770       11,689       8,948  
    Advertising and marketing   4,162       3,653       12,268       12,012  
    Other expenses   17,266       17,014       52,565       61,762  
    Total noninterest expense   126,900       117,702       376,475       367,328  
    Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interest   48,718       54,155       142,269       155,015  
    Provision for income tax expense   5,592       9,410       20,977       28,424  
    Net income $ 43,126     $ 44,745     $ 121,292     $ 126,591  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (177 )     117       (800 )     (1,680 )
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 42,949     $ 44,862     $ 120,492     $ 124,911  
    Per common share information              
    Basic earnings $ 0.57     $ 0.60     $ 1.61     $ 1.67  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.57     $ 0.60     $ 1.61     $ 1.67  
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.75     $ 0.73  
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Balance Sheets – Five Quarter Trend
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
     
                       
      September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024       2024       2024       2023       2023  
      (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (audited)   (unaudited)
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 131,068     $ 140,028     $ 75,802     $ 85,584     $ 83,949  
    Interest-bearing deposits at FRB   1,061,596       1,062,115       926,635       939,356       1,029,276  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions   103,400       99,303       98,673       103,417       102,527  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   1,296,064       1,301,446       1,101,110       1,128,357       1,215,752  
    Securities available for sale   2,363,176       2,250,679       2,204,101       2,129,342       1,963,453  
    Securities held to maturity   212,422       212,488       312,510       477,592       547,854  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   (77 )     (79 )     (82 )     (84 )     (85 )
    Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses   212,345       212,409       312,428       477,508       547,769  
    Other equity securities   12,681       13,566       13,661       13,792       14,062  
    FHLB stock   12,134       12,134       12,139       21,372       16,634  
    Total Securities   2,600,336       2,488,788       2,542,329       2,642,014       2,541,918  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   264,320       200,762       150,727       149,987       188,048  
    Loans, net of unearned income and deferred costs   11,412,518       11,451,747       11,452,343       11,329,021       11,172,971  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (123,191 )     (125,552 )     (125,835 )     (126,461 )     (125,159 )
    Net Loans   11,289,327       11,326,195       11,326,508       11,202,560       11,047,812  
    Premises and equipment, net   365,764       340,348       342,569       337,598       335,522  
    Goodwill   457,619       457,619       457,619       456,335       456,684  
    Other intangible assets, net   63,265       65,460       68,758       64,634       67,496  
    BOLI   279,325       277,434       279,293       277,445       275,240  
    Other assets   572,000       610,791       615,324       576,109       551,884  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 17,188,020     $ 17,068,843     $ 16,884,237     $ 16,835,039     $ 16,680,356  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                  
    Deposits:                  
    Noninterest-bearing demand $ 4,267,628     $ 4,303,773     $ 4,194,132     $ 4,342,701     $ 4,444,861  
    Interest-bearing:                  
    Demand and money market accounts   6,990,103       6,940,086       6,916,701       6,757,619       6,764,415  
    Savings   319,970       312,881       326,179       336,492       350,031  
    Certificates of deposit   2,785,469       2,715,848       2,689,062       2,456,394       2,321,498  
    Total Deposits   14,363,170       14,272,588       14,126,074       13,893,206       13,880,805  
    Advances from the FHLB   3,405       3,591       3,775       203,958       104,139  
    Subordinated debt, net   256,444       256,227       256,011       255,796       255,580  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   30,970       35,351       31,198       32,826       47,315  
    Total Borrowings   290,819       295,169       290,984       492,580       407,034  
    Other liabilities   371,316       411,770       401,307       393,375       408,305  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   15,025,305       14,979,527       14,818,365       14,779,161       14,696,144  
                       
    Preferred stock   —       —       —       —       —  
    Common stock, $1.667 par value   125,139       125,090       125,009       124,847       124,837  
    Capital surplus   1,117,279       1,115,759       1,114,038       1,112,761       1,111,152  
    Retained earnings   985,343       961,162       937,065       921,126       911,042  
    Common stock issued to deferred compensation trust, at cost   (22,224 )     (22,756 )     (20,915 )     (20,813 )     (20,740 )
    Deferred compensation trust   22,224       22,756       20,915       20,813       20,740  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (81,482 )     (129,224 )     (126,586 )     (118,762 )     (179,043 )
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2,146,279       2,072,787       2,049,526       2,039,972       1,967,988  
    Noncontrolling interest   16,436       16,529       16,346       15,906       16,224  
    TOTAL EQUITY   2,162,715       2,089,316       2,065,872       2,055,878       1,984,212  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 17,188,020     $ 17,068,843     $ 16,884,237     $ 16,835,039     $ 16,680,356  
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Consolidated Statements of Income – Five Quarter Trend (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
       
       
      Three Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024       2024       2024       2023       2023  
    INTEREST INCOME:                  
    Loans, including fees $ 155,792     $ 154,549     $ 150,974     $ 146,810     $ 143,605  
    Investment securities   22,334       22,928       19,996       20,464       20,292  
    Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions and federal funds sold   15,249       14,512       14,234       13,967       15,031  
    Mortgage loans held for sale   3,247       2,945       1,716       2,886       3,928  
    Total interest income   196,622       194,934       186,920       184,127       182,856  
    INTEREST EXPENSE:                  
    Deposits   82,128       82,023       78,388       73,200       64,171  
    Advances from the FHLB   29       942       2,438       917       3,438  
    Subordinated debt, net   2,237       2,236       2,236       2,236       2,245  
    Repurchase agreements and other borrowings   (54 )     685       640       41       (56 )
    Total interest expense   84,340       85,886       83,702       76,394       69,798  
    Net interest income   112,282       109,048       103,218       107,733       113,058  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   (1,100 )     (177 )     (877 )     2,446       1,007  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   113,382       109,225       104,095       105,287       112,051  
    NONINTEREST INCOME:                  
    Residential mortgage banking income, net   11,786       13,422       10,477       8,035       10,648  
    Insurance commissions and related income, net   25,727       24,031       25,539       21,207       23,777  
    Property management income, net   11,221       14,312       16,773       7,358       12,800  
    Real estate brokerage income, net   —       —       —       (32 )     (63 )
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,117       3,353       3,079       3,056       2,823  
    Credit card merchant fees, net   1,830       1,662       1,551       1,476       2,006  
    Investment commissions, net   2,835       2,580       2,343       2,380       2,363  
    BOLI   1,886       3,238       1,842       2,206       1,814  
    Other income   3,834       3,324       2,206       2,127       3,638  
    Net gain/(loss) on investment securities   —       —       74       —       —  
    Total noninterest income   62,236       65,922       63,884       47,813       59,806  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   72,123       71,349       71,377       66,035       67,258  
    Occupancy   9,351       9,717       9,422       9,308       9,027  
    Furniture and equipment   4,657       4,634       4,478       4,445       4,100  
    Amortization – intangibles   3,130       3,298       3,246       3,411       3,610  
    Software   6,790       7,056       6,100       6,743       6,130  
    Data processing   4,701       4,606       3,916       3,529       4,140  
    Professional fees   4,720       3,788       3,180       3,339       2,770  
    Advertising and marketing   4,162       3,524       4,582       3,377       3,653  
    Other expenses   17,266       16,012       19,290       21,708       17,014  
    Total noninterest expense   126,900       123,984       125,591       121,895       117,702  
    Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interest   48,718       51,163       42,388       31,205       54,155  
    Provision for income tax expense   5,592       8,124       7,261       2,660       9,410  
    Net income   43,126       43,039       35,127       28,545       44,745  
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (177 )     (183 )     (440 )     259       117  
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 42,949     $ 42,856     $ 34,687     $ 28,804     $ 44,862  
    Per common share information                  
    Basic earnings $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46     $ 0.39     $ 0.60  
    Diluted earnings $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46     $ 0.39     $ 0.60  
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding   74,940,827       74,925,877       74,816,420       74,773,335       74,750,294  
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   75,141,661       75,037,955       74,979,501       74,793,557       74,765,515  
    Cash dividends declared $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25  
                       
    TOWNEBANK
    Banking Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   YTD 2024 over 2023
        2024       2023       2024       2024       2023     Amount   Percent
    Revenue                          
    Net interest income $ 111,569     $ 112,189     $ 108,029     $ 322,280     $ 349,165     $ (26,885 )   (7.70 )%
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,117       2,823       3,352       9,548       8,577       971     11.32 %
    Credit card merchant fees   1,830       2,006       1,662       5,042       5,232       (190 )   (3.63 )%
    Investment commissions, net   2,835       2,363       2,580       7,759       6,581       1,178     17.90 %
    Other income   4,828       4,224       4,840       13,096       12,012       1,084     9.02 %
    Subtotal   12,610       11,416       12,434       35,445       32,402       3,043     9.39 %
    Net gain/(loss) on investment securities   —       —       —       74       —       74     N/M
    Total noninterest income   12,610       11,416       12,434       35,519       32,402       3,117     9.62 %
    Total revenue   124,179       123,605       120,463       357,799       381,567       (23,768 )   (6.23 )%
                               
    Provision for credit losses   (1,043 )     1,206       (170 )     (2,189 )     16,442       (18,631 )   (113.31 )%
                               
    Expenses                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   47,148       42,727       46,640       140,261       128,161       12,100     9.44 %
    Occupancy   6,963       6,637       7,194       21,217       19,717       1,500     7.61 %
    Furniture and equipment   3,878       3,273       3,810       11,336       10,150       1,186     11.68 %
    Amortization of intangible assets   1,072       1,296       1,117       3,352       3,918       (566 )   (14.45 )%
    Other expenses   26,674       22,595       23,587       77,215       80,215       (3,000 )   (3.74 )%
    Total expenses   85,735       76,528       82,348       253,381       242,161       11,220     4.63 %
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   39,487       45,871       38,285       106,607       122,964       (16,357 )   (13.30 )%
    Corporate allocation   1,223       1,291       1,232       3,524       3,763       (239 )   (6.35 )%
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   40,710       47,162       39,517       110,131       126,727       (16,596 )   (13.10 )%
    Provision for income tax expense   3,495       7,440       5,130       12,731       21,204       (8,473 )   (39.96 )%
    Net income   37,215       39,722       34,387       97,400       105,523       (8,123 )   (7.70 )%
    Noncontrolling interest   (29 )     —       (58 )     34       —       34     N/M
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 37,186     $ 39,722     $ 34,329     $ 97,434     $ 105,523     $ (8,089 )   (7.67 )%
                               
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   68.18 %     60.86 %     67.43 %     69.89 %     62.44 %     7.45 %   11.93 %
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Realty Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   YTD 2024 over 2023
        2024       2023       2024       2024       2023     Amount   Percent
    Revenue                          
    Residential mortgage brokerage income, net $ 12,211     $ 10,955     $ 13,996     $ 37,006     $ 32,964     $ 4,042     12.26 %
    Real estate brokerage income, net   —       (63 )     —       —       3,562       (3,562 )   (100.00 )%
    Title insurance and settlement fees   —       —       —       —       443       (443 )   (100.00 )%
    Property management fees, net   11,221       12,800       14,312       42,306       40,433       1,873     4.63 %
    Income (loss) from unconsolidated subsidiary   51       (63 )     67       148       (884 )     1,032     116.74 %
    Gain on equity investment   —       —       —       —       8,833       (8,833 )   (100.00 )%
    Net interest and other income   906       1,163       1,317       3,007       1,984       1,023     51.56 %
    Total revenue   24,389       24,792       29,692       82,467       87,335       (4,868 )   (5.57 )%
                               
    Provision for credit losses   (57 )     (199 )     (7 )     35       (210 )     245     116.67 %
                               
    Expenses                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   12,355       12,881       12,370       36,913       41,670       (4,757 )   (11.42 )%
    Occupancy   1,638       1,669       1,811       5,019       5,559       (540 )   (9.71 )%
    Furniture and equipment   604       600       596       1,794       1,933       (139 )   (7.19 )%
    Amortization of intangible assets   637       742       781       2,094       2,166       (72 )   (3.32 )%
    Other expenses   8,839       9,544       9,136       26,174       27,319       (1,145 )   (4.19 )%
    Total expenses   24,073       25,436       24,694       71,994       78,647       (6,653 )   (8.46 )%
                               
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   373       (445 )     5,005       10,438       8,898       1,540     17.31 %
    Corporate allocation   (484 )     (600 )     (490 )     (1,322 )     (1,800 )     478     (26.56 )%
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   (111 )     (1,045 )     4,515       9,116       7,098       2,018     28.43 %
    Provision for income tax expense   18       (99 )     1,163       2,336       1,769       567     32.05 %
    Net income   (129 )     (946 )     3,352       6,780       5,329       1,451     27.23 %
    Noncontrolling interest   (148 )     117       (125 )     (834 )     (1,680 )     846     (50.36 )%
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ (277 )   $ (829 )   $ 3,227     $ 5,946     $ 3,649     $ 2,297     62.95 %
                               
    Efficiency ratio excluding gain on equity investment (non-GAAP)   96.09 %     99.61 %     80.54 %     84.76 %     97.43 %   (12.67 )%   (13.00 )%
                               
    TOWNEBANK
    Insurance Segment Financial Information (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
     
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended   Increase/(Decrease)
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   YTD 2024 over 2023
        2024       2023       2024       2024       2023     Amount   Percent
    Commission and fee income                          
    Property and casualty $ 23,157     $ 22,103     $ 22,225     $ 66,104     $ 60,259     $ 5,845     9.70 %
    Employee benefits   4,483       4,245       4,404       13,712       13,393       319     2.38 %
    Specialized benefit services   —       133       —       10       445       (435 )   (97.75 )%
    Total commissions and fees   27,640       26,481       26,629       79,826       74,097       5,729     7.73 %
                               
    Contingency and bonus revenue   2,731       2,335       2,951       10,185       9,343       842     9.01 %
    Other income   25       557       6       41       573       (532 )   (92.84 )%
    Total revenue   30,396       29,373       29,586       90,052       84,013       6,039     7.19 %
                               
    Employee commission expense   4,446       4,906       4,771       13,728       14,340       (612 )   (4.27 )%
    Revenue, net of commission expense   25,950       24,467       24,815       76,324       69,673       6,651     9.55 %
                               
    Salaries and employee benefits   12,620       11,650       12,339       37,675       34,293       3,382     9.86 %
    Occupancy   750       721       712       2,254       2,303       (49 )   (2.13 )%
    Furniture and equipment   175       227       228       639       650       (11 )   (1.69 )%
    Amortization of intangible assets   1,421       1,572       1,400       4,229       4,660       (431 )   (9.25 )%
    Other expenses   2,126       1,568       2,263       6,303       4,614       1,689     36.61 %
    Total operating expenses   17,092       15,738       16,942       51,100       46,520       4,580     9.85 %
    Income before income tax, corporate allocation and noncontrolling interest   8,858       8,729       7,873       25,224       23,153       2,071     8.94 %
    Corporate allocation   (739 )     (691 )     (742 )     (2,202 )     (1,963 )     (239 )   12.18 %
    Income before income tax provision and noncontrolling interest   8,119       8,038       7,131       23,022       21,190       1,832     8.65 %
    Provision for income tax expense   2,079       2,069       1,831       5,910       5,451       459     8.42 %
    Net income   6,040       5,969       5,300       17,112       15,739       1,373     8.72 %
    Noncontrolling interest   —       —       —       —       —       —     — %
    Net income attributable to TowneBank $ 6,040     $ 5,969     $ 5,300     $ 17,112     $ 15,739     $ 1,373     8.72 %
                               
    Provision for income taxes   2,079       2,069       1,831       5,910       5,451       459     8.42 %
    Depreciation, amortization and interest expense   1,550       1,726       1,529       4,632       5,115       (483 )   (9.44 )%
    EBITDA (non-GAAP) $ 9,669     $ 9,764     $ 8,660     $ 27,654     $ 26,305     $ 1,349     5.13 %
                               
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   60.44 %     59.21 %     62.63 %     61.43 %     60.55 %     0.88 %   1.45 %
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (dollars in thousands)
             
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
        2024       2023       2024       2024       2023  
                       
    Return on average assets (GAAP)   1.00 %     1.06 %     1.01 %     0.95 %     1.00 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other intangibles and amortization   0.09 %     0.11 %     0.10 %     0.09 %     0.11 %
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.09 %     1.17 %     1.11 %     1.04 %     1.11 %
                       
    Return on average equity (GAAP)   8.12 %     8.96 %     8.43 %     7.80 %     8.48 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other intangibles and amortization   3.30 %     4.01 %     3.60 %     3.31 %     3.87 %
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   11.42 %     12.97 %     12.03 %     11.11 %     12.35 %
                       
    Return on average common equity (GAAP)   8.18 %     9.04 %     8.49 %     7.86 %     8.54 %
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other intangibles and amortization   3.36 %     4.07 %     3.67 %     3.37 %     3.95 %
    Return on average tangible common equity
    (non-GAAP)
      11.54 %     13.11 %     12.16 %     11.23 %     12.49 %
                       
    Book value (GAAP) $ 28.59     $ 26.28     $ 27.62     $ 28.59     $ 26.28  
    Impact of excluding average goodwill and other intangibles and amortization   (6.94 )     (7.00 )     (6.97 )     (6.94 )     (7.00 )
    Tangible book value (non-GAAP) $ 21.65     $ 19.28     $ 20.65     $ 21.65     $ 19.28  
                       
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   72.71 %     68.09 %     70.86 %     72.88 %     68.20 %
    Impact of exclusions (1.78 )%   (1.88 )%   (1.88 )%   (1.86 )%   (0.82 )%
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   70.93 %     66.21 %     68.98 %     71.02 %     67.38 %
                       
    Average assets (GAAP) $ 17,028,141     $ 16,762,859     $ 16,982,482     $ 16,958,540     $ 16,647,804  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   522,219       526,445       525,122       523,335       526,375  
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 16,505,922     $ 16,236,414     $ 16,457,360     $ 16,435,205     $ 16,121,429  
                       
    Average equity (GAAP) $ 2,105,049     $ 1,986,469     $ 2,045,622     $ 2,063,800     $ 1,970,510  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   522,219       526,445       525,122       523,335       526,375  
    Average tangible equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,582,830     $ 1,460,024     $ 1,520,500     $ 1,540,465     $ 1,444,135  
                       
    Average common equity (GAAP) $ 2,088,674     $ 1,969,898     $ 2,029,150     $ 2,047,482     $ 1,954,850  
    Less: average goodwill and intangible assets   522,219       526,445       525,122       523,335       526,375  
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,566,455     $ 1,443,453     $ 1,504,028     $ 1,524,147     $ 1,428,475  
                       
    Net income (GAAP) $ 42,949     $ 44,862     $ 42,856     $ 120,492     $ 124,911  
    Amortization of intangibles, net of tax   2,473       2,852       2,605       7,643       8,488  
    Tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 45,422     $ 47,714     $ 45,461     $ 128,135     $ 133,399  
                       
    Total revenue (GAAP) $ 174,518     $ 172,864     $ 174,970     $ 516,590     $ 538,575  
    Net (gain)/loss on investment securities   —       —       —       (74 )     —  
    Other nonrecurring (income) loss   (20 )     (554 )     —       (20 )     (9,386 )
    Total Revenue for efficiency calculation (non-GAAP) $ 174,498     $ 172,310     $ 174,970     $ 516,496     $ 529,189  
                       
    Noninterest expense (GAAP) $ 126,900     $ 117,702     $ 123,984     $ 376,475     $ 367,328  
    Less: amortization of intangibles   3,130       3,610       3,298       9,675       10,744  
    Noninterest expense net of amortization (non-GAAP) $ 123,770     $ 114,092     $ 120,686     $ 366,800     $ 356,584  
     
    TOWNEBANK
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                         
                         
    Reconciliation of GAAP Earnings to Operating Earnings Excluding Certain Items Affecting Comparability   Three Months Ended
        September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
          2024       2024       2023       2023       2023  
    Net income (GAAP)   $ 42,949     $ 42,856     $ 34,687     $ 28,804     $ 44,862  
                         
    Adjustments                    
    Plus: Acquisition-related expenses, net of tax     460       18       564       56       458  
    Plus: FDIC special assessment, net of tax     —       (310 )     1,021       4,083       —  
    Less: Gain on sale of equity investments, net of noncontrolling interest     (16 )     —       —       (1,846 )     (438 )
    Core operating earnings, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   $ 43,393     $ 42,564     $ 36,272     $ 31,097     $ 44,882  
    Weighted average diluted shares     75,141,661       75,037,955       74,979,501       74,793,557       74,765,515  
    Diluted EPS (GAAP)   $ 0.57     $ 0.57     $ 0.46     $ 0.39     $ 0.60  
    Diluted EPS, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   $ 0.58     $ 0.57     $ 0.48     $ 0.42     $ 0.60  
    Average assets   $ 17,028,141     $ 16,982,482     $ 16,864,235     $ 16,683,041     $ 16,762,859  
    Average tangible equity   $ 1,582,830     $ 1,520,500       1,517,600     $ 1,465,216     $ 1,460,024  
    Average common tangible equity   $ 1,566,455     $ 1,504,028     $ 1,501,494     $ 1,449,052     $ 1,443,453  
    Return on average assets, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     1.01 %     1.01 %     0.87 %     0.74 %     1.06 %
    Return on average tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     11.53 %     11.95 %     10.29 %     9.15 %     12.97 %
    Return on average common tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     11.65 %     12.08 %     10.40 %     9.25 %     13.13 %
    Efficiency ratio, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     72.45 %     70.85 %     74.84 %     78.33 %     67.76 %
                         
    TOWNEBANK
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
             
             
    Reconciliation of GAAP Earnings to Operating Earnings Excluding Certain Items Affecting Comparability   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,   September 30,
          2024       2023  
    Net income (GAAP)   $ 120,492     $ 124,911  
             
    Adjustments        
    Plus: Acquisition-related expenses, net of tax     1,040       7,718  
    Plus: FDIC special assessment, net of tax     711       —  
    Plus: Initial provision for acquired loans, net of tax     —       3,166  
    Less: Gain on sale of equity investments, net of noncontrolling interest and tax     (16 )     (5,951 )
    Core operating earnings, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   $ 122,227     $ 129,844  
    Weighted average diluted shares     75,043,848       74,618,743  
    Diluted EPS (GAAP)   $ 1.61     $ 1.67  
    Diluted EPS, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)   $ 1.63     $ 1.74  
    Average assets   $ 16,958,540     $ 16,647,804  
    Average tangible equity   $ 1,540,465     $ 1,444,135  
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,524,147     $ 1,428,475  
    Return on average assets, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     0.96 %     1.04 %
    Return on average tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     11.26 %     12.81 %
    Return on average common tangible equity, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     11.38 %     12.95 %
    Efficiency ratio, excluding certain items affecting comparability (non-GAAP)     72.68 %     67.61 %

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Live Oak Bancshares, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WILMINGTON, N.C., Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Live Oak Bancshares, Inc. (NYSE: LOB) (“Live Oak” or “the Company”) today reported third quarter of 2024 net income of $13.0 million, or $0.28 per diluted share.

    “Live Oak delivered historic production levels this quarter as our teams continue to put capital into the hands of business owners across the country,” said Live Oak Chairman and Chief Executive Officer James S. (Chip) Mahan III. “We believe our business momentum is in an exciting place and our conservative approach to growth is driving positive operating leverage, revenue, and deeper customer relationships.”

    Third Quarter 2024 Key Measures

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)       Increase (Decrease)    
      3Q 2024   2Q 2024   Dollars   Percent   3Q 2023
    Total revenue(1) $ 129,932     $ 125,479     $ 4,453       3.5 %   $ 127,301  
    Total noninterest expense   77,589       77,656       (67 )     (0.1 )     74,262  
    Income before taxes   17,841       36,058       (18,217 )     (50.5 )     42,760  
    Effective tax rate   27.0 %     25.2 %     n/a       n/a       6.9 %
    Net income $ 13,025     $ 26,963     $ (13,938 )     (51.7 )%   $ 39,793  
    Diluted earnings per share   0.28       0.59       (0.31 )     (52.5 )     0.88  
    Loan and lease production:                  
    Loans and leases originated $ 1,757,856     $ 1,171,141     $ 586,715       50.1 %   $ 1,073,255  
    % Fully funded   42.4 %     38.2 %     n/a       n/a       52.2 %
    Total loans and leases: $ 10,191,868     $ 9,535,766     $ 656,102       6.9 %   $ 8,775,235  
    Total assets:   12,607,346       11,868,570       738,776       6.2       10,950,460  
    Total deposits:   11,400,547       10,707,031       693,516       6.5       10,003,642  

    (1) Total revenue consists of net interest income and total noninterest income.

    Loans and Leases

    As of September 30, 2024, the total loan and lease portfolio was $10.19 billion, 6.9% above its level at June 30, 2024, and 16.1% above its level a year ago. Excluding historical Paycheck Protection Program loans, the third quarter of 2024 was the Company’s highest loan production quarter of all time. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, loans and leases held for investment increased $659.8 million, or 7.2%, to $9.83 billion while loans held for sale decreased $3.7 million, or 1.0%, to $360.0 million. Average loans and leases were $9.76 billion during the third quarter of 2024 compared to $9.38 billion during the second quarter of 2024. 

    The total loan and lease portfolio at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, was comprised of 34.5% and 36.4% of guaranteed loans, respectively.

    Loan and lease originations totaled $1.76 billion during the third quarter of 2024, an increase of $586.7 million, or 50.1%, from the second quarter of 2024. Loan and lease originations increased $684.6 million, or 63.8%, from the third quarter of 2023.

    Deposits

    Total deposits increased to $11.40 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $693.5 million compared to June 30, 2024, and an increase of $1.40 billion compared to September 30, 2023. The increase in total deposits from prior periods was to support growth in the loan and lease portfolio as well as the Company’s targeted liquidity levels.

    Average total interest-bearing deposits for the third quarter of 2024 increased $287.5 million, or 2.8%, to $10.56 billion, compared to $10.27 billion for the second quarter of 2024. The ratio of average total loans and leases to average interest-bearing deposits was 92.5% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 91.4% for the second quarter of 2024.

    Borrowings

    Borrowings totaled $115.4 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $117.7 million and $25.8 million at June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively. During the first quarter of 2024, the Company increased long-term borrowings by $100.0 million through an unsecured 5.95% fixed rate 60-month term loan with a third party correspondent bank. This increase in borrowings was to strategically enhance capital levels in order to accommodate future growth expectations.

    Net Interest Income

    Net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $97.0 million compared to $91.3 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $89.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. The net interest margin for the third quarter of 2024 and second quarter of 2024 was 3.33% and 3.28%, respectively, an increase of five basis points quarter over quarter. During the third quarter of 2024, the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased by two basis points, while the average yield on interest-earning assets increased by six basis points.

    The increase in net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 compared to the third quarter of 2023 was largely driven by growth in average loans and leases held for investment. Partially mitigating this increase was a decrease in the net interest margin by four basis points arising from an increase in deposits and borrowings, combined with the increase in average cost of funds, outpacing the increase in average yield on interest-earning assets.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $32.9 million, a decrease of $1.2 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, and a decrease of $5.0 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. The primary drivers in noninterest income changes are outlined below.

    The loan servicing asset revaluation resulted in a loss of $4.2 million for the third quarter of 2024 compared to a $11.3 million gain for the third quarter of 2023. This decrease between periods was principally due to the third quarter of 2023 change in valuation techniques used to estimate the fair value of servicing rights which resulted in a nonrecurring gain of $13.7 million during that period.

    Net gains on sales of loans was $16.6 million, a $2.3 million increase compared to the second quarter of 2024 and a $4.0 million increase compared to the third quarter of 2023. The increase in net gains on sales of loans for both compared periods was the result of higher levels of market premiums combined with increased loan sale volumes. The average guaranteed loan sale premium was 107%, 106% and 105% for the third and second quarters of 2024 and third quarter of 2023, respectively. The volume of guaranteed loans sold was $266.3 million for the third quarter of 2024 compared to $250.5 million sold in the second quarter of 2024 and $225.6 million sold in the third quarter of 2023.

    Loans accounted for under the fair value option had a net gain of $2.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to a net gain of $172 thousand for the second quarter of 2024 and a net loss of $568 thousand for the third quarter of 2023. The increased levels of net gains arising from the valuation of loans accounted for under the fair value option compared to the second quarter of 2024 was largely associated with lower market interest rates. The increase in net gains when compared to the third quarter of 2023 was principally due to the third quarter of 2023 change in valuation techniques used to estimate the fair value of loans measured at fair value, which resulted in a nonrecurring gain of $1.3 million during that period.

    Management fee income decreased by $2.2 million, as compared to both the second quarter of 2024 and third quarter of 2023. This decrease was the result of a restructuring of the Canapi Funds in the third quarter of 2024. In connection with that restructuring, the Company’s subsidiary Canapi Advisors voluntarily withdrew as an advisor to the funds. The Company remains an investor in the Canapi Funds and continues its focus on new and emerging financial technology companies.

    Other noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $7.1 million compared to $11.0 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $3.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. The quarter over quarter decrease of $3.9 million was largely related to a $6.7 million gain arising from the sale of one of the Company’s aircraft in the second quarter of 2024, partially offset by a $2.4 million gain from the sale of a building in the third quarter of 2024. The $3.6 million increase compared to the third quarter of 2023 was largely related to the above mentioned $2.4 million gain from the sale of an idle building and accompanying land that was determined earlier in 2024 not to be best suited to serve the Company’s future expansion plans.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $77.6 million compared to $77.7 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $74.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Compared to the third quarter of 2023, the increase in noninterest expense was principally impacted by smaller balance increases in various expense categories, partially offset by $2.2 million in decreased levels of FDIC insurance expense. The decrease in FDIC insurance expense was the product of favorable changes in the Company’s FDIC assessment rates.

    Asset Quality

    During the third quarter of 2024, the Company recognized net charge-offs for loans carried at historical cost of $1.7 million, compared to $8.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $9.1 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average held for investment loans and leases carried at historical cost, annualized, for the quarters ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, was 0.08%, 0.38% and 0.48%, respectively.

    Unguaranteed nonperforming (nonaccrual) loans and leases, excluding $8.7 million and $9.6 million accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, respectively, increased to $49.4 million, or 0.52% of loans and leases held for investment which are carried at historical cost, at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.3 million, or 0.42%, at June 30, 2024.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    The provision for credit losses for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $34.5 million compared to $11.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. The level of provision expense in the third quarter of 2024 was primarily the result of specific reserve increases on individually evaluated loans and continued growth of the loan and lease portfolio. Provision expense for three individually evaluated loan relationships amounted to $13.6 million, or 60.0% and 56.3% of the increase in the total provision for loan and lease losses when compared to the second quarter of 2024 and third quarter of 2023, respectively.

    The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases totaled $168.7 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $137.9 million at June 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases held for investment carried at historical cost was 1.78% and 1.57% at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Income Tax

    Income tax expense and related effective tax rate was $4.8 million and 27.0% for the third quarter of 2024, $9.1 million and 25.2% for the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million and 6.9% for the third quarter of 2023, respectively. The lower level of income tax expense for the third quarter of 2024 compared to the second quarter of 2024 was primarily the result of the decreased level of pretax income. The higher level of income tax expense for the third quarter of 2024 as compared to the third quarter of 2023 was primarily the result of lower levels of anticipated investment tax credits in 2024 as compared to the prior year.

    Conference Call

    Live Oak will host a conference call to discuss the Company’s financial results and business outlook tomorrow, October 24, 2024, at 9:00 a.m. ET. The call will be accessible by telephone and webcast using Conference ID: 04478. A supplementary slide presentation will be posted to the website prior to the event, and a replay will be available for 12 months following the event. The conference call details are as follows:

    Live Telephone Dial-In

    U.S.: 800.549.8228
    International: +1 646.564.2877
    Pass Code: None Required

    Live Webcast Log-In

    Webcast Link: investor.liveoakbank.com
    Registration: Name and Email Required
    Multi-Factor Code: Provided After Registration

    Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements in this press release that are based on other than historical data or that express the Company’s plans or expectations regarding future events or determinations are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements based on historical data are not intended and should not be understood to indicate the Company’s expectations regarding future events. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events or determinations. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or determinations, nor should they be relied upon as representing management’s views as of any subsequent date. Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those presented, either expressed or implied, in this press release. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements include changes in Small Business Administration (“SBA”) rules, regulations or loan products, including the Section 7(a) program, changes in SBA standard operating procedures or changes in Live Oak Banking Company’s status as an SBA Preferred Lender; changes in rules, regulations or procedures for other government loan programs, including those of the United States Department of Agriculture; the impacts of global health crises and pandemics, such as the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic, on trade (including supply chains and export levels), travel, employee productivity and other economic activities that may have a destabilizing and negative effect on financial markets, economic activity and customer behavior; adverse developments in the banking industry highlighted by high-profile bank failures and the potential impact of such developments on customer confidence, liquidity, and regulatory responses to these developments; a reduction in or the termination of the Company’s ability to use the technology-based platform that is critical to the success of its business model, including a failure in or a breach of operational or security systems or those of its third-party service providers; technological risks and developments, including cyber threats, attacks, or events; competition from other lenders; the Company’s ability to attract and retain key personnel; market and economic conditions and the associated impact on the Company; operational, liquidity and credit risks associated with the Company’s business; changes in political and economic conditions, including any prolonged U.S. government shutdown; the impact of heightened regulatory scrutiny of financial products and services and the Company’s ability to comply with regulatory requirements and expectations; a deterioration of the credit rating for U.S. long-term sovereign debt, actions that the U.S. government may take to avoid exceeding the debt ceiling, and uncertainties surrounding the debt ceiling and the federal budget; adverse results, including related fees and expenses, from pending or future lawsuits, government investigations or private actions; and the other factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and available at the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov). Except as required by law, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update any factors or to publicly announce the result of revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included herein to reflect future events or developments.

    About Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc. (NYSE: LOB) is a financial holding company and the parent company of Live Oak Bank. Live Oak Bancshares and its subsidiaries partner with businesses that share a groundbreaking focus on service and technology to redefine banking. To learn more, visit www.liveoakbank.com.

    Contacts:

    Walter J. Phifer | CFO | Investor Relations | 910.202.6926
    Claire Parker | Corporate Communications | Media Relations | 910.597.1592

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    Quarterly Statements of Income (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Three Months Ended   3Q 2024 Change vs.
      3Q 2024   2Q 2024   1Q 2024   4Q 2023   3Q 2023   2Q 2024   3Q 2023
    Interest income                     %   %
    Loans and fees on loans $ 192,170     $ 181,840     $ 176,010     $ 169,531     $ 162,722       5.7       18.1  
    Investment securities, taxable   9,750       9,219       8,954       8,746       8,701       5.8       12.1  
    Other interest earning assets   7,016       7,389       7,456       8,259       9,188       (5.0 )     (23.6 )
    Total interest income   208,936       198,448       192,420       186,536       180,611       5.3       15.7  
    Interest expense                          
    Deposits   110,174       105,358       101,998       96,695       90,914       4.6       21.2  
    Borrowings   1,762       1,770       311       265       287       (0.5 )     513.9  
    Total interest expense   111,936       107,128       102,309       96,960       91,201       4.5       22.7  
    Net interest income   97,000       91,320       90,111       89,576       89,410       6.2       8.5  
    Provision for credit losses   34,502       11,765       16,364       8,995       10,279       193.3       235.7  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   62,498       79,555       73,747       80,581       79,131       (21.4 )     (21.0 )
    Noninterest income                          
    Loan servicing revenue   8,040       7,347       7,624       7,342       6,990       9.4       15.0  
    Loan servicing asset revaluation   (4,207 )     (2,878 )     (2,744 )     (3,974 )     11,335       (46.2 )     (137.1 )
    Net gains on sales of loans   16,646       14,395       11,502       12,891       12,675       15.6       31.3  
    Net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   2,255       172       (219 )     (170 )     (568 )     1211.0       497.0  
    Equity method investments (loss) income   (1,393 )     (1,767 )     (5,022 )     47       (1,034 )     21.2       (34.7 )
    Equity security investments gains (losses), net   909       161       (529 )     (384 )     (783 )     464.6       216.1  
    Lease income   2,424       2,423       2,453       2,439       2,498       —       (3.0 )
    Management fee income   1,116       3,271       3,271       3,309       3,277       (65.9 )     (65.9 )
    Other noninterest income   7,142       11,035       9,761       8,607       3,501       (35.3 )     104.0  
    Total noninterest income   32,932       34,159       26,097       30,107       37,891       (3.6 )     (13.1 )
    Noninterest expense                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   44,524       46,255       47,275       44,274       42,947       (3.7 )     3.7  
    Travel expense   2,344       2,328       2,438       1,544       2,197       0.7       6.7  
    Professional services expense   3,287       3,061       1,878       3,052       1,762       7.4       86.5  
    Advertising and marketing expense   2,473       3,004       3,692       2,501       3,446       (17.7 )     (28.2 )
    Occupancy expense   2,807       2,388       2,247       2,231       2,129       17.5       31.8  
    Technology expense   9,081       7,996       7,723       8,402       7,722       13.6       17.6  
    Equipment expense   3,472       3,511       3,074       3,480       3,676       (1.1 )     (5.5 )
    Other loan origination and maintenance expense   4,872       3,659       3,911       3,937       3,498       33.2       39.3  
    Renewable energy tax credit investment impairment (recovery)   115       170       (927 )     14,575       —       (32.4 )     100.0  
    FDIC insurance   1,933       2,649       3,200       4,091       4,115       (27.0 )     (53.0 )
    Other expense   2,681       2,635       3,226       5,117       2,770       1.7       (3.2 )
    Total noninterest expense   77,589       77,656       77,737       93,204       74,262       (0.1 )     4.5  
    Income before taxes   17,841       36,058       22,107       17,484       42,760       (50.5 )     (58.3 )
    Income tax expense (benefit)   4,816       9,095       (5,479 )     1,321       2,967       (47.0 )     62.3  
    Net income $ 13,025     $ 26,963     $ 27,586     $ 16,163     $ 39,793       (51.7 )     (67.3 )
    Earnings per share                          
    Basic $ 0.28     $ 0.60     $ 0.62     $ 0.36     $ 0.89       (53.3 )     (68.5 )
    Diluted $ 0.28     $ 0.59     $ 0.60     $ 0.36     $ 0.88       (52.5 )     (68.2 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding                          
    Basic   45,073,482       44,974,942       44,762,308       44,516,646       44,408,997          
    Diluted   45,953,947       45,525,082       45,641,210       45,306,506       45,268,745          

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    Quarterly Balance Sheets (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)

      As of the quarter ended   3Q 2024 Change vs.
      3Q 2024   2Q 2024   1Q 2024   4Q 2023   3Q 2023   2Q 2024   3Q 2023
    Assets                     %   %
    Cash and due from banks $ 666,585     $ 615,449     $ 597,394     $ 582,540     $ 534,774       8.3       24.6  
    Certificates of deposit with other banks   250       250       250       250       3,750       —       (93.3 )
    Investment securities available-for-sale   1,233,466       1,151,195       1,120,622       1,126,160       1,099,878       7.1       12.1  
    Loans held for sale   359,977       363,632       310,749       387,037       572,604       (1.0 )     (37.1 )
    Loans and leases held for investment(1)   9,831,891       9,172,134       8,912,561       8,633,847       8,202,631       7.2       19.9  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases   (168,737 )     (137,867 )     (139,041 )     (125,840 )     (121,273 )     (22.4 )     (39.1 )
    Net loans and leases   9,663,154       9,034,267       8,773,520       8,508,007       8,081,358       7.0       19.6  
    Premises and equipment, net   267,032       267,864       258,071       257,881       258,041       (0.3 )     3.5  
    Foreclosed assets   8,015       8,015       8,561       6,481       6,701       —       19.6  
    Servicing assets   52,553       51,528       49,343       48,591       47,127       2.0       11.5  
    Other assets   356,314       376,370       387,059       354,476       346,227       (5.3 )     2.9  
    Total assets $ 12,607,346     $ 11,868,570     $ 11,505,569     $ 11,271,423     $ 10,950,460       6.2       15.1  
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                          
    Liabilities                          
    Deposits:                          
    Noninterest-bearing $ 258,844     $ 264,013     $ 226,668     $ 259,270     $ 239,536       (2.0 )     8.1  
    Interest-bearing   11,141,703       10,443,018       10,156,693       10,015,749       9,764,106       6.7       14.1  
    Total deposits   11,400,547       10,707,031       10,383,361       10,275,019       10,003,642       6.5       14.0  
    Borrowings   115,371       117,745       120,242       23,354       25,847       (2.0 )     346.4  
    Other liabilities   83,672       82,745       74,248       70,384       70,603       1.1       18.5  
    Total liabilities   11,599,590       10,907,521       10,577,851       10,368,757       10,100,092       6.3       14.8  
    Shareholders’ equity                          
    Preferred stock, no par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding   —       —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Class A common stock (voting)   361,925       356,381       349,648       344,568       340,929       1.6       6.2  
    Class B common stock (non-voting)   —       —       —       —       —       —       —  
    Retained earnings   707,026       695,172       669,307       642,817       627,759       1.7       12.6  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (61,195 )     (90,504 )     (91,237 )     (84,719 )     (118,320 )     32.4       48.3  
    Total shareholders’ equity   1,007,756       961,049       927,718       902,666       850,368       4.9       18.5  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 12,607,346     $ 11,868,570     $ 11,505,569     $ 11,271,423     $ 10,950,460       6.2       15.1  

    (1) Includes $343.4 million, $363.0 million, $379.2 million, $388.0 million and $410.1 million measured at fair value for the quarters ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and September 30, 2023, respectively.

     

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    Statements of Income (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Interest income      
    Loans and fees on loans $ 550,020     $ 454,136  
    Investment securities, taxable   27,923       24,751  
    Other interest earning assets   21,861       22,852  
    Total interest income   599,804       501,739  
    Interest expense      
    Deposits   317,530       243,512  
    Borrowings   3,843       2,498  
    Total interest expense   321,373       246,010  
    Net interest income   278,431       255,729  
    Provision for credit losses   62,631       42,328  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   215,800       213,401  
    Noninterest income      
    Loan servicing revenue   23,011       20,057  
    Loan servicing asset revaluation   (9,829 )     8,860  
    Net gains on sales of loans   42,543       33,654  
    Net gain (loss) on loans accounted for under the fair value option   2,208       (3,369 )
    Equity method investments (loss) income   (8,182 )     (6,041 )
    Equity security investments gain (losses), net   541       (585 )
    Lease income   7,300       7,568  
    Management fee income   7,658       10,015  
    Other noninterest income   27,938       11,467  
    Total noninterest income   93,188       81,626  
    Noninterest expense      
    Salaries and employee benefits   138,054       130,778  
    Travel expense   7,110       7,378  
    Professional services expense   8,226       4,685  
    Advertising and marketing expense   9,169       10,058  
    Occupancy expense   7,442       6,259  
    Technology expense   24,800       23,456  
    Equipment expense   10,057       11,517  
    Other loan origination and maintenance expense   12,442       10,867  
    Renewable energy tax credit investment (recovery) impairment   (642 )     69  
    FDIC insurance   7,782       12,579  
    Other expense   8,542       12,035  
    Total noninterest expense   232,982       229,681  
    Income before taxes   76,006       65,346  
    Income tax expense   8,432       7,611  
    Net income $ 67,574     $ 57,735  
    Earnings per share      
    Basic $ 1.50     $ 1.30  
    Diluted $ 1.48     $ 1.28  
    Weighted average shares outstanding      
    Basic   44,937,409       44,298,798  
    Diluted   45,707,245       45,023,739  

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    Quarterly Selected Financial Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

      As of and for the three months ended
      3Q 2024   2Q 2024   1Q 2024   4Q 2023   3Q 2023
    Income Statement Data                  
    Net income $ 13,025     $ 26,963     $ 27,586     $ 16,163     $ 39,793  
    Per Common Share                  
    Net income, diluted $ 0.28     $ 0.59     $ 0.60     $ 0.36     $ 0.88  
    Dividends declared   0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03  
    Book value   22.32       21.35       20.64       20.23       19.12  
    Tangible book value(1)   22.24       21.28       20.57       20.15       19.04  
    Performance Ratios                  
    Return on average assets (annualized)   0.43 %     0.93 %     0.98 %     0.58 %     1.46 %
    Return on average equity (annualized)   5.21       11.39       11.93       7.36       18.68  
    Net interest margin   3.33       3.28       3.33       3.32       3.37  
    Efficiency ratio(1)   59.72       61.89       66.89       77.88       58.34  
    Noninterest income to total revenue   25.35       27.22       22.46       25.16       29.76  
    Selected Loan Metrics                  
    Loans and leases originated $ 1,757,856     $ 1,171,141     $ 805,129     $ 981,703     $ 1,073,255  
    Outstanding balance of sold loans serviced   4,452,750       4,292,857       4,329,097       4,238,328       4,028,575  
    Asset Quality Ratios                  
    Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases held for investment(3)   1.78 %     1.57 %     1.63 %     1.53 %     1.56 %
    Net charge-offs(3) $ 1,710     $ 8,253     $ 3,163     $ 4,428     $ 9,122  
    Net charge-offs to average loans and leases held for investment(2) (3)   0.08 %     0.38 %     0.15 %     0.22 %     0.48 %
                       
    Nonperforming loans and leases at historical cost(3)                  
    Unguaranteed $ 49,398     $ 37,340     $ 43,117     $ 39,285     $ 33,255  
    Guaranteed   166,177       122,752       105,351       95,678       65,837  
    Total   215,575       160,092       148,468       134,963       99,092  
    Unguaranteed nonperforming historical cost loans and leases, to loans and leases held for investment(3)   0.52 %     0.42 %     0.51 %     0.48 %     0.43 %
                       
    Nonperforming loans at fair value(4)                  
    Unguaranteed $ 8,672     $ 9,590     $ 7,942     $ 7,230     $ 6,518  
    Guaranteed   49,822       51,570       47,620       41,244       39,378  
    Total   58,494       61,160       55,562       48,474       45,896  
    Unguaranteed nonperforming fair value loans to fair value loans held for investment(4)   2.53 %     2.64 %     2.09 %     1.86 %     1.59 %
                       
    Capital Ratios                  
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   11.19 %     11.85 %     11.89 %     11.73 %     11.63 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital (to average assets)   8.60       8.71       8.69       8.58       8.56  

    Notes to Quarterly Selected Financial Data
    (1) See accompanying GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation.
    (2) Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of quarterly average loans and leases held for investment, annualized.
    (3) Loans and leases at historical cost only (excludes loans measured at fair value).
    (4) Loans accounted for under the fair value option only (excludes loans and leases carried at historical cost).

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    Quarterly Average Balances and Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)

      Three Months Ended
    September 30, 2024
      Three Months Ended
    June 30, 2024
      Average Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate   Average Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Rate
    Interest-earning assets:                      
    Interest-earning balances in other banks $ 519,340     $ 7,016       5.37 %   $ 555,570     $ 7,389       5.35 %
    Investment securities   1,287,410       9,750       3.01       1,263,675       9,219       2.93  
    Loans held for sale   409,902       9,859       9.57       387,824       9,329       9.67  
    Loans and leases held for investment(1)   9,354,522       182,311       7.75       8,997,164       172,511       7.71  
    Total interest-earning assets   11,571,174       208,936       7.18       11,204,233       198,448       7.12  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases   (137,285 )             (136,668 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets   567,098               562,488          
    Total assets $ 12,000,987             $ 11,630,053          
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing checking $ 350,239     $ 4,892       5.56 %   $ 304,505     $ 4,267       5.64 %
    Savings   5,043,930       51,516       4.06       4,804,037       48,617       4.07  
    Money market accounts   134,481       190       0.56       128,625       186       0.58  
    Certificates of deposit   5,028,830       53,576       4.24       5,032,856       52,288       4.18  
    Total deposits   10,557,480       110,174       4.15       10,270,023       105,358       4.13  
    Borrowings   116,925       1,762       6.00       119,321       1,770       5.97  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   10,674,405       111,936       4.17       10,389,344       107,128       4.15  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   237,387               223,026          
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities   90,079               70,667          
    Shareholders’ equity   999,116               947,016          
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 12,000,987             $ 11,630,053          
    Net interest income and interest rate spread     $ 97,000       3.01 %       $ 91,320       2.97 %
    Net interest margin           3.33               3.28  
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities           108.40 %             107.84 %

    (1) Average loan and lease balances include non-accruing loans and leases.

    Live Oak Bancshares, Inc.
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
    (Dollars in thousands)

      As of and for the three months ended
      3Q 2024   2Q 2024   1Q 2024   4Q 2023   3Q 2023
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 1,007,756     $ 961,049     $ 927,718     $ 902,666     $ 850,368  
    Less:                  
    Goodwill   1,797       1,797       1,797       1,797       1,797  
    Other intangible assets   1,606       1,644       1,682       1,721       1,759  
    Tangible shareholders’ equity (a) $ 1,004,353     $ 957,608     $ 924,239     $ 899,148     $ 846,812  
    Shares outstanding (c)   45,151,691       45,003,856       44,938,673       44,617,673       44,480,215  
    Total assets $ 12,607,346     $ 11,868,570     $ 11,505,569     $ 11,271,423     $ 10,950,460  
    Less:                  
    Goodwill   1,797       1,797       1,797       1,797       1,797  
    Other intangible assets   1,606       1,644       1,682       1,721       1,759  
    Tangible assets (b) $ 12,603,943     $ 11,865,129     $ 11,502,090     $ 11,267,905     $ 10,946,904  
    Tangible shareholders’ equity to tangible assets (a/b)   7.97 %     8.07 %     8.04 %     7.98 %     7.74 %
    Tangible book value per share (a/c) $ 22.24     $ 21.28     $ 20.57     $ 20.15     $ 19.04  
    Efficiency ratio:                  
    Noninterest expense (d) $ 77,589     $ 77,656     $ 77,737     $ 93,204     $ 74,262  
    Net interest income   97,000       91,320       90,111       89,576       89,410  
    Noninterest income   32,932       34,159       26,097       30,107       37,891  
    Total revenue (e) $ 129,932     $ 125,479     $ 116,208     $ 119,683     $ 127,301  
    Efficiency ratio (d/e)   59.72 %     61.89 %     66.89 %     77.88 %     58.34 %
    Pre-provision net revenue (e-d) $ 52,343     $ 47,823     $ 38,471     $ 26,479     $ 53,039  
                                           

    This press release presents non-GAAP financial measures. The adjustments to reconcile from the non-GAAP financial measures to the applicable GAAP financial measure are included where applicable in financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. The Company considers these adjustments to be relevant to ongoing operating results. The Company believes that excluding the amounts associated with these adjustments to present the non-GAAP financial measures provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, which will assist regulators, investors, and analysts in analyzing the operating results or financial position of the Company. The non-GAAP financial measures are used by management to assess the performance of the Company’s business, for presentations of Company performance to investors, and for other reasons as may be requested by investors and analysts. The Company further believes that presenting the non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors and analysts to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Although non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by shareholders to evaluate a company, they have limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of results reported under GAAP.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: CVB Financial Corp. Reports Earnings for the Third Quarter 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Third Quarter 2024

    • Net Earnings of $51 million, or $0.37 per share
    • Return on Average Assets of 1.23%
    • Return on Average Tangible Common Equity of 14.93%
    • Net Interest Margin of 3.05%

    Ontario, CA, Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CVB Financial Corp. (NASDAQ:CVBF) and its subsidiary, Citizens Business Bank (the “Company”), announced earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    CVB Financial Corp. reported net income of $51.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared with $50.0 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $57.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. Diluted earnings per share were $0.37 for the third quarter, compared to $0.36 for the prior quarter and $0.42 for the same period last year. Net income of $51.2 million for the third quarter of 2024 produced an annualized return on average equity (“ROAE”) of 9.40%, an annualized return on average tangible common equity (“ROATCE”) of 14.93%, and an annualized return on average assets (“ROAA”) of 1.23%.

    David Brager, President and Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Business Bank, commented, “We are pleased with our third quarter results. The Bank continues to execute on our strategy of banking the best small to medium sized businesses in the markets we serve. The results in the third quarter represent our 190th consecutive quarter of profitability. I am very proud of the commitment of our associates to our mission and the loyalty of our customers to our shared vision of success.“

    Highlights for the Third Quarter of 2024

    • Net interest margin of 3.05%
    • Efficiency Ratio of 46.5%
    • TCE Ratio = 9.7% & CET1 Ratio > 15%
    • Net income grew by 2.4%, compared to the second quarter of 2024
    • Deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased $408 million compared to the end of the second quarter of 2024
    • Noninterest-bearing deposits were 59% of total deposits
    • Early redemption of $1.3 billion of Bank Term Funding Program borrowings
    • Sold $312 million in AFS securities for a loss of $11.6 million
    • Executed the sale and leaseback of two buildings generating gains of $9.1 million
    • Loans declined by $109 million, or 1.3% from the end of the second quarter of 2024
    • Net recoveries were $156,000 for the third quarter of 2024

    INCOME STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended  
      September 30,
    2024

        June 30,
    2024

        September 30,
    2023

        September 30,
    2024

        September 30,
    2023

       
      (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
    Net interest income $ 113,619     $ 110,849     $ 123,371     $ 336,929     $ 368,634    
    Recapure of (provision for) credit losses   –       –       (2,000 )     –       (4,000 )  
    Noninterest income   12,834       14,424       14,309       41,371       40,167    
    Noninterest expense   (58,835 )     (56,497 )     (55,058 )     (175,103 )     (163,956 )  
    Income taxes   (16,394 )     (18,741 )     (22,735 )     (53,339 )     (67,918 )  
    Net earnings $ 51,224     $ 50,035     $ 57,887     $ 149,858     $ 172,927    
    Earnings per common share:                  
    Basic $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.42     $ 1.07     $ 1.24    
    Diluted $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.42     $ 1.07     $ 1.24    
                       
    NIM   3.05 %     3.05 %     3.31 %     3.06 %     3.32 %  
    ROAA   1.23 %     1.24 %     1.40 %     1.23 %     1.41 %  
    ROAE   9.40 %     9.57 %     11.33 %     9.43 %     11.50 %  
    ROATCE   14.93 %     15.51 %     18.82 %     15.19 %     19.24 %  
    Efficiency ratio   46.53 %     45.10 %     39.99 %     46.29 %     40.11 %  

    Net Interest Income
    Net interest income was $113.6 million for the third quarter of 2024. This represented a $2.8 million, or 2.50%, increase from the second quarter of 2024, and a $9.8 million, or 7.90%, decrease from the third quarter of 2023. The quarter-over-quarter increase in net interest income was primarily due to a $7.0 million increase in interest income resulting from a $513 million average increase in our interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve, partially offset by a $3.8 million increase in interest on deposits. The decline in net interest income compared to the third quarter of 2023 was primarily due to a 26 basis point decline in net interest margin.

    Net Interest Margin
    Our tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.05% for both the second and third quarters of 2024, compared to 3.31% for the third quarter of 2023. Our cost of funds compared to the second quarter of 2024 increased nine basis points, which was offset by a six basis point increase in our interest-earning asset yield. The six basis point increase in our interest-earning asset yield was due to a five basis point increase in loan yields and funds on deposit at the Federal Reserve increasing as a percentage of earnings assets to 8.2%, from 4.8% in the prior quarter. Average funds held at the Federal Reserve of $1.22 billion, grew by $513 million from the second quarter of 2024, earning 5.4% on average for the third quarter. Our cost of funds increased in the third quarter to 1.47%, as our cost of deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased by 14 basis points to 1.01%. The cost of interest-bearing non-maturity deposits increased from the prior quarter by 22 basis points. On average, borrowings decreased by $121 million compared to the second quarter, while continuing to have an average cost of 4.77%. The 26 basis point decrease in net interest margin compared to the third quarter of 2023, was primarily the result of a 55 basis point increase in cost of funds. This increase in cost of funds from the prior year quarter was the result of a 46 basis point increase in the cost of deposits and an increase in the level of borrowings, which grew on average by $411 million. A 25 basis point increase in earning asset yields over the prior year quarter partially offset the increase in funding costs. The higher earning asset yields, included higher loan yields, which grew from 5.07% for the third quarter of 2023 to 5.31% for the third quarter of 2024. The higher earning asset yield was also the result of the increase in average funds held at the Federal Reserve, which grew from 3.1% of earning assets in the third quarter of 2023 to 8.2% in the third quarter of 2024.

    Earning Assets and Deposits
    On average, total earning assets grew by $262 million, or 1.79%, quarter-over-quarter. This growth includes the $513 million increase in average funds on deposit at the Federal Reserve. Investment securities and loans declined on average by $126.9 million and $126.3 million, respectively, when compared to the second quarter of 2024. The decline in investment securities includes the impact of selling approximately $300 million of AFS securities during the third quarter. Compared to the third quarter of 2023, the mix of assets changed modestly, with the average balance of investment securities decreasing by $462.6 million, declining from 37% to 34% of total earning assets. Conversely, the average amount of funds held at the Federal Reserve increased by $748.8 million, growing from 3.1% of total earning assets in the third quarter of 2023 to 8.2% for the third quarter of 2024. Noninterest-bearing deposits declined on average by $28.4 million, or 0.40%, from the second quarter of 2024 and interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased on average by $279.2 million. Compared to the third quarter of 2023, total deposits and customer repurchase agreements declined on average by $503.7 million, or 3.90%, including a decline of $688 million, or 8.8%, in noninterest-bearing deposits. Non-maturity interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements decreased by $247.5 million on average, while time deposits grew on average by $431.9 million. On average, noninterest-bearing deposits were 59.10% of total deposits during the most recent quarter, compared to 60.20% for the second quarter of 2024 and 62.09% for the third quarter of 2023.

        Three Months Ended  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Yield on average investment securities (TE)   2.67 %     2.71 %     2.64 %  
    Yield on average loans   5.31 %     5.26 %     5.07 %  
    Yield on average earning assets (TE)   4.43 %     4.37 %     4.18 %  
    Cost of deposits   0.98 %     0.88 %     0.52 %  
    Cost of funds   1.47 %     1.38 %     0.92 %  
    Net interest margin (TE)   3.05 %     3.05 %     3.31 %  
                               
    Average Earning Asset Mix Avg   % of Total   Avg   % of Total   Avg   % of Total
      Total investment securities $ 5,080,033   34.01 %   $ 5,206,959   35.49 %   $ 5,542,590   37.20 %  
      Interest-earning deposits with other institutions   1,232,551   8.25 %     716,916   4.89 %     473,391   3.18 %  
      Loans   8,605,270   57.61 %     8,731,587   59.51 %     8,862,462   59.48 %  
      Total interest-earning assets   14,935,866         14,673,474         14,900,003      

    Provision for Credit Losses
    There was no provision for credit losses in the third and second quarter of 2024, compared to $2.0 million in provision in the third quarter of 2023. Net recoveries for the third quarter of 2024 were $156,000, compared to net charge-offs $31,000 in the prior quarter. Allowance for credit losses represented 0.97% of gross loans at September 30, 2024, compared to 0.95% at June 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Income
    Noninterest income was $12.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $14.4 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. During the third quarter of 2024, the Bank executed sale-leaseback transactions with the sale of two buildings, which operate as Banking Centers, and were simultaneously leased back, resulting in a pre-tax net gain of $9.1 million. The gains on selling the buildings were offset by realizing a pre-tax net loss of $11.6 million on the sale of $312 million of AFS securities. Third quarter income from Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) increased by $557,000 from the second quarter of 2024 and increased by $2 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. We experienced $320,000 in death benefits that exceeded the asset value on certain policies in the third quarter of 2024, compared to no death benefits in the second quarter of 2024 and no death benefits in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year increase of $2 million in BOLI income was primarily due to the restructuring and enhancements in BOLI policies during the fourth quarter of 2023. Trust and investment service fees grew by 4.0% or $137,000 compared to the prior quarter and by 9.8% or $319,000 compared to the third quarter of 2023.  

    Noninterest Expense
    Noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2024 was $58.8 million, compared to $56.5 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $55.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. The $2.3 million quarter-over-quarter increase included a $1.2 million increase in staff related expense, as annual salary increases took effect in July. The $690,000 quarter-over-quarter increase in regulatory assessments was due to the $700,000 accrual adjustment in the second quarter of 2024 related the FDIC special assessment. There was a $750,000 recapture of provision for unfunded loan commitments in the third quarter of 2024, compared to a $500,000 recapture of provision in the second quarter of 2024 and $900,000 recaptured in the third quarter of 2023. Occupancy and equipment expense grew by $432,000 or 7%, compared to the prior quarter, including the impact of the two buildings that were sold and leased back during the third quarter.

    The $3.8 million increase in noninterest expense year-over-year included increased staff related expenses of $1.9 million, or 5.48%. Professional services increased $738,000, including a $627,000 increase in legal expense year-over-year. Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $586,000, or 10.43% and software expense increased $258,000, or 7% year-over-year. As a percentage of average assets, noninterest expense was 1.42% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.40% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.33% for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio for the third quarter of 2024 was 46.53%, compared to 45.10% for the second quarter of 2024 and 39.99% for the third quarter of 2023.  

    Income Taxes
    Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was 26.25%, compared with 28.20% for the same period of 2023. Our estimated annual effective tax rate can vary depending upon the level of tax-advantaged income from municipal securities and BOLI, as well as available tax credits.

    BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

    Assets
    The Company reported total assets of $15.4 billion at September 30, 2024. This represented a decrease of $748.3 million, or 4.63%, from total assets of $16.15 billion at June 30, 2024. The decrease in assets included a $416.9 million decrease in interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve, a $304.8 million decrease in investment securities, and a $109.4 million decrease in net loans.

    Total assets decreased by $617.8 million, or 3.86%, from total assets of $16.02 billion at December 31, 2023. The decrease in assets included a $549.9 million decrease in investment securities, and a $328.4 million decrease in net loans, partially offset by a $142.9 million increase in interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve.

    Total assets at September 30, 2024 decreased by $499.8 million, or 3.14%, from total assets of $15.90 billion at September 30, 2023. The decrease in assets was primarily due to a $491.8 million decrease in investment securities and a $299.0 million decrease in net loans, partially offset by an increase of $188.6 million in interest-earning balances due from the Federal Reserve and a $57.1 million increase in the cash surrender value of BOLI.

    Sale-Leaseback Transaction
    During the third quarter of 2024, the Bank executed sale-leaseback transactions and sold two buildings, that are utilized as Banking Centers, for an aggregate sale price of $17 million. The Bank simultaneously entered into lease agreements with the respective purchasers for initial terms of 15 and 18 years. These sale-leaseback transactions resulted in a pre-tax net gain of $9.1 million for the third quarter of 2024. The Bank also recorded Right of Use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities each totaling $11.2 million.

    Investment Securities and BOLI
    Total investment securities were $4.87 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $549.9 million, or 10.14% from December 31, 2023, and a decrease of $491.8 million, or 9.17%, from $5.36 billion at September 30, 2023.  

    At September 30, 2024, investment securities available-for-sale (“AFS”) totaled $2.47 billion, inclusive of a pre-tax net unrealized loss of $367.7 million. AFS securities decreased by $280.2 million from the prior quarter end, by $490.5 million, or 16.59%, from December 31, 2023 and decreased by $407.6 million, or 14.19%, from $2.87 billion at September 30, 2023. Pre-tax unrealized loss decreased by $120.2 million from the end of the prior quarter, and declined by $82.1 million from December 31, 2023 and by $260.7 million from September 30, 2023.

    Concurrent with the sale-leaseback transactions during the third quarter of 2024, the Bank sold AFS securities with a book value of $312 million, resulting in a net pre-tax loss of $11.6 million.

    At September 30, 2024, investment securities held-to-maturity (“HTM”) totaled $2.41 billion, a decrease of $24.6 million from the prior quarter end, a $59.4 million, or 2.41% decline from December 31, 2023, and a decrease of $84.2 million, or 3.38%, from September 30, 2023.

    Combined, the AFS and HTM investments in mortgage backed securities (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) totaled $3.82 billion or approximately 78% of the total investment securities at September 30, 2024. Virtually all of our MBS and CMO are issued or guaranteed by government or government sponsored enterprises, which have the implied guarantee of the U.S. Government. In addition, at September 30, 2024, we had $552.6 million of Government Agency securities that represent approximately 11.3% of the total investment securities.

    Our combined AFS and HTM municipal securities totaled $485.7 million as of September 30, 2024, or 10% of our total investment portfolio. These securities are located in 35 states. Our largest concentrations of holdings by state, as a percentage of total municipal bonds, are located in Texas at 16.09%, Minnesota at 11.07%, and California at 9.71%.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company had $316.6 million of Bank Owned Life insurance (“BOLI”), compared to $308.7 million at December 31, 2023 and $259.5 million at September 30, 2023. The $57.1 million increase in value of BOLI, when compared to September 30, 2023, was primarily due to a restructuring of the Company’s life insurance policies at the end of 2023, including a $4.5 million write-down in value on surrender policies that was offset by a $10.9 million enhancement to cash surrender values, as well as additional policy purchases totaling $41 million. This restructuring has increased returns on our BOLI policies resulting in additional non-taxable noninterest income in 2024.

    Loans
    Total loans and leases, at amortized cost, of $8.57 billion at September 30, 2024 decreased by $109.3 million, or 1.26%, from June 30, 2024. The quarter-over quarter decrease in loans included decreases of $46.3 million in commercial real estate loans, $37.5 million in construction loans, $19.7 million in commercial and industrial loans, and $8.1 million in dairy & livestock and agribusiness loans.

    Total loans and leases, at amortized cost, decreased by $332.3 million, or 3.73%, from December 31, 2023. The decrease in total loans included decreases of $165.9 million in commercial real estate loans, $70.5 million in dairy & livestock and agribusiness loans, $52.0 million in construction loans, and $33.4 million in commercial and industrial loans.

    Total loans and leases, at amortized cost, decreased by $305.1 million, or 3.44%, from September 30, 2023. The $305.1 million decrease included decreases of $224.4 million in commercial real estate loans, $48.3 million in construction loans, $13.1 million in SBA loans, $9.0 million in dairy & livestock and agribusiness loans, and $8.0 million in municipal lease financings.

    Asset Quality
    During the third quarter of 2024, we experienced credit charge-offs of $26,000 and total recoveries of $182,000, resulting in net recoveries of $156,000. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) totaled $82.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $82.8 million at June 30, 2024 and $89.0 million at September 30, 2023. At September 30, 2024, ACL as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 0.97%. This compares to 0.95% at June 30, 2024 and 0.98% at December 31, 2023 and 1.00% at September 30, 2023.

    Nonperforming loans, defined as nonaccrual loans, including modified loans on nonaccrual, plus loans 90 days past due and accruing interest, and nonperforming assets, defined as nonperforming plus OREO, are highlighted below.

    Nonperforming Assets and Delinquency Trends September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
       
               
    Nonperforming loans   (Dollars in thousands)    
    Commercial real estate   $ 18,794     $ 21,908     $ 3,655      
    SBA     151       337       1,050      
    Commercial and industrial     2,825       2,712       4,672      
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     143       –       243      
    SFR mortgage     –       –       339      
    Consumer and other loans     –       –       4      
    Total   $ 21,913     $ 24,957     $ 9,963   [1]  
    % of Total loans     0.26 %     0.29 %     0.11 %    
    OREO                
    Commercial real estate   $ –     $ –     $ –      
    Commercial and industrial     647       647       –      
    SFR mortgage     –       –       –      
    Total   $ 647     $ 647     $ –      
                     
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 22,560     $ 25,604     $ 9,963      
    % of Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.15 %     0.16 %     0.06 %    
                     
    Past due 30-89 days (accruing)                
    Commercial real estate   $ 30,701     $ 43     $ 136      
    SBA     –       –       –      
    Commercial and industrial     64       103       –      
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     –       –       –      
    SFR mortgage     –       –       –      
    Consumer and other loans     –       –       –      
    Total   $ 30,765     $ 146     $ 136      
    % of Total loans     0.36 %     0.00 %     0.00 %    
                     
    Classified Loans   $ 124,606     $ 124,728     $ 92,246      
         
    [1] Includes $2.6 million of nonaccrual loans past due 30-89 days.    

    The $3.0 million decrease in nonperforming loans from June 30, 2024 was primarily due to the payoff of one nonperforming commercial real estate loans totaling $2.3 million and $1.4 million in paydowns of nonperforming commercial real estate loans associated with two relationships. Past due loans grew to more than $30 million on September 30, 2024. Classified loans are loans that are graded “substandard” or worse. Classified loans decreased $122,000 quarter-over-quarter, primarily due to a $668,000 net decrease in classified commercial real estate loans, which included the payoff of 4 loans totaling $11.5 million that were partially offset by the addition of six classified commercial real estate loans in the third quarter of 2024. Classified dairy & livestock and agribusiness loans declined by $3.5 million due to paydowns and classified commercial and industrial loans increased $3.5 million primarily due to the addition of one classified commercial and industrial loan.

    Deposits & Customer Repurchase Agreements
    Deposits of $12.07 billion and customer repurchase agreements of $394.5 million totaled $12.47 billion at September 30, 2024. This represented a net increase of $407.9 million compared to June 30, 2024. Total deposits at September 30, 2024 included $400 million in brokered time deposits. Total deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased $761.7 million, or 6.51%, when compared to $11.71 billion at December 31, 2023 partially due to the growth in brokered deposits, and decreased $161.3 million, or 1.28% when compared to $12.63 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Noninterest-bearing deposits were $7.14 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $46.7 million, or 0.66%, when compared to $7.09 billion at June 30, 2024. Noninterest-bearing deposits decreased by $69.4 million, or 0.96% when compared to $7.21 billion at December 31, 2023, and decreased by $449.8 million, or 5.93% when compared to $7.59 billion at September 30, 2023. At September 30, 2024, noninterest-bearing deposits were 59.12% of total deposits, compared to 60.13% at June 30, 2024, 63.03% at December 31, 2023, and 61.39% at September 30, 2023.

    Borrowings
    As of September 30, 2024, total borrowings consisted of $500 million of FHLB advances. The FHLB advances include maturities of $300 million, at an average cost of approximately 4.73%, maturing in May of 2026, and $200 million, at a cost of 4.27% maturing in May of 2027. During the third quarter of 2024, we repaid the $1.3 billion of borrowings from the Federal Reserve’s Bank Term Funding Program, with a cost of 4.76%, that were scheduled to mature in January of 2025.

    Capital
    The Company’s total equity was $2.20 billion at September 30, 2024. This represented an overall increase of $119.9 million from total equity of $2.08 billion at December 31, 2023. Increases to equity included $149.9 million in net earnings and a $48.7 million increase in other comprehensive income, that were partially offset by $83.9 million in cash dividends. We engaged in no stock repurchases during the first nine months of 2024. Our tangible book value per share at September 30, 2024 was $10.17.

    Our capital ratios under the revised capital framework referred to as Basel III remain well-above regulatory standards. 

            CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated  
    Capital Ratios   Minimum Required Plus Capital Conservation Buffer   September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023  
                       
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   4.0 %   10.6 %   10.3 %   10.0 %  
    Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio   7.0 %   15.8 %   14.6 %   14.4 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   8.5 %   15.8 %   14.6 %   14.4 %  
    Total risk-based capital ratio   10.5 %   16.6 %   15.5 %   15.3 %  
                       
    Tangible common equity ratio       9.7 %   8.5 %   7.7 %  
                       

    CitizensTrust

    As of September 30, 2024, CitizensTrust had approximately $4.7 billion in assets under management and administration, including $3.3 billion in assets under management. Revenues were $3.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $3.2 million for the same period of 2023. CitizensTrust provides trust, investment and brokerage related services, as well as financial, estate and business succession planning.

    Corporate Overview
    CVB Financial Corp. (“CVBF”) is the holding company for Citizens Business Bank. CVBF is one of the 10 largest bank holding companies headquartered in California with more than $15 billion in total assets. Citizens Business Bank is consistently recognized as one of the top performing banks in the nation and offers a wide array of banking, lending and investing services with more than 60 banking centers and three trust office locations serving California.

    Shares of CVB Financial Corp. common stock are listed on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “CVBF”. For investor information on CVB Financial Corp., visit our Citizens Business Bank website at www.cbbank.com and click on the “Investors” tab.

    Conference Call
    Management will hold a conference call at 7:30 a.m. PDT/10:30 a.m. EDT on Thursday, October 24, 2024 to discuss the Company’s third quarter 2024 financial results. The conference call can be accessed live by registering at: https://register.vevent.com/register/BI6b56a1a5e9bf45efa402c04252b87308

    The conference call will also be simultaneously webcast over the Internet; please visit our Citizens Business Bank website at www.cbbank.com and click on the “Investors” tab to access the call from the site. Please access the website 15 minutes prior to the call to download any necessary audio software. This webcast will be recorded and available for replay on the Company’s website approximately two hours after the conclusion of the conference call and will be available on the website for approximately 12 months.

    Safe Harbor
    Certain statements set forth herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “will likely result”, “aims”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “could”, “estimates”, “expects”, “hopes”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “projects”, “seeks”, “should”, “will,” “strategy”, “possibility”, and variations of these words and similar expressions help to identify these forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or performance to differ materially from those projected. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on the Company including, without limitation, plans, strategies, goals and statements about the Company’s outlook regarding revenue and asset growth, financial performance and profitability, capital and liquidity levels, loan and deposit levels, growth and retention, yields and returns, loan diversification and credit management, stockholder value creation, tax rates, the impact of economic developments, and the impact of acquisitions we have made or may make. Such statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond the control of the Company, and there can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be the same as those anticipated by management. The Company cautions readers that a number of important factors, in addition to those set forth below, could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, such forward-looking statements.

    General risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct business; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary, and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; inflation/deflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the effect of acquisitions we have made or may make, including, without limitation, the failure to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, the failure to achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such acquisitions, and/or the failure to effectively integrate an acquisition target, key personnel and customers into our operations; the timely development of competitive products and services and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; the impact of changes in financial services policies, laws, and regulations, including those concerning banking, taxes, securities, and insurance, and the application thereof by regulatory agencies; the effectiveness of our risk management framework and quantitative models; changes in the level of our nonperforming assets and charge-offs; the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices or accounting standards, as may be adopted from time-to-time by bank regulatory agencies, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other accounting standards setters; possible credit related impairments or declines in the fair value of loans and securities held by us; possible impairment charges to goodwill on our balance sheet; changes in customer spending, borrowing, and savings habits; the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio, including the risks of geographic and industry concentrations; periodic fluctuations in commercial or residential real estate prices or values; our ability to attract or retain deposits (including low cost deposits) or to access government or private lending facilities and other sources of liquidity; the possibility that we may reduce or discontinue the payment of dividends on our common stock; changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers; changes in the competitive environment among financial and bank holding companies and other financial service providers; technological changes in banking and financial services; systemic or non-systemic bank failures or crises; geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of terrorism, actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to acts or threats of terrorism, and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad; catastrophic events or natural disasters, including earthquakes, drought, climate change or extreme weather events that may affect our assets, communications or computer services, customers, employees or third party vendors; public health crises and pandemics, and their effects on our asset credit quality, business operations, and employees, as well as the impact on general economic and financial market conditions; cybersecurity threats and fraud and the costs of defending against them, including the costs of compliance with legislation or regulations to combat fraud and cybersecurity threats; our ability to recruit and retain key executives, board members and other employees, and our ability to comply with federal and state employment laws and regulations; ongoing or unanticipated regulatory or legal proceedings or outcomes; and our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements are discussed in the Company’s 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available at the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

    The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements, except as required by law. Any statements about future operating results, such as those concerning accretion and dilution to the Company’s earnings or shareholders, are for illustrative purposes only, are not forecasts, and actual results may differ.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Certain financial information provided in this earnings release has not been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and is presented on a non-GAAP basis. Investors and analysts should refer to the reconciliations included in this earnings release and should consider the Company’s non-GAAP measures in addition to, not as a substitute for or as superior to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. These measures may or may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                 
                 
        September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
     
    Cash and due from banks   $ 200,651     $ 171,396     $ 176,488  
    Interest-earning balances due from Federal Reserve     252,809       109,889       64,207  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     453,460       281,285       240,695  
    Interest-earning balances due from depository institutions     24,338       8,216       4,108  
    Investment securities available-for-sale     2,465,585       2,956,125       2,873,163  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     2,405,254       2,464,610       2,489,441  
    Total investment securities     4,870,839       5,420,735       5,362,604  
    Investment in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)     18,012       18,012       18,012  
    Loans and lease finance receivables     8,572,565       8,904,910       8,877,632  
    Allowance for credit losses     (82,942 )     (86,842 )     (88,995 )
    Net loans and lease finance receivables     8,489,623       8,818,068       8,788,637  
    Premises and equipment, net     36,275       44,709       44,561  
    Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)     316,553       308,706       259,468  
    Intangibles     11,130       15,291       16,736  
    Goodwill     765,822       765,822       765,822  
    Other assets     417,164       340,149       402,372  
    Total assets   $ 15,403,216     $ 16,020,993     $ 15,903,015  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            
    Liabilities:            
    Deposits:            
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,136,824     $ 7,206,175     $ 7,586,649  
    Investment checking     504,028       552,408       560,223  
    Savings and money market     3,745,707       3,278,664       3,906,187  
    Time deposits     685,930       396,395       305,727  
    Total deposits     12,072,489       11,433,642       12,358,786  
    Customer repurchase agreements     394,515       271,642       269,552  
    Other borrowings     500,000       2,070,000       1,120,000  
    Other liabilities     238,381       167,737       203,276  
    Total liabilities     13,205,385       13,943,021       13,951,614  
    Stockholders’ Equity            
    Stockholders’ equity     2,472,660       2,401,541       2,378,539  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (274,829 )     (323,569 )     (427,138 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     2,197,831       2,077,972       1,951,401  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 15,403,216     $ 16,020,993     $ 15,903,015  
                 
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                         
                         
          Three Months Ended
       Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets                    
    Cash and due from banks   $ 162,383     $ 162,724     $ 176,133     $ 162,385     $ 176,559  
    Interest-earning balances due from Federal Reserve     1,216,671       704,023       467,873       786,282       285,573  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     1,379,054       866,747       644,006       948,667       462,132  
    Interest-earning balances due from depository institutions     15,880       12,893       5,518       13,161       7,630  
    Investment securities available-for-sale     2,661,990       2,764,096       3,040,965       2,774,981       3,139,369  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     2,418,043       2,442,863       2,501,625       2,439,427       2,524,799  
    Total investment securities     5,080,033       5,206,959       5,542,590       5,214,408       5,664,168  
    Investment in stock of FHLB     18,012       18,012       21,560       18,012       27,460  
    Loans and lease finance receivables     8,605,270       8,731,587       8,862,462       8,720,058       8,905,697  
    Allowance for credit losses     (82,810 )     (82,815 )     (86,986 )     (83,788 )     (86,222 )
    Net loans and lease finance receivables     8,522,460       8,648,772       8,775,476       8,636,270       8,819,475  
    Premises and equipment, net     38,906       43,624       45,315       42,291       45,731  
    Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)     315,435       312,645       258,485       312,574       257,358  
    Intangibles     11,819       13,258       17,526       13,216       19,256  
    Goodwill     765,822       765,822       765,822       765,822       765,822  
    Other assets     365,740       390,834       357,280       368,951       343,782  
    Total assets   $ 16,513,161     $ 16,279,566     $ 16,433,578     $ 16,333,372     $ 16,412,814  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                    
    Liabilities:                    
    Deposits:                    
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,124,952     $ 7,153,315     $ 7,813,120     $ 7,153,557     $ 7,908,749  
    Interest-bearing     4,931,220       4,728,864       4,769,897       4,705,566       4,624,848  
    Total deposits     12,056,172       11,882,179       12,583,017       11,859,123       12,533,597  
    Customer repurchase agreements     363,959       287,128       340,809       320,280       461,478  
    Other borrowings     1,729,405       1,850,330       1,318,098       1,856,771       1,273,521  
    Other liabilities     196,832       157,463       164,624       174,328       133,046  
    Total liabilities     14,346,368       14,177,100       14,406,548       14,210,502       14,401,642  
    Stockholders’ Equity                    
    Stockholders’ equity     2,479,766       2,456,945       2,383,922       2,456,348       2,357,028  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (312,973 )     (354,479 )     (356,892 )     (333,478 )     (345,856 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     2,166,793       2,102,466       2,027,030       2,122,870       2,011,172  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 16,513,161     $ 16,279,566     $ 16,433,578     $ 16,333,372     $ 16,412,814  
                         
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
                         
          Three Months Ended
           Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest income:                    
    Loans and leases, including fees   $ 114,929     $ 114,200     $ 113,190     $ 345,478     $ 332,574
    Investment securities:                    
    Investment securities available-for-sale     20,178       21,225       22,441       62,849       61,393
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     13,284       13,445       13,576       40,131       41,272
    Total investment income     33,462       34,670       36,017       102,980       102,665
    Dividends from FHLB stock     375       377       598       1,171       1,430
    Interest-earning deposits with other institutions     16,986       9,825       6,422       32,884       11,583
    Total interest income     165,752       159,072       156,227       482,513       448,252
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits     29,821       25,979       16,517       77,166       32,647
    Borrowings and customer repurchase agreements     22,312       22,244       16,339       68,418       46,971
    Total interest expense     52,133       48,223       32,856       145,584       79,618
    Net interest income before provision for (recapture of) credit losses     113,619       110,849       123,371       336,929       368,634
    Provision for (recapture of) credit losses     –       –       2,000       –       4,000
    Net interest income after provision for (recapture of) credit losses     113,619       110,849       121,371       336,929       364,634
    Noninterest income:                    
    Service charges on deposit accounts     5,120       5,117       5,062       15,273       15,244
    Trust and investment services     3,565       3,428       3,246       10,217       9,475
    Loss on sale of AFS investment securities     (11,582 )     –       –       (11,582 )     –
    Gain on sale leaseback transactions     9,106       –       –       9,106       –
    Other     6,625       5,879       6,001       18,357       15,448
    Total noninterest income     12,834       14,424       14,309       41,371       40,167
    Noninterest expense:                    
    Salaries and employee benefits     36,647       35,426       34,744       108,474       103,539
    Occupancy and equipment     6,204       5,772       5,618       17,541       16,585
    Professional services     2,855       2,726       2,117       7,836       6,375
    Computer software expense     3,906       3,949       3,648       11,380       10,372
    Marketing and promotion     1,964       1,956       1,628       5,550       4,664
    Amortization of intangible assets     1,286       1,437       1,567       4,161       5,006
    (Recapture of) provision for unfunded loan commitments     (750 )     (500 )     (900 )     (1,250 )     –
    Other     6,723       5,731       6,636       21,411       17,415
    Total noninterest expense     58,835       56,497       55,058       175,103       163,956
    Earnings before income taxes     67,618       68,776       80,622       203,197       240,845
    Income taxes     16,394       18,741       22,735       53,339       67,918
    Net earnings   $ 51,224     $ 50,035     $ 57,887     $ 149,858     $ 172,927
                         
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.42     $ 1.07     $ 1.24
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.42     $ 1.07     $ 1.24
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.60     $ 0.60
                         
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest income – tax equivalent (TE)   $ 166,285     $ 159,607     $ 156,771     $ 484,120     $ 449,888  
    Interest expense     52,133       48,223       32,856       145,584       79,618  
    Net interest income – (TE)   $ 114,152     $ 111,384     $ 123,915     $ 338,536     $ 370,270  
                         
    Return on average assets, annualized     1.23 %     1.24 %     1.40 %     1.23 %     1.41 %
    Return on average equity, annualized     9.40 %     9.57 %     11.33 %     9.43 %     11.50 %
    Efficiency ratio [1]     46.53 %     45.10 %     39.99 %     46.29 %     40.11 %
    Noninterest expense to average assets, annualized     1.42 %     1.40 %     1.33 %     1.43 %     1.34 %
    Yield on average loans     5.31 %     5.26 %     5.07 %     5.29 %     4.99 %
    Yield on average earning assets (TE)     4.43 %     4.37 %     4.18 %     4.38 %     4.04 %
    Cost of deposits     0.98 %     0.88 %     0.52 %     0.87 %     0.35 %
    Cost of deposits and customer repurchase agreements     1.01 %     0.87 %     0.51 %     0.87 %     0.34 %
    Cost of funds     1.47 %     1.38 %     0.92 %     1.39 %     0.75 %
    Net interest margin (TE)     3.05 %     3.05 %     3.31 %     3.06 %     3.32 %
    [1] Noninterest expense divided by net interest income before provision for credit losses plus noninterest income.        
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio (TCE) [2]                    
      CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated     9.71 %     8.68 %     7.73 %        
      Citizens Business Bank     9.59 %     8.57 %     7.63 %        
    [2] (Capital – [GW+Intangibles])/(Total Assets – [GW+Intangibles])        
                         
    Weighted average shares outstanding                    
    Basic     138,649,763       138,583,510       138,345,000       138,415,424       138,360,531  
    Diluted     138,839,499       138,669,058       138,480,633       138,548,651       138,481,462  
    Dividends declared   $ 27,977     $ 28,018     $ 27,901     $ 83,881     $ 83,695  
    Dividend payout ratio [3]     54.62 %     56.00 %     48.20 %     55.97 %     48.40 %
    [3] Dividends declared on common stock divided by net earnings.        
                         
    Number of shares outstanding – (end of period)     139,678,314       139,677,162       139,337,699          
    Book value per share   $ 15.73     $ 15.12     $ 14.00          
    Tangible book value per share   $ 10.17     $ 9.55     $ 8.39          
                         
        September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
           
                   
    Nonperforming assets:                    
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 21,913     $ 21,302     $ 9,963          
    Other real estate owned (OREO), net     647       –       –          
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 22,560     $ 21,302     $ 9,963          
    Modified loans/performing troubled debt restructured loans (TDR) [4]   $ 15,769     $ 9,460     $ 7,304          
                         
    [4] Effective January 1, 2023, performing and nonperforming TDRs are reflected as Loan Modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.        
                         
    Percentage of nonperforming assets to total loans outstanding and OREO     0.26 %     0.24 %     0.11 %        
    Percentage of nonperforming assets to total assets     0.15 %     0.13 %     0.06 %        
    Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming assets     367.65 %     407.67 %     893.26 %        
                         
        Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Allowance for credit losses:                    
     Beginning balance   $ 82,786     $ 82,817     $ 86,967     $ 86,842     $ 85,117  
    Total charge-offs     (26 )     (51 )     (26 )     (4,344 )     (224 )
    Total recoveries on loans previously charged-off     182       20       54       444       102  
    Net recoveries (charge-offs)     156       (31 )     28       (3,900 )     (122 )
    Provision for (recapture of) credit losses     –       –       2,000       –       4,000  
    Allowance for credit losses at end of period   $ 82,942     $ 82,786     $ 88,995     $ 82,942     $ 88,995  
                         
    Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans     0.002 %     -0.000 %     0.000 %     -0.045 %     -0.001 %
                         
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  
    (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
                                             
    Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Type                                    
                                             
        September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023    
        Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
      Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
      Allowance
    For Credit
    Losses
      Allowance
    as a % of
    Total Loans
    by Respective
    Loan Type
       
                                             
    Commercial real estate   $ 69.7     1.05 %     $ 69.5     1.02 %     $ 70.9     1.04 %      
    Construction     0.5     3.07 %       1.3     1.91 %       1.0     1.59 %      
    SBA     2.5     0.92 %       2.7     0.99 %       3.0     1.08 %      
    Commercial and industrial     5.3     0.56 %       9.1     0.94 %       9.3     0.99 %      
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     3.8     1.12 %       3.1     0.75 %       3.6     1.01 %      
    Municipal lease finance receivables     0.2     0.28 %       0.2     0.29 %       0.3     0.33 %      
    SFR mortgage     0.4     0.16 %       0.5     0.20 %       0.5     0.20 %      
    Consumer and other loans     0.5     0.99 %       0.4     0.85 %       0.4     0.82 %      
                                             
    Total   $ 82.9     0.97 %     $ 86.8     0.98 %     $ 89.0     1.00 %      
                                             
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  
    (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                               
    Quarterly Common Stock Price  
                               
          2024       2023       2022    
    Quarter End   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low  
    March 31,   $ 20.45   $ 15.95     $ 25.98     $ 16.34     $ 24.37     $ 21.36    
    June 30,   $ 17.91   $ 15.71     $ 16.89     $ 10.66     $ 25.59     $ 22.37    
    September 30,   $ 20.29   $ 16.08     $ 19.66     $ 12.89     $ 28.14     $ 22.63    
    December 31,   $ –   $ –     $ 21.77     $ 14.62     $ 29.25     $ 25.26    
                               
    Quarterly Consolidated Statements of Earnings  
                               
            Q3   Q2   Q1   Q4   Q3  
              2024       2024       2024       2023       2023    
    Interest income                          
    Loans and leases, including fees       $ 114,929     $ 114,200     $ 116,349     $ 115,721     $ 113,190    
    Investment securities and other         50,823       44,872       41,340       42,357       43,037    
    Total interest income         165,752       159,072       157,689       158,078       156,227    
    Interest expense                          
    Deposits         29,821       25,979       21,366       18,888       16,517    
    Borrowings and customer repurchase agreements     22,312       22,244       23,862       19,834       16,339    
    Total interest expense         52,133       48,223       45,228       38,722       32,856    
    Net interest income before (recapture of)                      
    provision for credit losses         113,619       110,849       112,461       119,356       123,371    
    (Recapture of) provision for credit losses     –       –       –       (2,000 )     2,000    
    Net interest income after (recapture of)                      
    provision for credit losses         113,619       110,849       112,461       121,356       121,371    
                               
    Noninterest income         12,834       14,424       14,113       19,163       14,309    
    Noninterest expense         58,835       56,497       59,771       65,930       55,058    
    Earnings before income taxes         67,618       68,776       66,803       74,589       80,622    
    Income taxes         16,394       18,741       18,204       26,081       22,735    
    Net earnings       $ 51,224     $ 50,035     $ 48,599     $ 48,508     $ 57,887    
                               
    Effective tax rate         24.25 %     27.25 %     27.25 %     34.97 %     28.20 %  
                               
    Basic earnings per common share       $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35     $ 0.35     $ 0.42    
    Diluted earnings per common share     $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.35     $ 0.35     $ 0.42    
                               
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20    
                               
    Cash dividends declared       $ 27,977     $ 28,018     $ 27,886     $ 27,945     $ 27,901    
                               
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
                         
    Loan Portfolio by Type
        September 30, June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
          2024       2024       2024       2023       2023  
                         
    Commercial and industrial   $ 6,618,637     $ 6,664,925     $ 6,720,538     $ 6,784,505     $ 6,843,059  
    Construction     14,755       52,227       58,806       66,734       63,022  
    SBA     272,001       267,938       268,320       270,619       283,124  
    SBA – PPP     1,255       1,757       2,249       2,736       3,233  
    Commercial and industrial     936,489       956,184       963,120       969,895       938,064  
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     342,445       350,562       351,624       412,891       351,463  
    Municipal lease finance receivables     67,585       70,889       72,032       73,590       75,621  
    SFR mortgage     267,181       267,593       276,475       269,868       268,171  
    Consumer and other loans     52,217       49,771       57,549       54,072       51,875  
    Gross loans, at amortized cost     8,572,565       8,681,846       8,770,713       8,904,910       8,877,632  
    Allowance for credit losses     (82,942 )     (82,786 )     (82,817 )     (86,842 )     (88,995 )
    Net loans   $ 8,489,623     $ 8,599,060     $ 8,687,896     $ 8,818,068     $ 8,788,637  
                         
                         
                         
    Deposit Composition by Type and Customer Repurchase Agreements
                         
        September 30, June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
          2024       2024       2024       2023       2023  
                         
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 7,136,824     $ 7,090,095     $ 7,112,789     $ 7,206,175     $ 7,586,649  
    Investment checking     504,028       515,930       545,066       552,408       560,223  
    Savings and money market     3,745,707       3,409,320       3,561,512       3,278,664       3,906,187  
    Time deposits     685,930       774,980       675,554       396,395       305,727  
    Total deposits     12,072,489       11,790,325       11,894,921       11,433,642       12,358,786  
                         
    Customer repurchase agreements     394,515       268,826       275,720       271,642       269,552  
    Total deposits and customer repurchase agreements   $ 12,467,004     $ 12,059,151     $ 12,170,641     $ 11,705,284     $ 12,628,338  
                         
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  
    (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                           
    Nonperforming Assets and Delinquency Trends  
        September 30, June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
     
          2024       2024       2024       2023       2023    
    Nonperforming loans:                      
    Commercial real estate   $ 18,794     $ 21,908     $ 10,661     $ 15,440     $ 3,655    
    Construction     –       –       –       –       –    
    SBA     151       337       54       969       1,050    
    Commercial and industrial     2,825       2,712       2,727       4,509       4,672    
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     143       –       60       60       243    
    SFR mortgage     –       –       308       324       339    
    Consumer and other loans     –       –       –       –       4    
    Total   $ 21,913     $ 24,957     $ 13,810     $ 21,302     $ 9,963   [1]
    % of Total loans     0.26 %     0.29 %     0.16 %     0.24 %     0.11 %  
                           
    Past due 30-89 days (accruing):                      
    Commercial real estate   $ 30,701     $ 43     $ 19,781     $ 300     $ 136    
    Construction     –       –       –       –       –    
    SBA     –       –       408       108       –    
    Commercial and industrial     64       103       6       12       –    
    Dairy & livestock and agribusiness     –       –       –       –       –    
    SFR mortgage     –       –       –       201       –    
    Consumer and other loans     –       –       –       18       –    
    Total   $ 30,765     $ 146     $ 20,195     $ 639     $ 136    
    % of Total loans     0.36 %     0.00 %     0.23 %     0.01 %     0.00 %  
                           
    OREO:                      
    Commercial real estate   $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –    
    SBA     –       –       –       –       –    
    Commercial and industrial     647       647       647       –       –    
    SFR mortgage     –       –       –       –       –    
    Total   $ 647     $ 647     $ 647     $ –     $ –    
    Total nonperforming, past due, and OREO   $ 53,325     $ 25,750     $ 34,652     $ 21,941     $ 10,099    
    % of Total loans     0.62 %     0.30 %     0.40 %     0.25 %     0.11 %  
                           
      [1] Includes $2.6 million of nonaccrual loans past due 30-89 days.                
                           
       
    CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  
    (Unaudited)  
                       
    Regulatory Capital Ratios  
                       
                       
                       
            CVB Financial Corp. Consolidated  
    Capital Ratios   Minimum Required Plus
    Capital Conservation Buffer
      September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
     
                       
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   4.0 %   10.6 %   10.3 %   10.0 %  
    Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio   7.0 %   15.8 %   14.6 %   14.4 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   8.5 %   15.8 %   14.6 %   14.4 %  
    Total risk-based capital ratio   10.5 %   16.6 %   15.5 %   15.3 %  
                       
    Tangible common equity ratio       9.7 %   8.5 %   7.7 %  
                       
    Tangible Book Value Reconciliations (Non-GAAP)
     
    The tangible book value per share is a Non-GAAP disclosure. The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to provide supplemental information regarding the Company’s performance. The following is a reconciliation of tangible book value to the Company stockholders’ equity computed in accordance with GAAP, as well as a calculation of tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2024, December 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023.   
     
                   
          September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
     
          (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                 
    Stockholders’ equity   $ 2,197,831     $ 2,077,972     $ 1,951,401  
    Less: Goodwill     (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )
    Less: Intangible assets     (11,130 )     (15,291 )     (16,736 )
    Tangible book value   $ 1,420,879     $ 1,296,859     $ 1,168,843  
    Common shares issued and outstanding     139,678,314       139,344,981       139,337,699  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 10.17     $ 9.31     $ 8.39  
                 
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity Reconciliations (Non-GAAP)
                             
    The return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP disclosure. The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to provide supplemental information regarding the Company’s performance. The following is a reconciliation of net income, adjusted for tax-effected amortization of intangibles, to net income computed in accordance with GAAP; a reconciliation of average tangible common equity to the Company’s average stockholders’ equity computed in accordance with GAAP; as well as a calculation of return on average tangible common equity.
     
          Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended
          September 30, June 30,   September 30, September 30, September 30,
            2024       2024       2023       2024       2023    
          (Dollars in thousands)  
                             
      Net Income   $ 51,224     $ 50,035     $ 57,887     $ 149,858     $ 172,927    
      Add: Amortization of intangible assets     1,286       1,437       1,567       4,161       5,006    
      Less: Tax effect of amortization of intangible assets [1]     (380 )     (425 )     (463 )     (1,230 )     (1,480 )  
      Tangible net income   $ 52,130     $ 51,047     $ 58,991     $ 152,789     $ 176,453    
                             
      Average stockholders’ equity   $ 2,166,793     $ 2,102,466     $ 2,027,030     $ 2,122,870     $ 2,011,172    
      Less: Average goodwill     (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )     (765,822 )  
      Less: Average intangible assets     (11,819 )     (13,258 )     (17,526 )     (13,216 )     (19,256 )  
      Average tangible common equity   $ 1,389,152     $ 1,323,386     $ 1,243,682     $ 1,343,832     $ 1,226,094    
                             
      Return on average equity, annualized [2]     9.40 %     9.57 %     11.33 %     9.43 %     11.50 %  
      Return on average tangible common equity, annualized [2]     14.93 %     15.51 %     18.82 %     15.19 %     19.24 %  
                             
                             
      [1] Tax effected at respective statutory rates.                      
      [2] Annualized where applicable.                      
                             

    Contact:        
    David A. Brager        
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (909) 980-4030

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 136 137 138 139 140 … 162
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress